Inetvu 7000 инструкция на русском

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller User Manual

With SW/FW 7.5.7.0

The iNetVu

®

brand and logo are registered trademarks of C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

© Copyright 2009 C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

1-877-iNetVu6 www.c-comsat.com

September 22, 2014

Revision 1.47

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 2 of 166

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 3 of 166

Copyright © 2009. All rights reserved. C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

This document contains information, which is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as followed under the copyright laws.

Both the iNetVu ® and C-COM names and logos are registered trademarks of C-COM Satellite

Systems Inc.

Intel

®

Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT and MapPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

All other product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are the sole property of their respective manufacturers.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 4 of 166

FCC and INDUSTRY CANADA INFORMATION TO THE USER:

The FCC and Industry Canada have imposed the following conditions when operating, installing and deploying iNetVu ® Mobile Earth Stations and is mandatory for all installations made within the Continental United States and Canada as well as Hawaii,

Alaska, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and other U.S. Territories. The FCC requires that a certified installer perform the installation. It is also strongly recommended that a qualified professional RV dealer/installer mount the system on your vehicle.

These conditions are also required by C-COM for all other installed locations.

All iNetVu ® Mobile earth station installers must be C-COM Certified, and must have specifically acknowledged the requirements for iNetVu ® Mobile installations, which are as follows:

1. “Installation” is the physical mounting and wiring of the Satellite provider’s earth station on a vehicle or other stationary site in order to prepare for correct operation. Only Certified C-COM iNetVu installers may perform the installation and removal of an iNetVu ® Mobile system.

2. “Deployment” means the raising, pointing and orienting of the earth station to the communicating satellite, every time it is raised from a stowed position for use.

The deployment of an iNetVu ® Mobile system must only be done by a trained installer or by a consumer using the deployment software.

3. Installers shall install the iNetVu ® systems only in locations that are not readily accessible to children and in a manner that prevents human exposure to potential radiation hazards.

4. For large vehicles with roof mounts, the height of the bottom lip of the earth station when fully deployed must be at least six feet above the ground at all times, or six feet above a surrounding surface which a person may easily access.

5. If a roof access ladder or any other means of access to the roof is installed on the vehicle, then the ladder or access must be blocked by a suitable rope or other barrier while the earth station is deployed or in operation. The installer must provide this rope or barrier directly to the end user at the time of installation and advise the user to use it at all times when the earth station is deployed or in operation. Warning signs shall also be provided by the installer to the end user to be posted on the improper installation or due to the failure to provide required information to the end user.

6. Installers and end users will be deemed directly liable for any damages resulting from either of their failure to comply with the above rules. These rules are meant to ensure that extraordinary precautions and measures are used to prevent satellite interference or exposure to harmful radiation. C-COM reserves the rights to immediately suspend without liability or previous notice the operation of the earth station upon detection of a deviation from its installation or operational requirements until the deviation is corrected. In addition, C-COM reserves the right to suspend or cancel the Installer Certificate of any installer that has not fully complied with these installation requirements.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 5 of 166

7. Further, the installer and end user may be directly liable for any damages resulting from any change undertaken by either of them. Including but not limited to, any modification of any part of the hardware, software, specific operational frequencies, the authorized satellite, or the size or other characteristics of the earth station supplied to them by C-COM or C-COM’s authorized representatives. Warning signs shall be posted at prominent locations on the earth station informing all persons of the danger of harmful radiation from the earth station while it is deployed or while in operation.

8. The iNetVu ® Mobile system may only be operated when the vehicle is stationary.

9. The installer must inform the end user that the vehicle must be stabilized during the transmission, to prevent movement of the vehicle for any reason, including movement of persons on or off the vehicle, or high winds. The installer shall advise the end user how to appropriately stabilize their vehicle.

10. Installers shall be liable for all damages if they fail to comply with the above mandatory conditions. This includes, but is not limited to damages caused by

Note 1:

improper installation or due to the failure to provide required information to the end user.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with this instruction manual, may cause harmful interference with radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technician for help.

Note 2:

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 6 of 166

Table of Contents

1. Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 9

2. Specifications …………………………………………………………………………………………. 10

3. Minimum Recommended PC Requirements………………………………………………. 10

4. Physical …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 11

5. Typical Connection Configuration ……………………………………………………………. 12

5.1. Typical Network Interface Connection ……………………………………………………. 13

5.2. Typical USB Communication Interface …………………………………………………… 14

5.3. Typical Serial Communication Port Interface …………………………………………… 15

5.4. Typical Connection – PC Free………………………………………………………………. 16

5.5. System Diagram with Splitter ……………………………………………………………….. 17

6. Installation ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 18

6.1. Rack Installation …………………………………………………………………………………. 18

6.2. iNetVu ® Software – Software and USB Driver Installation …………………………. 18

6.3. Setup ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 24

6.4. Serial RS232 Setup …………………………………………………………………………….. 24

6.5. Existing iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Installation …………………………………………… 25

7. iNetVu

®

Front Panel Operation …………………………………………………………………. 28

7.1. LED Definition ……………………………………………………………………………………. 28

7.2. Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation ……………………………………. 29

7.3. LCD Screen and Navigator Keypad Operation ………………………………………… 30

7.4. Front Panel Menu Navigation Tree ………………………………………………………… 31

7.5. Opening Screen …………………………………………………………………………………. 32

7.6. Main Menu ………………………………………………………………………………………… 32

7.6.1. MONITOR …………………………………………………………………………………… 33

7.6.1.1. MAIN ……………………………………………………………………………………. 34

7.6.1.2. EL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 36

7.6.1.3. AZ ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 37

7.6.1.4. PL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 38

7.6.1.5. GP ………………………………………………………………………………………. 39

7.6.1.6. SM ………………………………………………………………………………………. 39

7.6.1.7. S1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 40

7.6.1.8. S2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 41

7.6.1.9. MB ………………………………………………………………………………………. 42

7.6.1.10. IP ………………………………………………………………………………………… 43

7.6.1.11. GW ……………………………………………………………………………………… 44

7.6.2. OPERATION ……………………………………………………………………………….. 44

7.6.3. CONF1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 49

7.6.3.1. Password Protection ………………………………………………………………. 49

7.6.3.2. Configuration Menu (CONF1) ………………………………………………….. 49

7.6.3.3. S1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 50

7.6.3.4. SM1 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 51

7.6.3.5. SM2 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 52

7.6.4. CONF2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 53

7.6.4.1. Configuration Menu (CONF2) ………………………………………………….. 54

7.6.4.2. S2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 55

7.6.4.3. MB ………………………………………………………………………………………. 56

7.6.4.4. EL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 58

7.6.4.5. AZ ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 60

7.6.4.6. PL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 61

7.6.4.7. GP ………………………………………………………………………………………. 63

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 7 of 166

7.6.4.8. C1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 63

7.6.4.9. C2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 65

7.6.4.10. C3 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 68

7.6.4.11. SG ………………………………………………………………………………………. 68

7.6.4.12. IP ………………………………………………………………………………………… 69

7.6.4.13. SR ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 69

7.6.5. TST ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 70

7.6.5.1. E&A&P …………………………………………………………………………………. 71

7.6.5.2. DPY …………………………………………………………………………………….. 72

7.6.5.3. DPYQ ………………………………………………………………………………….. 73

7.6.5.4. DPY_C …………………………………………………………………………………. 73

7.6.5.5. CP ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 74

7.6.5.6. A_ACP …………………………………………………………………………………. 75

7.6.5.7. M_ACP ………………………………………………………………………………… 75

7.6.5.8. S_ACP …………………………………………………………………………………. 75

7.6.6. INFO ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 75

7.6.6.1. CC1 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 76

7.6.6.2. CC2 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 76

7.6.6.3. DVB_D …………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.4. DVB_P …………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.5. MOD ……………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.6. SYS1 …………………………………………………………………………………… 78

7.6.6.7. ERR …………………………………………………………………………………….. 78

8. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Software …………………………………………………………………… 79

8.1. Setup Wizard …………………………………………………………………………………….. 79

8.2. Navigating Menus ………………………………………………………………………………. 80

8.2.1. iNetVu Controls ……………………………………………………………………………. 80

8.2.2. Maintenance ……………………………………………………………………………….. 92

8.2.2.1. Platform Parameters ………………………………………………………………. 93

8.2.2.2. Search Parameters ………………………………………………………………… 95

8.2.2.3. GPS and Compass Override ……………………………………………………. 97

8.2.2.4. Elevation Parameters ……………………………………………………………. 104

8.2.2.5. Azimuth Parameters ……………………………………………………………… 105

8.2.2.6. Polarization Parameters ………………………………………………………… 107

8.2.2.7. Maintenance Menu Buttons ……………………………………………………. 109

8.2.3. Configuration ……………………………………………………………………………… 111

8.2.3.1. Target Satellite Parameters ……………………………………………………. 112

8.2.3.2. Reference Satellite Parameters ……………………………………………… 115

8.2.3.3. Modem Parameters………………………………………………………………. 116

8.2.3.4. Beacon receiver …………………………………………………………………… 119

8.2.3.5. Controller Parameters …………………………………………………………… 120

8.2.3.6. Log Data and Controller ID…………………………………………………….. 123

8.2.3.7. LNB LO & 22KHz Tone …………………………………………………………. 124

8.2.3.8. PC Application …………………………………………………………………….. 125

8.2.3.9. Configuration Menu Buttons …………………………………………………… 125

8.2.3.10. Maintenance Test ………………………………………………………………… 126

8.2.4. About ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 128

8.2.5. Language ………………………………………………………………………………….. 130

8.2.6. Exit …………………………………………………………………………………………… 130

9. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller Web Interface………………………………………….. 131

9.1. Navigating Menus …………………………………………………………………………….. 131

9.2. Controls ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 133

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 8 of 166

9.3. Configuration ……………………………………………………………………………………. 134

9.4. System Test …………………………………………………………………………………….. 135

9.5. About ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 136

9.6. Firmware/Satellite Table Update …………………………………………………………. 137

9.6.1. Firmware Update ……………………………………………………………………….. 138

9.6.2. Satellite Table Update …………………………………………………………………. 139

10. Controller Connectivity ………………………………………………………………………. 140

10.1. Network Configuration Example ………………………………………………………. 141

10.2. How to Set Network Configurations on your PC ………………………………….. 142

11. Integrations and Compatibility Features ………………………………………………. 143

11.1. GLONASS Navigation System …………………………………………………………. 143

11.2. Uplogix Remote Management …………………………………………………………. 143

12. APPENDICES …………………………………………………………………………………….. 144

12.1. Appendix 1: Default Limits and Configuration Data Tables …………………… 145

12.2. Appendix 2: Compass Direction and System Ref. AZ Table …………………. 148

12.3. Appendix 3: LCD Table Summary …………………………………………………….. 149

12.4. Appendix 4: Router Configuration Example ……………………………………….. 153

12.5. Appendix 5: Tooway Look-up Table ………………………………………………….. 154

12.6. Appendix 6: DC Input Power Cable Connectivity ………………………………… 158

12.7. Appendix 7: Setup Wizard Configuration Steps ………………………………….. 160

12.8. Appendix 8: Declaration of Conformity ………………………………………………. 165

Proprietary Notice: This document contains information that is proprietary and confidential to C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc., and is intended for internal and or

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. authorized partners use only. No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any way, without prior written permission of C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 9 of 166

1. Introduction

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller is a one-box, one-touch solution for satellite autoacquisition. Designed to interface with a number of Satellite Modems, iNetVu and DVB-S/DVB-S2ACM Receivers, the iNetVu

®

®

VSATs,

7000 Series Controller is an easily configurable and operated antenna controller unit which now comes with the combined

GPS/GLONASS Satellite Navigation System.

Fig. 1:

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers are fully functional and configurable straight out of the box solution. No PC or monitor required. An I/O GLONASS/GPS Module inside and the capability to connect an external GLONASS/GPS device via serial port, a DVB-

S2ACM/CCM Tuner, an onboard LCD displaying real-time system status, and a Keypad

Navigator, makes using the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller extremely simple.

The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controllers along with any iNetVu ® platform can work as a complete stand-alone unit. No modem or RF splitters are required for satellite acquisition. The LNB can be powered straight from the controller.

Equipped with a 32-Bit Micro-Controller, the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controllers obtain extremely precise readings from all axes resulting in quicker and more reliable satellite acquisition time.

The 7000 Series Controllers are compatible with iNetVu ® legacy systems in the field.

Existing users can easily upgrade to this new line of controllers.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 10 of 166

2. Specifications

Dimensions:

Weight:

Width: 17.1” x Depth: 11.0” Height: 2.0”

9.9 lbs. (4.5 kg)

Operating Temperature: -20°C to +50°C

Elevation Output:

Azimuth Output:

12VDC, 15A (Max.)/24 VDC, 8A

12VDC, 10A (Max.)/24 VDC, 6A

Polarization Output: 12VDC, 3A (Max.)/24 VDC, 2A

Power Consumption (Idle): 12VDC @ 1A /24 VDC @ 0.5A

Universal AC Input: 100 – 240 VAC, 2.2 – 1.1 A, 50/60 Hz

Motor Control Connector: 9 Position Circular AMP Connector

Signal Input:

GPS Connector:

Rx Connector:

PC Interface:

Female DB26 Connector

SMA (Sub-Miniature Version A)

Type F RG6

USB Interface

Front Panel Interface:

Network Interface

Serial Interface

Web Interface

Automatic and Manual Control Keypad

LCD Screen and Keypad Navigator

Tuner Specifications

RF Input Range:

Input Signal Level:

950MHz to 2150MHz

-65dBm to –25dBm

Input/Output Impedance: 75 Ω

Symbol Rate: ~1 to 45Msps

**NOTE** Controller specifications include/cover model 7000B, 7000C, 7024A,

7024B and 7024C

3. Minimum Recommended PC Requirements

Operating System

CPU

Memory (RAM)

MSN.Net Framework

Windows XP, Vista, W7 and W8

2.0 GHZ

1.0GB

3.5 installed

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

4. Physical

Front Panel

LEDs

LCD Screen

Page 11 of 166

Manual Control

Buttons

Automatic

Control

Buttons

Ground protection

External grounding connection

GPS

GPS

Antenna

Interface

RX OUT

Additional Receive

Signal output

Keypad Navigator

LAN

Network

Interface

Reset

Button

Power Input

90-264 VAC

Power Input and Switch

12/24 VDC

Power Input

External VDC

Power Input

RX IN

Receive Signal from iNetVu

Mobile Platform

Serial port

Serial Port

Interface

SENSORS

26-pin

Interface for Sensor

Cable

USB

USB

Interface

MOTOR

&

POWER

9-Position

Interface for

Motor Control

Cable

COOLING

FANS

Air Ventilation

Fig. 2:

iNetVu® 7000 Series Front and Rear Panel

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only.

See Appendix for VDC power input external cable connectivity wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 12 of 166

5. Typical Connection Configuration

The typical connection configuration for each service will be the same regardless of the

Satellite Modem / VSAT. However, the configuration parameters for Satellite Modem /

VSAT Communication will differ depending on service. See iNetVu

®

System Manual for configuration procedures corresponding to the service used.

This situation or practice might result in property or equipment damage. Ensure Sensor and Motor cables are connected prior to powering on 7000 Series

Controller. Do not connect or disconnect cables once controller has been powered on.

It is recommended that controller is properly grounded at all times

NOTE : The 7000C/7024C controllers must use the GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the system for optimal GPS signal reception.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.1.

Typical Network Interface Connection

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power Input

SENSOR

CABLE

RX IN

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX

1201 iNetVu™

Mobile Platform

RX

Page 13 of 166

RX OUT

RX IN

TX OUT

!

100 — 260VAC

Satellite Modem / VSAT

iNetVu

®

7000 Controller Typical Connection Configuration

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

* Ground Connection

Fig. 3:

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.2.

Typical USB Communication Interface

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS

Antenna iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power input

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

RX IN

TX

RX

Page 14 of 166

USB Cable

RX OUT

RX

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX OUT

!

100 – 260VAC

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

Fig. 4:

USB Configuration Interface

USB Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.3.

Typical Serial Communication Port Interface

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power input

RX IN iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CABLE

TX RX

Page 15 of 166

Serial Port

RS232

RX OUT

RX IN

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX Out

!

100 — 260VAC

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

Network Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Power Cable

Fig. 5:

Serial RS232 Configuration Interface

Serial Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu ® systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.4.

Typical Connection – PC Free

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller. iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX RX

Page 16 of 166

RX OUT

Network

Cable

12/24 VDC

Power input

TX OUT

!

100 — 260VAC

RX IN

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Fig. 6:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller PC Free Connection Configuration

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 17 of 166

5.5.

System Diagram with Splitter

**Please Note

: Using a splitter is optional. If the user does not wish to power the LNB from the Controller, a splitter must be used such that power is passed to the LNB from the VSAT Modem (or alternate power source). iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

GPS /Glonass

Antenna

12/24 VDC

Power input

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX RX

**If the splitter option is used, ensure the LNB

Power is disabled in the

7000 Series Controller.

(See section 8.1.3.1 – “LNB

Power” for more detail)

!

100 — 260VAC

RX

TX OUT

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Fig. 7:

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller with Splitter Configuration

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu ® systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 18 of 166

6. Installation

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers are shipped pre-configured and calibrated with the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform and service which you plan to use. Only configuration of the

Satellite Modem / VSAT Communication parameters and the satellite you wish to find is required.

***Note

: controllers may have 4 or 5 digit serial number which is required to be entered for correct default configuration values.

6.1.

Rack Installation

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers include attachable “ears” which make the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers configurable for rack-mounted installation.

If you are installing the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller onto a rack, ensure that you use supporting rails or a shelf to support the weight of the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller, and use the provided “ears/brackets” to fasten the unit to the rack face.

6.2. iNetVu

®

Software – Software and USB Driver Installation

It is recommended that the previous software be uninstalled before installing latest software version if upgrading. See minimum recommended pc requirements for most favorable working system.

Warning!! Please make sure you have administrative rights (privileges) on the computer before you continue the installation. The setup wizard will display a warning Contact your system administrator for additional info.

Note: The application will exit if controller communication is via USB and Modem

Configuration Type is set to HN_KA during any power recycle or loss of communication (cable unplugged) without warning. This will NOT hold true if controller is in Firmware update mode. More info under Maintenance Menu

Buttons section.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 19 of 166

1. Windows Vista and Windows 7/8 with 64-bit Operating System must disable UAC

(User Access Control) when using Ethernet or Serial COM interface to communicate between controller and computer.

Please Note: Do not connect the Controller via USB until the drivers and software have been installed

2. Install the software from the Memory Stick or downloaded file by double clicking on iNetVuSetup.exe and follow the installation wizard.

Note: The Driver installation will be done in two stages. FTDI CDM Drivers and,

USB Drivers.

3. Windows CMD will appear in the background (for iNetVu USB drivers) and close indicating drivers’ installation in progress. Click on Extract.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 20 of 166

4. Click Next on “Device Driver installation Wizard” window. Two windows may appear one for FTDI and one for Legacy click Next on both.

5. The installation will begin, click Continue Anyway on the Windows Logo testing popup if prompted.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 21 of 166

6. Click the Finish button (twice) to complete the USB drivers’ installation.

7. The iNetVu Mobile software will now begin, click on the Next button.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 22 of 166

8. Click the Next button; leaving the default installation path as is “C:Program

FilesCCOMiNetVu Mobile 7000”, this may be changed if desired.

9. Continue with the software installation; click the Close button to complete the installation.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 23 of 166

10. Now that the drivers and software package has been installed, connect the iNetVu 7000 Controller via USB to your PC.

11. Windows Vista and 7 users, the drivers should install automatically without any further user action when the controller is powered up.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 24 of 166

6.3.

Setup

1. Connect all of the cables and components as depicted by the previous section.

Select connections that are best suited for your application.

2. Power on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

3. Set your external PC IP on the same subnet as the iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller (Default controller IP Address of the 7000 is 192.168.0.2)

4. Refer to the appropriate User Manual for service based system configuration

5. Controller should be power cycled after each and every configuration change.

6.4.

Serial RS232 Setup

1. Power ON the controller and connect the RS232 cable from the PC to the

Controller.

2. Refer to section 5.3 (RS232 setup diagram) before continuing with the RS232 serial port connection.

3. Set the C2 option in the controller to PC—9600, to do this advance to CONF2 option on the controller key pad and depress ENTER button; in the password field enter the password, if this was changed from the default. If default password has not been changed press up

arrow followed by the ENTER button.

4. Navigate to the C2 menu option and press the ENTER button.

5. Using the up

arrow button change the C: option to read C: PC—9600 press

ENTER.

C: PC—9600 T__O: +0.0

N985A—2.X-12209

Fig. 8:

C2 Screen from Configuration for RS232 Communication

Press the EXIT button 2 times, you will receive a prompt to save the configuration select Y for yes and press ENTER. The setting change has been completed on the controller side which will automatically update within the software.

6. Launch the Application Software from your computer.

7. Advance to the Maintenance screen, browse down to the Controller section and ensure that the Interface option is set to PC, the BAUD rate is set to 9600 and the COM Port is set to COM1 in PC Application section.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 25 of 166

Fig. 9:

Configuration screen for controller RS232 options

8. The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller is now set to communicate via RS232 serial connection.

**Note:

as a rule of thumb you should always be running the latest iNetVu Firmware version (version 7.5.7.0+ or greater) to get full functionality of the features. In some cases the latest boot loader (7.6.0.0 at time of document creation) is also required to compliment the software features.

6.5.

Existing iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Installation

If you are replacing an existing iNetVu ® Controller with Newer iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller, you will need to perform an Azimuth and Polarization Calibration (PL

Calibration not required on platforms with Tilt Sensors 980/1200 version 3.0+ or 1800 version 2.0+ and all new generation platforms) and set the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform

Serial Number prior to searching for satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 26 of 166

LCD Method

1. Advance to the Operations menu using the ‘←’ and ‘→’ arrows on the keypad.

2. Advance to “AZC” using the ‘←’ and ‘→’ arrows and press the “Enter” key on the keypad. IMS will begin the Azimuth Calibration Function. Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Azimuth sweep.

3. After this is complete, go back to the Operations menu by pressing the “Exit” button to navigate backwards.

4. Advance to “PLC” using the arrows and select the “Enter” key on the keypad.

IMS will begin the Polarization Calibration Function. Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Polarization sweep. “PLC” is not valid with some iNetVu ® Mobile Platform and thus may be skipped.

5. After this is complete, navigate to the “Conf2” menu from the keypad. The “Exit” button on the keypad can be used to navigate back to the original menu, and the

“Enter” button will allow the user to enter into a menu. (default Conf1 menu access password “password”)

6. Navigate to “C2” in the configuration menu and select the “Enter” button on the keypad.

7. A screen containing Console Port, Platform Type, Platform Version and Serial

Number Data will appear. Navigate to the far bottom right section of the screen where the platform description appears (i.e. A12B for 1.2 mobile unit), and click on the ‘↑’ arrow once. This action will allow you to make modifications to that section.

C: PC—9600 T__O: +0.0

A12B—2.X-10351

Fig. 10:

C2 Screen from Configuration

8. Next to the dish size (i.e. A12B, etc.), there exists a platform hardware version followed by 4/5-digit platform serial number as outlined in the figure above.

Change version number and the iNetVu

®

Platform Serial Numbers by using the

‘→’ to advance between digits, and the ‘↑’ or ‘↓’ to change the value of the digit.

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform Serial Number and Hardware Version will be found on your iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform ONLY the LAST 5 DIGITS need be entered for the Serial No. Older systems may have ONLY 4 DIGITS.

Note: When configuring iNetVu ® system you must enter serial number first then select platform type, not following this priority order may result in inaccurate values.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 27 of 166

9. Click the “Enter” button on the keypad once the serial number has been entered, and exit the configuration menu by click the “Exit” button twice. One time to return to the configuration screen and one more time to exit the configuration screen.

10. Once prompted if you would like to save the configuration, press the ‘↑’ button such that ‘Y’ is selected for “yes”, and press, “Enter”.

That’s it. You have successfully completed the installation and setup of the iNetVu ®

7000 Series Controller and are ready to find satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

®

Front Panel Operation

7.1.

LED Definition

Page 28 of 166

Fig. 11:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Front Panel LED Panel

POWER

Solid light indicates power is ON.

MOTOR

Flashes when any of the three motors are instructed to move.

COMM / LOCK

Indicates Communication between Controller and Modem, it also indicates communication between GPS and controller. NA must be selected when checking GPS communication status.

Slow blinking (2 sec. intervals) indicates no communication.

Slow blinking (1 sec. intervals) indicates idle communication.

TX EN

Solid Light indicates transmitter has been enabled.

STOW

Solid Light indicates iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Elevation Axis (EL) is in the stowed position.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

7.2.

Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation

Page 29 of 166

Fig. 12:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Front Panel Buttons

How to Find Satellite

Press “FIND SAT” Button. iNetVu ® Mobile Platform will automatically attempt to locate, lock, peak and enable the system onto the configured satellite or last satellite to lock/enable system. Pressing the FIND SAT button for 1 second or less will initiate satellite searching routine (on SAT0, default) or last satellite searched. Holding down the FIND SAT for 3 seconds or more will bring up the satellite menu and display choice of 5 satellites or 4 Beam Colors to select from. Once in the satellite menu pressing the FIND SAT will search on the selected Satellite, Beam or Beam Color. The LCD keypad can also be used to maneuver to the required satellite, use the arrow keys (right or left) to move over to the required selection and press FIND SAT will launch satellite search routine on that selection.

Search routine will ignore GPS and RF status until after compass heading has been read to reduce search time. If GPS and RF conditions not met after 60 seconds the search will fail and a message will be displayed.

How to Stow the Antenna

Press “STOP/STOW” Button, and hold for 2 seconds. iNetVu ® Mobile Platform will automatically re-center itself and lower into the stow position.

How to Stop

Press “STOP/STOW” Button (do not hold). Stops all ongoing operations such as motor movements and automatic functions, like Find Satellite and Stow.

How to Manually Move the Mobile Platform

Press “SELECT” to select the axis of motion you wish to move. The LED corresponding to the axes chosen will light up. Press “SPEED H/L” to select the speed (LED ON – HI, LED OFF —

LOW). Press and release “+” and “–“for short duration movement & angle readings. Press and hold “+” and “–“for long duration movement.

Warning

: User must watch antenna limit sensors

(EL UP/ST, AZ ST, PL ST) when using manual controls. See LCD ‘Monitor’ section explanation for more details.

How to Turn ON/OFF the Controller

Turn off the AC power switch on the back panel of the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller.

When using DC external power source, the DC input power ON/OFF is controlled by the external source.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

How to Reset the Controller

Press “RESET” Button

Power-cycles the iNetVu ® Controller

DOES NOT reset default values

7.3.

LCD Screen and Navigator Keypad Operation

Page 30 of 166

Fig. 13:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller LCD and Keypad Navigator

Used to move the cursor position.

ENTER

Used to select a displayed function

EXIT

Used back out of a selection and return the display to the previous selection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 31 of 166

7.4.

Front Panel Menu Navigation Tree

The following is a tree consisting of a list of the menu options available with the LCD interface.

iNetVu ® 7000 Controller LCD Menu

MONITOR

 MAIN

EL

 AZ

 PL

 GP

SM

 S1

 S2

MB

IP

GW

OPERATION

*Common *Tooway *HN_KA

 SS0 BLU BM

SS1 ORG —-

 SS2 PRP —-

 SS3 GRN ——

 SS4 SS4 ——

 TE TE TE

 TD TD TD

 AZC AZC AZC

 PLC PLC PLC

 CPC CPC CPC

 CR CR CR

CONF1

 S1

 SM1

 SM2

CONF2

 S2

MB

 EL

 AZ

 PL

 GP

 C1

 C2

 C3

 SG

 IP

 SR

TEST (TST)

 E&A&P

DPY

 DPYQ

 DPY_C

 CP

 A_ACP

 M_ACP

 S_ACP

INFO

 CC1

CC2

 DVB_D

 DVB_P

 MOD

 SYS1

 ERR

Fig. 14:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller LCD Menu Options

*Note: These are not sub-menus and do not exist under the OPERATION menu.

They are merely used to identify the different sub menu options under the

OPERATION menu depending on the modem service that is configured.

Note: In order for the user to make changes to configuration data in a subcategory of the “CONF1 or CONF2” menu, or apply changes to data in a subcategory of the “TEST” menu, the ‘↑’ button on the keypad must be pressed above the data portion in the sub-category before changes can be made.

For example, if the user wishes to change the longitudinal value of the target satellite position in the S1 subcategory of the “CONF1” menu. The steps involved include:

1) Navigating to the ‘CONF1’ menu on the main screen using the ‘→’ button.

2) Press the “ENTER” button once the cursor is above the ‘CONF1’ menu.

3) At this point, the user should be in the ‘CONF1’ menu after entering password and can select any of the sub-categories available. Press the “ENTER” button once the cursor is above the ‘S1’ sub-category.

4) To change the longitudinal coordinate of the target satellite, navigate to the area of where this information is located, and press the ‘↑’ button once to enable modification.

5) At this point, the user can change the character values of the longitudinal coordinate by using the ‘↑’ and ‘↓’ buttons. The ‘→’ and the ‘←’ buttons can be used to navigate between characters.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 32 of 166

6) Press the “ENTER” button once complete.

7.5.

Opening Screen

When powering the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller, the LCD will display one of the following during the initial boot-up sequence.

iNetVu 7000 Control

BY C-COM

Fig. 15:

LCD Opening Screen

7.6.

Main Menu

The iNetVu ® controller is ready for usage when the following is displayed on the LCD.

There are Six (6) Main Menu items to select from: MONITOR, OPERATION, CONF1,

CONF2, TST, and INFO.

MONITOR OPERATION

CONF1 CONF2 TST INFO

Fig. 16:

LCD Main Menu

MONITOR

This menu branch allows the user to monitor the status of the iNetVu

Mobile Platform, its components, and displays information concerning the iNetVu 7000 Series Controller and the Satellite

Modem / VSAT.

OPERATION

This menu branch allows the user to perform miscellaneous functions, such as enabling/disabling the transmitter, Find Satellite,

Stow, and perform axes calibrations, etc.

CONF1

CONF2

This menu branch allows the user to configure and save the 5

Satellite parameters with 5 Beacon settings as well as the search mode.

This menu branch allows the user to configure the iNetVu including platform, modem parameters, and controller.

®

System,

TST

INFO

This menu branch allows the user to run demo test on all three axes, as well as check/test compass, deploy the antenna, and ACP testing.

This menu branch allows the user to verify the 7000 Series controller

/ modem settings, such as software versions, hardware versions,

DVB module, and error codes.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 33 of 166

7.6.1.

MONITOR

This section describes briefly what each item and menu represents. For a more detailed explanation of each menu, see the configuration section of this manual. (Section 7.6.4)

MAIN EL AZ PL GP SM

S1 S2 MB IP GW

Fig. 17:

Monitor Menu

MAIN

EL

AZ

PL

GP

SM

S1

S2

MB

IP

GW

Displays real-time system status and receive signal.

(Elevation) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation angle and limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment gap.

(Azimuth) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and limits, window size, and AZ zero.

(Polarization) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the polarization motor, as well as real-time polarization angle and limits, window size, and PL zero.

Displays GPS Status and coordinates.

(Search Mode) Displays compass status, Search Mode (RF status).

(Satellite) Displays Target Satellite longitude and the antennas target coordinates. This branch also contains the DVB Carrier programmed and the LNB Power

(Satellite) Displays Reference Satellite longitude and the DVB Carrier programmed for the reference satellite along with the LNB Power

(Modem and Beacon Receiver) Displays Modem status as well as the

Beacon Receiver frequency and signal (if a beacon receiver is used)

Displays IP of iNetVu 7000 Series Ethernet Port, and the VSAT modem

IP.

(Gateway) Displays Subnet, and Gateway IP.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 34 of 166

7.6.1.1. MAIN

This branch menu displays the real-time Elevation, Azimuth, Polarization Angles, their respective limits (Up, Down, Stow), the RF Receive Signal, Signal Strength, and the

System Status.

2

1

4

3

E-90.0 U D S A -45.7 S VV ST

P-34.6 S 30N M140D 0U

5

8

6

Fig. 18:

“MAIN” (Main) Display

7

1 – Elevation Angle and Limit Indicators

740/750/950/980 Mobile Platform Range:

981/985/755 Drive-away Platform Range:

-90

 to 65+

-90

 to 93+

1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platform Range:

Flyaway Antenna (1200Q)

Airline Checkable (1210A)

1201 Drive-away

-90

 to 76+

5

 to 78+

9

 to 99+

-90

 to 93+

Elevation Angle will be –90.0 when the Elevation Stow Indicator is ON for mobile/drive-away units

U

D

S

Elevation up Limit has been reached.

Typically set above 75

 for 1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platforms, above 65 for 740/950/980

Mobile Platforms, and above 90

 for the 1201/985/755 Drive-away Platforms. The Flyaway is set above 78

.

Elevation down Limit has been reached.

Typically set between 5

 and 10 for 1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platforms and between 0 and 10

 for 740/950/980 Mobile Platforms.

Elevation Stow Limit has been reached.

2 – Azimuth Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

Range:

Flyaway Range:

Airline Checkable:

S

-200

 to +200

-180

 to +180

-195

 to +195

Azimuth Stow Limit has been reached.

Mobile Platform should be physically centered on the Azimuth axis.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 35 of 166

3 – Polarization Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

740/950/980 Mobile Platform Range: -70

 to 70

1500/1800 Mobile/Flyaway Platform Range: -90

 to 90

1200 Mobile Platform Range -90

 to 90(ST at +65˚)

981/1201 Drive-away Platform Range: -90

 to 90 (ST at +/-50˚ for 981)

Ka75/ka98 1800 Circular Band Signals will have the Polarization Angle disabled, and will display

“DDD” Stow Limit will also be disabled and display “STF”.

S Polarization Stow Limit has been reached.

Mobile Platform should be physically centered on the Polarization axis.

The New Gen 981 and 1201 platforms will stow at angle +/-50 (981) and angle +/-90

(1201) based on last PL target angle.

4 – GPS Status Flag and Compass Status Flag

The first letter represents the GPS status, and the second letter represents the Compass status

(i.e. VV, FF, OO, FO, OF, OV, VO).

V

F

O

GPS/Compass Status is Valid/Normal

GPS/Compass Status has failed

GPS/Compass Coordinates have been overridden

5 – System Status

(status meanings explained in the software section of this report)

AC

AT

CC

DT

II

MM

PC

PK

PS

SR

ST

Azimuth Calibration

ACP Testing

Compass Calibration

Dish Testing

Idle

Manual Movement

Polarization Calibration

Peaking (PA/PE)

Positioning

Searching

Stowed

6 – Receive RF/DVB Signal

Receive RF Signal as measured from the LNB. The letter ‘N’ next to the RF Value indicates the

LNB is not being powered properly and there is an issue with the RF connection, whereas no letter next to the RF value indicates the LNB is powered properly. When the system is not in RF search

Mode, and is searching via DVB carrier, the value represents the DVB signal, and the letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

7 – Modem Status

Displays the receive strength of the satellite, and the Modem/Transmitter Status.

D Transmitter Disabled

E

U

Transmitter Enabled

Unknown (Communication with Satellite Modem / VSAT has failed)

(E.g. M140D represents modem signal strength of 140, and transmitter is disabled)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 36 of 166

8 – Beacon Receiver Signal

This section represents the strength of the Beacon Receiver Signal (if used). The letter ‘U’ next to the Beacon Signal indicates an unlocked status, whereas the letter ‘L’ next to the Beacon Signal indicates a Locked on satellite status.

7.6.1.2. EL

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation angle and limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment gap.

1

3

E0.0 D U S I/S: 0-6 U D

S: 5 AD: 3 C:32 O: 31

2

5

6

4

Fig. 19:

“EL” (Elevation) Display

1 – Real-Time Elevation Angle

E (Elevation) The number value after the “E” represents the real time elevation angle.

D

U

S

The letter “D” will appear to indicate Down Limit has been reached on the elevation axis

The letter “U” will appear to indicate UP Limit has been reached on the elevation axis

The letter S will appear to indicate the Elevation angle has reached the stow position

(Antenna Stowed).

The inclinometer used to read the elevation angle will compensate for an incline up to +/-

15º. For example if a user is on a 10º slope and the system is searching along the azimuth, if the elevation reading changes due to a horizontal incline, the elevation will adjust to maintain the correct elevation angle while searching along the azimuth.

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S

U

D

Real-Time current of the elevation motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant of the elevation movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set speed of 6).

The letter “U” will appear if there is an up movement on the elevation axis.

The letter “D” will appear if there is a down movement on the elevation axis.

3 — Search Window Elevation Limit

This value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will point above and below the calculated target elevation coordinate when searching for satellite. (S: 5 – implies elevation search window is

5º)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 37 of 166

4 – Advanced Search Elevation Gap (El Adjustment)

When parked on an incline, azimuth movement can affect the Elevation angle. This happens because the azimuth is on a fixed plane parallel to the roof of the vehicle and the Elevation angle is relative to gravity. For example, at a very high incline, moving 20 degrees of azimuth could gradually drop (or raise) the elevation 3 degrees from the calculated target. Since this could cause you to miss the satellite, we stop the azimuth movement, re-position the Elevation to the target, then continue the azimuth sweep. The default value is 3 degrees of elevation change allowed before adjustment. Since these adjustments will increase the amount of time it takes to find the satellite, we recommend to park the vehicle on the most level surface available.

5 — Elevation Offset

The number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the

Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation Angle (e.g. O: 31 implies elevation offset of 31). These values initially default, and are set after target calibration is performed.

6 – Elevation of Compass Reading Status

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading (see Appendix 1 for default values).

7.6.1.3. AZ

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and limits, search window size, and AZ zero.

1

3

A0.0 S I/S:0-6 L R

W: 60 Z: 346.1

Fig. 20:

“EL” (Elevation) Display

2

4

1 – Real-Time Azimuth Angle

A

S

(Azimuth) – Real time Azimuth angle reading, down to the tenth of a decimal.

The letter “S” will appear to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the azimuth axis

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S Real-Time current of the azimuth motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant of the azimuth movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set

L

R

speed of 6).

The letter “L” will appear if there is a ‘left’ movement on the azimuth axis.

The letter “R” will appear if there is a ‘right’ movement on the azimuth axis.

(See Appendix for detail on default speed and current settings)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 38 of 166

3 — Search Window Azimuth Limit

This value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will search for satellite along the azimuth axis to the left and right of the calculated target antenna azimuth coordinate when searching for satellite. (I.e. W: 60 implies 60º search to the left and right of the target antenna azimuth angle, totally 120º)

Note: system may overshoot by 10º from the set window limits and thus the displayed value will be off 10º on either side of the target angle.

4 – Z (AZ Zero)

AZ Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer which physically determines where the iNetVu ®

Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0°. The AZ Zero may vary approximately +/-15% from the

Default values (see Appendix).

AZ Zero is calculated during the Azimuth Calibration process.

7.6.1.4. PL

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the polarization motor, as well as real-time polarization angle and limits, offset, and PL zero.

1

3

P0.0 S I/S:0.0-7 L R

O:0.0 Z: 90

2

4

Fig. 21:

“PL” (Polarization) Display

1 – Real-Time Polarization Angle

P (Polarization) – Indicates the real time polarization angle of the iNetVu ® Antenna.

S

The letter “S” will appear to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the polarization axis

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S Real-Time current of the polarization motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant

L

R

of the polarization movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0.0-7 represents real-time current of 0.0 and a set speed of 7).

The letter “L” will appear if there is a ‘left’ movement on the polarization axis.

The letter “R” will appear if there is a ‘right’ movement on the polarization axis.

See Appendix 1 for default speed and current values.

3 — Polarization Offset

This value represents the offset in the polarization angle.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 39 of 166

4 – Z (PL Zero)

PL Zero is a converted A/D value from the potentiometer and or a software generated fixed value from inclinometer that physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places

Polarization Angle 0°. The PL Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values for the potentiometer (see Appendix 1) while the inclinometer will provide a more accurate reading with minimal variances.

The PL Zero is used to convert the A/D calculated value during the polarization calibration process.

Polarization calibration is not valid for platforms (980 and 1200 version 3.0+) and all platforms equipped with the inclinometer tilt sensor.

7.6.1.5. GP

Displays GPS Status and current GPS Heading.

1

GPS: V V0

LA: 45.4N LG: 75.6W

Fig. 22:

“GP” GPS Display

2

1 – GPS Status

V V

F

O

GPS Status is Valid, second V is for Velocity Status

GPS Status has failed

GPS Coordinates have been overridden

2 – GPS Coordinates

LA

LG

Current Latitude Coordinate rounded to one decimal place in degree format.

Current Longitude Coordinate rounded to one decimal place in degree format.

7.6.1.6. SM

Displays Search Modes Status, Compass Status, Compass Heading and AZ Window.

1

2

RF :N-N-55-30N

CP:V-000 AZ_W :60

3 4

Fig. 23:

“SM” Search Mode and Compass Display

(See Compass Configuration section under CONF1—-SM1 (CP))

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 40 of 166

1 – RF Search Mode Status

N

N

RF Mode is disabled;

Y

will be displayed when enabled

RF override mode is disabled;

O

.

will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (55) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

RF/DVB signal value (30N) – If in RF search mode this will represent RF signal value, if in DVB

Mode it will display DVB carrier signal. The letter ‘N’ next to the

RF Value indicates the LNB is not being powered properly.

The letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

2 – CP (Compass) Status

V

O

FS

Valid – The compass reading is functioning properly

Override – the compass has been overridden, and direction entered manually considered

Full Search – searches a full 360º search window.

3 – Compass Heading/ Calibrate/Check Compass Routine

Displays Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Antenna will rotate 90° to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0°, 90°,

180°, -90°, 0° and display the compass headings. Vehicle front end (windshield window) must be pointed North during these routines to achieve proper compass headings and a software pop-up will be displayed on the pc screen to ensure this Platform is properly orientated.

4 — AZ Search Window Status

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

7.6.1.7. S1

This menu displays the Target Satellite Number and Longitude, Target Antenna

Coordinates, DVB Transponder (Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate) and LNB

Power.

1

4

5

2

3 63W E0 A0 P0

3 0990 30000 DB-7 18

3

8

7

6

Fig. 24:

“S1” (Target Satellite) Display

1 — Target satellite number

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 41 of 166

2 — Target Satellite Longitude and Hemisphere

3 — Target Satellite Antenna Elevation, Azimuth (within reference to true north), and

Polarization coordinates respectively.

4 — Transponder Number

(There are usually six (6) transponders for each satellite stored into the controller memory) 0 – 2 are horizontal receive, and 3-5 are vertical receive) the user may overwrite the transponder data with his/her own (see configuration section).

5 — DVB Transponder Frequency (MHz)

6 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

7 –Transponder Code Rate.

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

AUTO (DVB-S2 ACM SELECTION)

8 – Power Supplied to LNB from the 7000 Series Controller for the Target Satellite

7.6.1.8. S2

This menu displays the Reference Satellite Status, Longitude, Target Antenna

Coordinates, DVB Transponder (Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate) and LNB

Power. The reference satellite is another search option that could be utilized by the user.

If this option is disabled, you may disregard all this information.

2

1

3

4

D 63W E0 A0 P0

0 0990 30000 DB-7 DD

6

5

7

Fig. 25:

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Display

1 – Reference Satellite Longitude, Hemisphere, and Status

Status “D”: implies the reference satellite option is disabled

Status “E”: implies the target satellite option is enabled

2 – Reference Satellite Antenna Elevation, Azimuth, and Polarization coordinates respectively.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 42 of 166

3 — Transponder Number (for reference satellite)

(There are usually six (6) transponders for each satellite stored into the controller memory) 0 – 2 are horizontal receive, and 3-5 are vertical receive. The user may overwrite the transponder data.

4 – Reference Satellite DVB Transponder Frequency (MHz)

5 – Reference Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

6 – Reference Satellite Transponder Code Rate. (DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

7 – Power Supplied to LNB from the 7000 Series Controller for the Reference Satellite

7.6.1.9. MB

This menu displays the modem status, beacon frequency and signal strength.

1

MODEM : INIT

BR :1448.05 0/0dB

2

Fig. 26:

Modem and Beacon Receiver

1 – Modem Communication Status

INIT will appear if still initializing communication.

NA

SQ: will appear if no modem selected

. with value will appear if modem is communicating with controller.

2 – Beacon Receiver Frequency and Signal Strength

The Beacon Receiver is an optional unit that could be used to acquire satellite with the

7000 Series Controller. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Controller section) for details

7.6.1.9.1 Hughes Modem Status (Only)

2

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 43 of 166

1 3

SQ : 15 TC :24 RC :6 A :D

BR :1448.05 0/0dB

1 – Modem Communication Status.

5

4

INIT will appear if still initializing or no communication

NA

SQ will appear if no modem selected.

will appear with after modem communication is establish (Modem TX Disabled).

2 – Displays the status of the (TX) satellite receiver transmit state.

3 – Displays the status of the (RX) Satellite receiver receive state.

4 – ACP status enables or disables the ACP routine after locking on signal.

D

Disables the ACP after locking on signal

E enables the ACP after locking on signal in which an isolation value is displayed after successfully passing the 2 tests.

A_ST

ACP has started

A_SP

ACP has passed

5 – Beacon Receiver Frequency and Signal Strength

The Beacon Receiver is an optional unit that could be used to acquire satellite with the

7000 Series Controller. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Controller section) for details

7.6.1.10. IP

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 44 of 166

This menu displays the IP address of the user configured iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller and Modem. (Ensure the IP address of the modem configured is the actual IP address of the modem, and that the 7000 Controller is operating on the same network as the modem)

1

C_IP : 70.232.247.50

M_IP: 70.232.247.49

2

Fig. 27:

“IP” (Controller and Modem IP) Display

1 – C_IP: iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s IP Address – Default 192.168.0.2

2 – M_IP: The Modem IP configured in the 7000 Series Controller.

7.6.1.11. GW

1

S_IP : 255.255.255.0

G_IP: 70.232.247.49

2

1 – S_IP (iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller’s Subnet Mask IP Address –

Default

255.255.255.0)

2 – Gateway IP Address

(Default: 192.168.0.32 or 192.168.100.1 depends on Modem Type/Service)

7.6.2.

OPERATION

2

SS0 SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

3 4

1

5 6 7

Fig. 28:

Default Operation Menu

Note: The OPERATION sub menu items may differ for Ka services. The satellite numbers (SS0, SS2, etc…) will be replaced with GPS location Beam Colors for

Tooway or Beam ID for HN_KA.

1 1

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 45 of 166

BLU ORG PRP GRN SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

Fig. 29:

BM01

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

Operation Menu, Tooway service on left and HN_KA service on right

SS0

BLU

BM00

SS1

ORG

AZC

PLC

CPC

CR

SS2

PRP

SS3

GRN

SS4

TE

TD

(Find Satellite 0) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 0.

(Find Satellite BLU) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the Blue

Beam.

(Find Satellite BEAM ID) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Beam ID selected.

(Find Satellite 1) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 1.

(Find Satellite ORG) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Orange Beam.

(Find Satellite 2) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 2.

(Find Satellite PRP) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Purple Beam.

(Find Satellite 3) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 3.

(Find Satellite GRN) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Green Beam.

(Find Satellite 4) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 4.

(Transmitter Enable) Enables the transmitter after locking onto the designated satellite.

(Transmitter Disable) Disables the transmitter after locking onto the designated satellite.

(Azimuth Calibration) Performs a complete Azimuth Calibration.

(Polarization Calibration) Performs a complete Polarization Calibration.

(Compass Check) Tests the Compass’ accuracy and Calibrates the

Compass, should the compass be found to be inaccurate

Restores Compass to factory calibrated defaults.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 46 of 166

1 – Find Satellite

Automatically finds and locks onto the satellite signal by communicating with the Satellite Modem and using the GPS coordinates, the compass heading and internal parameters of the Satellite

Modem. Typically, it takes approximately 3-5 minutes to find satellite. The “Service Type” must be selected and “Update Beam Table” button applied for the correct Beam ID information to propagate when using HN_KA Modem Type.

If the Antenna is already pointed on the satellite, clicking Find Satellite will re-peak or re-deploy the Antenna onto the last satellite signal found. There are 5 configurable satellites in the 7000

Series Controller (S0-S4) and each is now capable of having 5 configurable beacon settings.

Press “Enter” onto the corresponding satellite, Beam Color or Beam ID to begin search.

Note: The Tooway service will display Beam Colors while the HN_KA and iDirect

Dual Beam Ka service will display Beam ID number.

2–Transmitter Enable (TE)

Enables the Transmitter once locked onto satellite.

3 –Transmitter Disable (TD)

Disables the Transmitter once locked onto satellite.

4 –Azimuth Calibration (AZC)

This feature will only be available on Legacy mounts. All new generation platforms (i.e.

Ka-75V, 98H/98G/98V, 1201 etc…) will have this option disabled by default.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 47 of 166

Performs a complete Azimuth Calibration.

Antenna will move CW to a set point.

 Antenna will move back in the opposite direction to locate Stow switch.

 Antenna will attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Azimuth Stow Switch and center itself.

After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the Azimuth zero position is calculated and the AZ Zero(Pot) is set at the zeroed A/D value.

5 – Polarization Calibration (PLC)

Performs a complete polarization calibration. On platforms with tilt sensors the system will complete a PL Zero point calibration and set the Zero point value. Tilt sensor must be levelled prior to running the Calibrate PL routine on system with

Polarization tilt sensors.

 Antenna will completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer.

 Antenna will completely rotate clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer.

 Based on the A/D values of the two (2) physical limits and the maximum range of motion for the Mobile Platform, the center angle is determined.

 Antenna will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Polarization Stow

Switch.

After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the Polarization zero position is calculated and the PL Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

6 – Compass Calibration (CPC)

Ensure that there are no metallic objects that could interfere with the Compass, and that the Mobile

Platform is on level surroundings.

Orient the Mobile Platform as depicted in the following figure. If Platform is vehicle mounted ensure front end (windshield window) is pointed north. It is recommended that you use an external compass to be as accurate as possible with the orientation.

Note: The New Generation Platforms (these include and not limited to ka-75V, 98H/98G/98V and 1201A) are equipped with newer versions of the compasses which are factory calibrated and do not require calibration in the field unless performed by C-COM support authorization only. Restore CP replaces the compass calibration on systems equipped with the newer compass version, these systems are identified by platform version. Please consult with C-

COM Technical support before running the compass calibration.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 48 of 166

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Fig. 30:

This end faces South

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South — 176

East — 87

 W E

S

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

This end faces South

Software will display a pop-up on the pc screen asking end user to verify correct orientation of platform after Compass Calibration is selected within software.

The Antenna will now rotate in 90

 intervals and attempt to calibrate the compass.

The LCD Screen will indicate that the Compass Calibration has been completed successfully or not.

7 – Compass Restore (CR)

Restores the compass to its original calibrated state as was shipped from the manufacturer. Use this button only after consulting with C-COM Support.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 49 of 166

7.6.3.

CONF1

This Menu will allow the user to configure and save all 5 Satellites with 5 beacon settings and Search Modes of the iNetVu ® System. A description of each menu and their purpose is outlined below. This section explains the different sub-menus of the configuration

(CONF1) menu, and what each field parameter means.

7.6.3.1. Password Protection

The LCD Configuration Interface is password protected.

PWD:: ********

RST :: *********

Fig. 31:

Password screen

The default password is

“password” (case sensitive)

.Use the “↑” or “↓” button to select the characters, and the “←” or “→” to navigate through the character fields. Press on the “ENTER” button of the front panel when the password has been completely entered.

If the password has been changed, and the user does not know the password, entering a specific reset ID in the bottom row will reset the password to the default (“password”).

The Reset ID (RST) is

“123456789”

7.6.3.2. Configuration Menu (CONF1)

S1 SM1 SM2

Fig. 32:

CONF1 (Configuration) Menu

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 50 of 166

S1

SM1

SM2

Allows the user to configure and save the Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Target Satellite (0-4 satellites), along with the corresponding

DVB Transponder and LNB Power Requirement. 5 satellites can be configured and saved with different search parameters

Allows the user to configure and save the search mode (RF Search or

DVB mode), Compass, RF Threshold and AZ search window.

Allows Modem Beam ID configuration and Beacon configuration for each

Satellite. 5 configurable Beacon settings can be configured to work with

5 satellites

7.6.3.3. S1

This menu allows for the configuration of the target satellite(s) (5 satellites maybe configured and saved) and the satellite polarization offset. If the user is using DVB as a search option, the transponder information must be entered along with the LNB power requirements.

1

2

0 093.0W S11/S2A O: 090.0

0 0999 09999 DB-7 18

3

4

5

Fig. 33:

“S1” (Target Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Target Satellite

Satellite Number and Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Satellite. The Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto a satellite signal. The user can configure and save up to 5 satellites (0 to 4).

2 – DVB Configuration

The user can configure the type of carrier to search for either DVB-S1 or DVB-S2ACM. The DVB-

S2 ACM carrier requires controller model 7000B Rev 1.0 or greater.

3 – Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -180 to +180)

In North America and not limited to the rest of the world

1201/1200/1800/1500/1.2 Flyaway –Horizontal Receive (Offset = 0, with feed/OMT position standing up),

Vertical Receive (Offset = 90, with feed/OMT position flat). Polarization is based on the Receive

(RX) Polarity.

Vertical RX and Horizontal TX (VH) requires Pol Offset be set to 90.

Horizontal RX and Vertical TX (HV) requires Pol Offset be set to 0.

Therefore: VV requires Offset to be set to 90 and HH to 0.

Eutelsat configuration will automatically propagate the offset value after entering 0 or 90.

980/740 – Offset = 0 (considering OMT is adjusted manually).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 51 of 166

4 – DVB Transponder Information.

0 – Transponder Number (0-2 are for Horizontal Receive, 3-5 are for Vertical Receive)

0999 – Transponder Frequency (MHz)

09999 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

DB-7 – Transponder Code Rate (DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

5 – LNB Power (Target Satellite)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX

IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DD – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 34:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19, V @ 500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller according to those power/voltage requirements.

7.6.3.4. SM1

This menu allows for the configuration and saving of the Satellite Search Modes with a total of 5 different configurable satellites, each can be configured with different RF

Search Mode parameters.

1

RF:N-O- 50

CP :N- 000 AZ_W :060

3

2

4

Fig. 35:

“SM1” Search Mode Configuration Display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 52 of 166

1 – RF Search Mode

N

N

RF Mode is disabled; Y will be displayed when enabled

.

RF override mode (second digit) is disabled; O will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (50) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

2 – CP (Compass)

V

N

O

F

Valid – The compass reading is functioning properly

Normal – Full Search NOT selected, (nor is compass overridden).

Override – the compass has been overridden, and direction entered manually considered

Full Search – searches a full 360º search window, Fly-away systems (70 º), Full search also overrides compass.

3 – Compass Heading

Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Calibrate/Check Compass Routine see CPC under OPERATION or CP under

TST.

4 — AZ Search Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu

®

Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found. The window value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will search for satellite along the azimuth axis. Window will be expanded from

60 to 90 degrees if satellite not found during the first run.

Note: system may overshoot by 10º from the set window size limits.

7.6.3.5. SM2

This Menu allows the user to set modem Beam ID for the desired Satellite search as well as set the Beacon and ACQ Attenuation with different values for 5 Configurable

Satellites. 5 different Beacon settings can be configured and saved.

1

MID:0000

B :0952.00/22.0

2

Fig. 36:

“SM2” Modem Beam ID and Beacon Configuration Display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 53 of 166

1 – Modem Beam ID

Modem ID number can be entered from the front panel. Used with YAHSAT and Avanti Ka modems only at this point in time.

2 – BR (Beacon Receiver Frequency and Power Level – Optional)

If the Optional Beacon Receiver is used to acquire satellite, the user may enter the beacon frequency of the satellite that he/she wishes to lock onto, also the Power level for peaking on the

Beacon Signal. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Series Controller section) for details

7.6.4.

CONF2

This menu will allow the user to select and set the configuration of the iNetVu ® System as well as the Reference satellite option. The target satellite(s) S1 is configured in the

CONF1 menu. A description of each menu and their purpose is outlined below. This section explains the different options of the configuration menu, and what each component means.

A step-by-step procedure of how to configure the system is explained in the corresponding Service Provider Based Quick Start User Manuals.

Please refer to the manual based on the service you are using with the 7000 Series

Controller.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 54 of 166

7.6.4.1. Configuration Menu (CONF2)

Password must be entered before accessing CONF2 menu and submenu.

S2 MB EL AZ PL GP

C1 C2 C3 SG IP SR

Fig. 37:

CONFIG2 (Configuration) Menu

S2

MB

EL

AZ

PL

GP

C1

C2

C3

SG

IP

SR

(Reference Satellite Option Use Only) Allows the user to configure the

Orbital slot / Longitude of a reference satellite, along with the corresponding DVB Transponder and LNB Power Requirement.

Allows the user to configure the Modem parameters such as transmit and receive polarization, as well as frequency and symbol rate (if required).

(Elevation) Allows configuration of the elevation current, limits, slow speed, window size, and adjustment gap.

(Azimuth) Allows configuration of the azimuth zero, stow limit, speed, search window size, and current limits.

(Polarization) Allows configuration of the polarization zero, skew adjustment, stow limit, polarization offset, speed, and current limits.

(GPS and Compass) Configuration of GPS coordinates and Compass parameters.

Contains controller configuration feature information such, Motion

Protection, ES/NO, Inclined Orbit etc…

Contains configuration of the platform type, serial number, and the controller console port.

Contains the password information. The user may change the password in this screen.

(Gateway and Subnet) Allows for the configuration of the controller subnet IP address, as well as the controller gateway IP address.

Configuration screen of the controller IP address, and the VSAT modem’s IP address.

The user may configure the service type, as well as the interface used to establish communication between the controller and modem (telnet, console, etc.) Ka services (HN_KA) will have the ability to change Beam

ID.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 55 of 166

7.6.4.2. S2

This menu allows for the configuration of the reference satellite parameters. If the user is using the Reference Satellite Search option, the transponder information must be entered along with the LNB power requirements of the reference satellite used. The controller will lock onto the Reference satellite DVB carrier, and will pivot to the target satellite position to peak on the modem signal. Users acquiring Satellite signal using RF

Search or direct DVB search with the Target satellite DO NOT require this option, and should ensure that this method is disabled (as will be explained below) . Reference

Satellite Search option will only work with DVB search method. The Max ES/NO is automatically disabled and reverted back to default value of 255 when Ref Sat is enabled.

1

4

2

E 093.0W S11/S2A O: +90

0 0999 09999 DB-7 18

3

5

Fig. 38:

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Reference Satellite

Orbital slot / Longitude of the Reference Satellite. If the reference satellite option is enabled, the

Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto the reference satellite signal then pivot to the target satellite position. Only works with DVB search mode.

“D” – The user should select “D” if he/she does not wish to use this option

“E” – If the user wishes to use the reference satellite, “E” should be selected.

2- DVB Configuration

The user can configure the type of carrier to search for either DVB-S1 or DVB-S2A. The DVB-S2

ACM carrier requires controller model 7000B Rev 1.0+ or greater. DVBS2 carriers are recommended.

3 – Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -180 to +180)

In North America and not limited to the rest of the world

981/1201/1200/1800/1500/1.2 Flyaway – Horizontal Receive (Offset = 0) with feed/OMT standing up.

Vertical Receive (Offset = 90) with feed/OMT position flat.

980/740 – Offset = 0 (considering OMT is adjusted manually)

Only RX Polarity is referenced for the Pol Offset field allowing both Cross-Pol and

Co-Pol to work with setting the Pol Offset to 90 or 0 depending on the Receive

Polarity required. Rx = V = 90 (feed/OMT position flat) and Rx = H = 0

(feed/OMT position standing up) for Cross-Pol and Co-Pol.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 56 of 166

4 – DVB Transponder Information for the reference satellite.

0 – Transponder Number (0-2 are for Horizontal Receive and 3-5 are for Vertical Receive)

0999 – Transponder Frequency (MHz)

09999 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

DB-7 – Transponder Code Rate

(DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

5 – LNB Power (Reference Satellite)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX

IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DD – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 39:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19, V @ 500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu to those power/voltage requirements.

®

7000 Series controller according

7.6.4.3. MB

2

1

5

0990.0 30000000 HV W

Y N

6

Fig. 40:

3

4

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Configured Satellite Modem Receive Frequency in MHz with no decimals. (HNS

Only)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 57 of 166

2 – Configured Satellite Modem Symbol Rate in sps. (HNS Only)

1Msps = 1000 Ksps = 1 000 000 sps

3 – Receive and Transmit Polarization.

HH – Horizontal Receive, Horizontal Transmit

HV – Horizontal Receive, Vertical Transmit

VH – Vertical Receive, Horizontal Transmit

VV – Vertical Receive, Vertical Transmit

Receive polarity is represented by the first character, while Transmit polarity is represented by the second character

4 – Hemisphere of location of modem.

This is typically used for the HNS modem; other service providers may not need this requirement.

E – East

W – West

Modems operating in the eastern hemisphere require E to be selected, while modems operating in the western hemisphere require W to be selected.

5 – Auto Transmit Disable

N: If “N” is selected, the controller will leave the modem status as is if a reset is pushed to the modem from the NOC or for any other reasons.

Y: If “Y” is selected, the controller will automatically disable the modem transmit if a reset occurs once communication is re-established between the controller and the modem.

6 – ACP Enable / Disable

N: If “N” is selected, ACP will be enabled and the controller will try to perform ACP for HNS integrated modems after peaking on satellite and before enabling the transmitter.

Y: If “Y” is selected, ACP will be disabled and the controller will not perform ACP for HNS integrated modems after peaking on satellite, and will try to enable transmitter.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 58 of 166

7.6.4.4. EL

The EL menu allows for the Configuration of the elevation axis. Options include configuring the elevation offset, the satellite search window, the elevation adjustment gap, the mechanical elevation limits, the slow speed, and the current limits.

2

1

5

7

O: 31 A: 03 L: EEE

W: 05 C:32 S: 6 I:07.0

Fig. 41:

“EL” (Elevation Configuration) Display

3

4

6

1 – Elevation Offset

The Elevation Offset is specific to each type of platform. See Appendix 1 for a list of all the elevation offset default values. It is the number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation

Angle. The user may set the offset with the range of 15º-55º, although altering this number from its default value may give an inaccurate offset reading. This should not be tampered with without first consulting a C-COM Technical Support Representative.

2 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the elevation movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure.

3 — Advanced Search Elevation Gap (EL Adjustment)

With a configurable range of (2º-20º) this parameter is used to determine the small incremental adjustments required for a more accurate satellite search. Decreasing this value will add accuracy to the Search Window, but will increase the search time. This value is used while searching on an inclined surface. For instance A: 03 means the elevation angle will adjust if 3º gap from the calculated angle. This value is set by default for optimum performance.

4 – Limit Switches (L: EEE)

Allows the enabling and disabling of the UP, DOWN, and STOW limits respectively.

The first character (EEE) represents the UP limit. The second character (EEE) represents the

DOWN limit and the third character (EEE) represents the STOW limit. The user my change the limit configuration between:

D – Disable Limit

E – Enable Limit

D — Disable Limit

This option disables UP, DN, and ST limits for testing and troubleshooting (i.e. DEE – represents disabled up limit, and enabled down and stow limit).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 59 of 166

E – Enable Limit

Once enabled, the up, down and stow limits will be activated whenever the up, down, and stow sensors have been triggered on the iNetVu ® Mobile platform.

5 – Elevation Search Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu

®

Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found. The Search Window range is pre-set by default for optimum performance; however this offset may be manually changed in the range of 2º-

20º.

Fig. 42:

Elevation Coverage of search window

The default Elevation (Vertical) range is 3° on each side of the Target Point.

Increasing the size of the Search Window will increase the ability to find the desired

Satellite, although increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

The search window will expand from 3 to 5 if first search run fails to lock on satellite.

6 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s elevation motors. When any of the

Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu

®

Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

I — Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) which is displayed by the S: field (#2 speed

setting) movement is set to 7.0.

(i.e. I:07.0 and S: 6 Represents Current Limit of 7 A @ speed 6.

7 – Elevation of Compass Reading

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading for finding satellite (see Appendix 1 for default values).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 60 of 166

7.6.4.5. AZ

The AZ menu allows configuration of the Azimuth axis, including AZ zero and stow limit, azimuth search window size, slow speed movements, and current limits at high and slow speeds.

1

4

2

3

5

Z: 346.9 CP_O:+00 E

S: 6 I: 07.0

Fig. 43:

“AZ” (Azimuth) Display

1 – Configurable AZ Zero (Pot)

AZ Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer calculated upon azimuth calibration which physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0°. The AZ Zero may vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see Appendix 1). The user may edit these values through this window; however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0° angle. This parameter has a configurable range of (150-700).

2 – Compass Offset

A fixed offset could be used to adjust the compass heading. This value would be added to the calculated compass heading to compensate for any consistent inaccuracy of the compass reading.

3 — Stow Limit

Enabling this function allows for the iNetVu

®

system to trigger the stow limit when the mechanical stow range of the azimuth is reached. Disabling this limit, may result in failure to initiate the automatic stow command.

E – Enable Stow Limit

D – Disable Stow Limit

4 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the azimuth movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 61 of 166

5 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s azimuth motors. When any of the

Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) movement is displayed under the I: while the speed under S:

(i.e. I: 07.0 Represents Current Limit of 7 A @ speed 6)

7.6.4.6. PL

The PL menu allows for the configuration of the polarization axis. Options include the setting of the PL zero, as well as the skew adjustment and stow limit functionality, the polarization offset, slow speed, and current limits for fast and slow speeds.

1

3

4

Z: 090.0 DE

O: +0 S: 6 I: 1.5

Fig. 44:

“PL (Polarization ) Configuration

2

5

1 – PL Zero

PL Zero is used to convert the A/D value from the potentiometer that physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places Polarization Angle 0. The potentiometer PL Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values (see Appendix 1). The PL Zero is calculated during the

Polarization Calibration process. All New Generation platforms (981, 1201, 1200 Fly-Away and

1210 AC) are equipped with Tilt Sensors. PL Zero point calibration calculates and sets the Zero value for all platforms. The user may edit these values through this window, however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0° angle. This parameter has a configurable range of

(50-500).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 62 of 166

2 – Skew Adjustment and Stow Limit Function

Allows the enabling and disabling of the skew adjustment and polarization stow limit respectively.

The first character (

E

E) represents the skew adjustment. The second character (E

E

) represents the Polarization ST limit. The user my change the limit configuration between:

EE – Enable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit

DE – Disable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit

ED – Enable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit

DD – Disable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit

For an iNetVu ® 1200/1500/1800 Ku Mobile Platforms, the Polarization Stow Limit is constantly ON.

The Skew Adjustment will rotate the antenna on the azimuth axis 90° on each side of the peaked signal and then re-position on signal with an adjustment to the polarization for any inclined surface.

For 2 axial (movement on El and AZ) Ka Mobile Platforms DD the Skew and the Polarization Stow limit will always be disabled.

3 — Polarization Offset

By default this polarization-offset value is set to +0°. If there happens to be a requirement for a polarization offset in the satellite position, the user may manually enter this value in this area. This area is also updated automatically if the skew adjustment procedure recognizes inaccuracy in the target polarization angle. Misconfiguring this field will result in undesirable results.

4 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the polarization movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure. See Appendix 1 for details.

5 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s polarization motors. When any of the Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) movement is displayed under the I: while the speed under S:

(i.e. I: 1.5 Represents Current Limit of 1.5 A @ speed 6)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 63 of 166

7.6.4.7. GP

Allows for the Configuration of the GPS parameters and settings,

1

2

3

G :O 45.41N 75.62W

Fig. 45:

“GP (GPS ) Configuration

1 – GPS Status Configuration

N

O

Use Coordinates from GPS Antenna

Override GPS and use the coordinates entered (2) and (3). Enables the GPS coordinates to be manually overridden. This should only be enabled in the event that the GPS Antenna is malfunctioning and the user has a reliable, alternate source for coordinates.

Indicates a situation or practice that might result in property or equipment damage.

Note 1: If you have overridden the GPS coordinates, they will have to be updated if the

Mobile Platform has moved to a new location since the overridden values will no longer be accurate.

Note 2: Overriding the GPS will affect movement protection on all mobile platforms preventing them from automatically stowing if vehicle movement and/or severe motion are detected. If the vehicle drives off with the platform deployed, it will not stow as it should because the GPS is overridden. Moving vehicle GPS speed and location must reach min

5km/h and or Elevation angle changes by 2 or more degrees in order for the movement protection feature to trigger.

2 – GPS Latitude Coordinate

3 – GPS Longitude Coordinate

7.6.4.8. C1

This menu allows for the configuration of the controller input settings as well as the platform type.

2

1

3

BC :D E S_NO : 130 DH :D

UN :D IN : D MP : E BP :L

5

6

4

7

Fig. 46:

“C1” Controller Display Screen 1

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 64 of 166

1-BC (iDirect TX Broadcast)

The 7000 Series Controllers can be configured to broadcast with iDirect service. This allows iDirect users with broadcast configured modems, to lock onto a DVB carrier, and enable the transmitter in the iDirect modem automatically after peaking through the 7000 Series Controller.

D – Disabled

E – Enabled

2 – ES_NO

The Maximum energy to noise of a modem or SNR signal that can be configured to save time during the satellite peaking routine. If Maximum ES/NO value reached the system will stop the peaking routine otherwise routine continues with the complete peaking process.

Modifying this parameter may inhibit satellite searching sequence and stop the peaking before the highest possible receiving signal is reached.

Only change this value if the highest Maximum ES/NO value is known otherwise leave at default value of

255 to achieve highest MAX ES/NO signal. This option will be disabled when Ref Sat is enabled.

3- Unattended Operation

The user may disable, or set the unattended operation to 5, 10, or 15 minutes. If the system detects motion it will wait 1min, if dish still on signal the system will re-acquire satellite, otherwise the dish will stow due to motion or movement, the system will automatically re-acquire satellite depending on the user entered delay time after stow. Initial stow will only wait 30 seconds no matter what the selected delay time is set to before re-acquiring satellite. For example, if the user selects 5 minutes from the drop down menu, and the system stows due to motion or movement while operational, on first stow it will only wait 30 seconds before re-acquiring satellite. The second stow system waits Five (5) minutes + 30 seconds before automatically reacquire the satellite signal. The routine uses the following formula: Waiting Time for re-acquire == 30S+

(retry times*selected delay time) default retry time at first stow is 0, second stow is 1, etc… until one (1) hour

(3600 seconds) reached.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-acquire Satellite in 5 minutes

2: Re- acquire Satellite in 10 minutes

3: Re- acquire Satellite in 15 minutes

4 – Inclined Orbit (Sat_Inc)

Enabling this option will allow the system to maintain signal with an inclined orbital satellite. The user may select the time difference between each re-peak on the inclined orbital satellite without disabling the transmitter and maximizing on the signal strength. If signal strength drops before the re-peaking time is due, the system will automatically re-peak to maintain signal strength. Feature enhanced and will be used with regular Ka services to maintain strong signal when platform shifts.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-peak every 10 minutes

2: Re-peak every 30 minutes

3: Re-peak every 1 hours

4: Re-peak every 2 hours

5: Re-peak every 3 hours

6: Re-peak every 4 hours

7: Re-peak every 6 hours

8: Re-peak every 8 hours

9: Re-peak every 12 hours

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 65 of 166

5 – Motion Protection iNetVu ® Platform will automatically stow if the antenna is moving at a speed faster than 5 km/h which also changes GPS location (See GPS note 2). Also, the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform will automatically stow the antenna should it experience extreme motion, such as severe shaking caused by poor weather conditions. System will redeploy if stowed due to environment condition if

“unattended Operation” is enabled but will not redeploy if cause was due to movement of vehicle.

D

— Disabled

E — Enabled

6 –DHCP Status

The 7000 Series Controllers can be programmed to obtain an IP address from a DHCP Server (i.e. modem, router, etc.)

7Beep

D – DHCP Disabled (IP must be entered statically)

E – DHCP Enabled (Controller will dynamically obtain an IP address from the DHCP Server)

This option allows for enabling and disabling the Beeping sound when navigating the LCD screen through the front panel keypad.

D – Beep Disabled, the sound will be completely removed.

L – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 2 seconds.

M – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 1 seconds.

H – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 500 milliseconds.

7.6.4.9. C2

1

2

C :MDM—9600 TO :+0.0

A98A—2.X—3103

3

4

5

Fig. 47:

Controller Configuration (Screen 2)

1 – Console Port Configuration

Used for the configuration of the console port of the 7000 Series Controllers. The Console port could be used for the following:

1) MDM (Modem Communication)

If the COM port is used to establish communication between the Controller and the VSAT

Modem (i.e. iDirect, Viasat, etc.), then MDM must be selected in this field, along with the

Baud Rate the Modem operates on, prior to configuring the Service, and Communication

Interface.

MDM—4800

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 66 of 166

MDM—9600

MDM—38400

2) B_R (Beacon Receiver)

The Beacon Receiver is a satellite acquisition lock controller that could be used alongside the 7000 Series Controller as an option. The Beacon Receiver will lock on the Beacon

Frequency of a satellite based on the power density of the signal. If the optional Beacon

Receiver is used, B_R must be selected for the console. The default baud rate is 2400.

3) DBUG-19200 (internal use only)

4) GLOS (GLONASS GPS)

This option allows for external GLONASS GPS communication between the Controller and the external GPS device via COM Port. The default baud rate is 9600.

5) PC

If COM port communication is desired between the 7000 Series Controller and the IMS software application. The default baud rate is 9600, and COM1 through COM9 can be selected.

6) GPS

This option allows the user to communicate and output GPS readings/values from the

7000 series Controller via COM Port (RS232) connection. The default baud rate is 9600.

2Platform Type

The user is capable of configuring the platform type using iNetVu LCD panel, as well as entering the serial number of the platform located next to the connector plate or on the elevation arm on the platform itself (only the last four or five digits need be entered)

.

Location of serial number will differ between Legacy and New Generation platforms.

Note the displayed names on the LCD will differ slightly from the names displayed in the software application.

A75A — iNetVu ® A750 Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

N755A — iNetVu

®

A98A — iNetVu ® .98cm Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

N981A — iNetVu

®

75cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ka — Band Circular)

.98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ku – Band)

N985A — iNetVu ® .98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (2 Axis Ka – Band Circular)

 Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

 Ka-98H (HNS Feed boom)

 Ka-98V (Viasat Feed boom)

N985B — iNetVu ® .98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (3 Axis Ka – Band Circular)

 Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

A12B — iNetVu ® 1.2m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A12P — iNetVu ® 1.2m Flyaway Platform (Ku – Band)

A12Q — iNetVu

®

1.2m Flyaway Platform (Ku – Band)

N121A — iNetVu ® 1.2m New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ku – Band)

Q12A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Airline Checkable Platform (Ku – Band)

A15A — iNetVu ® 1.5m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A15B/E — iNetVu

®

1.5m Mobile Platform (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A15C iNetVu ® 1.5m Mobile Platform (C – Band Circular)

A18A — iNetVu

®

1.8m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Mobile Platform (C – Band Circular)

A18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Mobile Platform (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

P18A — iNetVu ® 1.8m Flyaway (KU — Band)

P18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Flyaway (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

P18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Flyaway (C – Band Circular)

M18A — iNetVu

®

1.8m Fixed Motorized (Ku – Band)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 67 of 166

M18B/E — iNetVu ® 1.8m Fixed Motorized (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

M18C — iNetVu

®

1.8m Fixed Motorized (C – Band circular)

M18D — iNetVu ® 1.8m Fixed Motorized (X – Band circular)

M12A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Fixed Motorized (Ku – Band)

M121A — iNetVu ® 1.2m Fixed Motorized C-COM version (Ku – Band)

M125A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Fixed Motorized C-COM version (Ka – Band)

N18A — iNetVu ® 1.8m Drive-away Platform (Ku– Band)

N18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Drive-away (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

N18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Drive-away (C – Band Circular)

3 — TO (Mechanical Offset in Polarization Assembly)

This field allows the user to place a fixed offset for the target polarization angle. This value could make up for any noticeable mechanical offsets in the polarization assembly of the iNetVu platform between -5º to +5º. e.g. 1) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = +3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 7º when pointing e.g. 2) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = -3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 13º when pointing

4 Platform Serial Number

The user must enter the last four or five-digits of the platform serial number located next to the connector plate on the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform.

If platform and controller were purchased as a set, the number has been preconfigured for you.

Fig. 48:

iNetVu

®

Platform Identification Tag

5 – Platform Version Number

The user must select the platform version type to ensure the correct configuration parameters and settings are referenced when operating the system. The platform version when selected will differentiate the sensor and other hardware configuration on New Generation platforms which may affect the operation.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 68 of 166

7.6.4.10. C3

2

1

PWD :: password

LO :0—10.75 D 9999

Fig. 49:

Controller C3 Configuration

3

4

1- Current LCD and Web Interface Password

The user may change this password by using the “↓” and “↑” buttons on the front panel of the 7000 Series controller and the “→” and “←” buttons to navigate through the character fields. This password must be remembered in order for the user to re-enter the LCD screen configuration interface, or the web interface.

2- LO – (LNB)

Configurable to allow satellite accusation when frequency changes, values range from 10.75, 9.75, 10.00,

10.60 and 11.30.

The default value should be set to

10.75

, the user is not required to change this value unless necessary, otherwise select the carrier from the table or enter one if not listed.

3- 22 KHz Tone (Enable/Disable)

This feature allows users to enable/disable the 22 KHz tone for supporting LNB’s.

E –

Enabled

D –

Disabled

4- DISABLE STOW

The system can be configured to disable the STOW by changing the ID.

8755 –

Disables the STOW

8955 –

Enables the STOW

7.6.4.11. SG

This menu will allow the user to configure the subnet mask IP address and the Gateway

IP address of the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

1

S_IP : 255.255.255.0

G_IP: 192.168.0.32

2

Fig. 50:

“GW” (Gateway) Configuration

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 69 of 166

1 – S_IP (iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s Subnet Mask IP Address – Default is

(255.255.255.0)

2 – Gateway IP Address (Default: 192.168.0.32) this can be changed to support the network you are on.

7.6.4.12. IP

This menu will allow the user to configure the controller IP address, as well as the

Modem IP address.

1

C_IP : 192.168.0.3

M_IP: 192.168.0.1

Fig. 51:

“IP” Configuration

2

1 – iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller’s IP Address

2 – Modem IP Address

7.6.4.13. SR

This menu will allow the user to configure the controller to the service used (select modem type) for 2-way satellite communication.

1

2

3

ID_TL — 0

PWD :

4

Fig. 52:

“SR” (Service) Configuration

1 – Two-Way Mobile Service Selection

Before communication is established with the modem, the user must define the service in use. The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller supports several services, including:

ID – iDirect Service

IS – iPSTAR Service

VA – ViaSat Service

VA – TW – Viasat Tooway Ka Service

V_SBS2 Viasat SurfBeam2

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 70 of 166

CT – Comtech Service

RD – Radyne Service

SF – Surfbeam Service

GL – Gilat Service

TY – Tachyon Service

ST – STM Service

PD – Paradise Service

HN – Hughes Service

HN_95 – Hughes Services HN9500 Modem

HN_KA – Hughes Ka Service

ET – Romantis/Eastar Service

NA — Stand Alone service — Used to locate and lock onto a manually configured satellite using the

DVB receiver unit inside of the controller independent of the modem. The manual configuration requires:

 Orbital Slot of Satellite

 Receive Polarization

 DVB Type

 L-Band or Ku-Band Rx Frequency (kHz)

Symbol Rate (ksps)

 FEC Code Rate

2 – Modem Communication Interface

TL — Telnet Interface

CM — Console Port Interface

TP – TCP Interface

HT — HTTP Interface

SN – SNMP Interface

UD – UDP Interface

NA — No modem interface applicable, this option is generally selected with the stand-alone service.

Locking and peaking onto satellite is based on the DVB Signal and not on the modem SNR value.

3 – Modem Delay Time

This allows users to delay Controller communication to allow slower modems to catch up. The default setting is 0 – 1s user has option for a 10s delay.

4 – Modem Password/CD-KEY

If necessary, the user must enter the modem password into this area for communication to be properly established. The default password is “[email protected]!” which is based on most iDirect modem requirements. If no password is required, this area should be left blank.

CD – Key must be entered instead of the password if iPSTAR Service is selected.

7.6.5.

TST

E&A&P DPY DPYQ DPY_C

CP A_ACP M_ACP S_ACP

Fig. 53:

Test Menu

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 71 of 166

E&A&P

Will allow for Demo Testing on all axes (elevation, azimuth, and polarization) for a user specified angle range.

DPY

Deploys the antenna to a user specified azimuth, elevation, and polarization position.

DPY_C

Will read the compass heading at a user specified elevation, azimuth, and polarization target point.

DPYQ

CP

Deploys the antenna to a user specified azimuth, elevation, and polarization position without moving EL to 30˚ first, and without the extra steps that exist in DPY.

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at

90° intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement.

Performs an automatic ACP test for Hughes service.

A_ACP

M_ACP

S_ACP

Performs a manual ACP test for Hughes service.

This operation will stop the ACP test from continuing.

7.6.5.1. E&A&P

1

3

E +20:70:7 P-60: 60:7

A-180: 180:7 DD: D TST

Fig. 54:

Test/Demo EL,AZ, PL Configuration

2

5

4

1 – Elevation Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the elevation axis, as well as set the specific speed for elevation movement. (E +20:70:7 –implies from angle 20 to 70 at speed 7)

2 – Polarization Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the polarization axis, as well as set the specific speed for polarization movement. (P -60:60:7 –implies from angle -60 to 60 at speed 7)

3 – Azimuth Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the azimuth axis, as well as set the specific speed for azimuth movement. (A -180:180:7 –implies from angle -180 to 180 at speed 7)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 72 of 166

4 – Axis Selection and looping option

The first two characters refer to the axis selection (i.e.

DD

: D).

DD

EL

AZ

PL

AA

Disable Test for all axes

Perform test on the Elevation axis only

Perform test on the Azimuth axis only

Perform test on the Polarization axis only

Perform tests on all the axes.

The third character refers to the looping intervals between tests (i.e. DD:

D

).

4

5

6

7

D

1

2

3

8

9

Disables looping, test will only be performed once.

Infinitely loops with 3-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 6-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 9-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 12-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 15-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 18-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 21-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 24-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 27-seconds interval between tests.

5 – Test Selection

Initiates the test on the specified axes according to the specified ranges, and speeds.

7.6.5.2. DPY

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 DPLY

2

4

Fig. 55:

Deploy Configuration

1 – Elevation Movement

User-defined elevation angle of deploy

2 – Polarization Movement

User-defined polarization angle of deploy

3 – Azimuth Movement

User-defined azimuth angle of deploy

4 – Deploy

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and Polarization angles.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 73 of 166

7.6.5.3. DPYQ

Note: See DPY for parameter functions and meanings as they are identical. DPYQ deploys to the set angles excluding the fine tuning and pre-condition of EL to 30˚ as a first step.

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 DPLY

2

4

Fig. 56:

Quick Deploy Configuration

7.6.5.4. DPY_C

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 CP_T

2

4

1 – Elevation Movement

User-defined target elevation angle offset for compass reading

2 – Polarization Movement

User-defined target polarization angle for compass reading

3 – Azimuth Movement

User-defined target azimuth angle for compass reading

4 – Check Compass at specified target point.

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy at the user defined Elevation, Polarization, and Azimuth angles, by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. This function is mainly used for testing purposes. Ensure proper orientation (front of vehicle is point north). Popup (see below) displayed in Software application.

Antenna will move to the target Elevation, Polarization, and Azimuth for reading the compass heading such that the user can determine if the compass reading is accurate at that point.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 74 of 166

7.6.5.5. CP

1

RF :N-N-55-30N

CP:V-0 AZ_W :60

2

3 4

1 – RF Search Mode Status (values displayed but not used for CP tests/calibrations)

N

RF Mode is disabled;

Y

will be displayed when enabled

.

N

RF override mode is disabled;

O

will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (55) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

RF/DVB signal value (30N) – If in RF search mode this will represent RF signal value, if in DVB

Mode it will display DVB carrier signal. The letter ‘N’ next to the

RF Value indicates the LNB is not being powered properly.

The letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

2 – Compass Status

V – Valid

O – Override

F — Failed

3 – Compass Heading

Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Compass Accuracy Readings

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. i. Antenna will center itself; move to the proper Elevation for reading the compass, then read the compass heading. ii. Antenna will rotate 90

 to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0,

90

, 180, -90, and 0. iii. iNetVu ® Mobile Software will compare the compass heading values read at each position, and determine if they differ by approximately 90

. iv. The Compass Check will display a message regarding the accuracy of the compass with a

“PASS” or “FAIL”.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 75 of 166

4 — AZ Search Window Status (value displayed but not used)

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

7.6.5.6. A_ACP

Initiates an automatic cross-pol test.

7.6.5.7. M_ACP

Initiates a Manual cross-pol test.

7.6.5.8. S_ACP

Stops the cross-pol testing instantly.

7.6.6.

INFO

Displays information regarding the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s firmware and software versions installed, the Mobile Platform it is configured to, and also any Error

Codes detected.

CC1 CC2 DVB_D DVB_P

MOD SYS1 ERR

Fig. 57:

“INFO” (Information) Display

CC1

CC2

Contains information pertaining to the iNetVu ® 7000 Controller hardware version, Controller ID, firmware version, boot loader version, Signal

Threshold, MAC address and configuration ID.

DVB_D

Contains information pertaining to the type of DVB Module in use.

DVB_P

Contains information pertaining to the DVB lock status, as well as the real-time DVB data such as type, modulation, frequency, code rate, and symbol rate.

MOD

Contains information pertaining to the modem ID, serial number, and version.

SYS1

ERR

Contains information pertaining to the Platform Type, Serial Number.

Contains information pertaining to the error code if an error occurs.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 76 of 166

7.6.6.1. CC1

This branch menu displays the controller ID (serial number), Hardware Version,

Firmware, and Boot loader Version

2

1 3

ID: 2014 SQ_T: 31 H:0

FBV: 7.5.7.0—7.6.0.0

4

Fig. 58:

“CC1” (Controller Info 1) Display

1 – Controller ID Number

The iNetVu ® Controller Serial Number is located on the base of the controller. The ID displays the last 4 or 5 digits of the Serial Number.

2 – Signal Quality Threshold

Minimum SNR Value required for the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller to validate signal.

3 – 7000 Series Controller Board Hardware Type Version

4 – 7000 Series Controller Firmware and Boot loader version

The firmware version is to the left of the dash (i.e.

7.5.7.0

— 7.6.0.0), and the boot loader version is to the right of the dash (i.e. 7.5.7.0 —

7.6.0.0

).

7.6.6.2. CC2

This branch menu displays the controller MAC address and Configuration ID.

1

MA:00-40-05-56-3F-C8

CONF_ID:75

2

Fig. 59:

“CC2” (Controller Info) Display

1 – iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller MAC address

2 – iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Configuration ID (for internal use).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 77 of 166

7.6.6.3. DVB_D

This branch menu displays the controller DVB Module Type and ID.

1

DVB-S2 (EA) – 0X3C

Fig. 60:

“DVB” (DVB Module) Display

1 – The DVB Module (Tuner) and ID currently embedded into the iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller.

7.6.6.4. DVB_P

This menu displays the real time DVB module information. If there is no lock on DVB, it will simply indicate “No Lock”, otherwise it will display real time DVB information such as

DVB type, modulation, code rate (if applicable), symbol rate, and frequency.

7.6.6.5. MOD

This branch menu displays the VSAT Modems ID, Serial Number, and software version number if proper controller/modem communication is established.

1

2

3

SN: 3863 S: 2 A:D

V: 6.0.9.0

4

Fig. 61:

“MOD” (Modem) Display

1 – VSAT Modem Serial number

2 – Modem Status

1 — Modem Initializing Status

2 — Modem Normal Status

16 — ACP in progress

3 – Satellite Modem’s Model and Firmware Version

4 – Auto ACP Status (Hughes modems only)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 78 of 166

7.6.6.6. SYS1

1

2

A12B—1234

R:15754

1 – Indicates platform type and serial number.

2 – Data recording information(C-COM internal use)

7.6.6.7. ERR

This branch menu displays the error code if an error occurs. The top line represents the latest error; the bottom line will represent any previous errors.

1

Error INFO

Fig. 62:

“ERR” (ERROR) Display

1 – iNetVu ® Error code display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 79 of 166

8. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Software

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Software plays an integral role in connecting you and iNetVu

®

Mobile System. The new addition of the iNetVu Setup Wizard will guide first time users and users that are already familiar with the software application to configure the system upon first launch. This new feature allows the user to configure the system upon launching the application with guided information and tips. The iNetVu software has the ability to communicate with the satellite modem and iNetVu controller automatically finding and locking onto a satellite; stowing the antenna when use of system is completed. The user has the option to search for satellite using the following methods,

DVB search; RF search and Beacon receiver with the highest precision. Existing features such as the ability to configure and save 5 satellites with 5 different Beacon settings. The user can also monitor real-time system parameters such as Signal

Strength, GPS Coordinates, motor currents, as well as allowing the user the capability of manually moving the antenna and performing any maintenance tests and calibration tasks. The user has a choice of languages, currently English, Simplified Chinese &

Traditional Chinese, Russian, Spanish and newly added Swedish to select from on the fly. Application windows can be resized on your screen or run in full screen mode given the user the optimized viewing.

8.1.

Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard has been implemented to aid first time users in configuring their system after the software has been installed. A Pop-up window will show at first launch allowing the user to use the Setup Wizard (select Yes) or to bypass it (select No) and use it at a later time. Selecting “Cancel” will exit the Setup Wizard. This window will show every time the iNetVuMobile7000 software is executed, select “Do not show this message again” to allow software to go straight to the Controls Window when the software is launched. The Wizard can be launched at any time as it will be added as a menu option. See appendix for complete instructional steps on using the Setup Wizard.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 80 of 166

The Wizard will check Firmware and Software versions if “Yes” is selected to validate the versions are the same and prompt the user to update the Firmware if they are different.

The wizard will automatically resume after the Firmware update has completed, follow onscreen prompts. The wizard will not continue and go back to the previous window if

“No” is selected.

8.2.

Navigating Menus

To navigate the iNetVu ® Mobile Software, right-click the iNetVu ® swirl icon located in the System Tray.

There are 7 options available:

 Controls

 Maintenance

 Configuration

 About

 Setup Wizard

 Language

 Exit

8.2.1. iNetVu Controls

The Controls menu allows users to monitor system parameters and manually move the antenna, as well as conduct automatic processes and functions.

Improper use of iNetVu Controls menu can render the iNetVu® Mobile System inoperable and may be in violation of FCC regulations. The user can halt any operation at any time by clicking STOP button located in the Automatic Controls or on the

Controller front panel.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 81 of 166

Fig. 63:

Controls Window

Signal Strength

A real-time Signal Quality Factor (SQF). A value obtained from the Satellite Modem when locked onto a signal. Using a red/yellow/green color-coated system, it denotes the strength of the received signal from the current satellite.

Should the Signal Strength be lower than 29 when locked on satellite, click Find

Satellite again to re-acquire the signal.

Fig. 64:

Signal Strength Display

Isolation Value

Denotes isolation to the current satellite transponder. This value is not an indication of signal strength when transmitting a signal.

The Isolation Value will correspond to the transmit quality of an HNS system. Otherwise, this field is not applicable.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 82 of 166

Fig. 65:

Isolation Value Display

Date/Time

Current date and time as received from the GPS Antenna. Should the GPS experience any problems, the alternate source is your PC internal date and time.

Fig. 66:

Date/Time Display

Automatic Control

Select Satellite Find Satellite Stow Antenna Stop Operation

Fig. 67:

Automatic Control Buttons

Select Satellite

Choice of 5 Satellites that user can select from by simply clicking on the drop down arrow. Satellites 0 to 4 can be preconfigured and saved to allow user to search for desired satellite. Sat 0 is default satellite and will be the one searched on if no other is selected from the drop down list.

Find Satellite

Automatically finds and locks onto the satellite signal by communicating with the

Satellite Modem and using the GPS coordinates, the compass heading, and internal parameters of the Satellite Modem. Typically, it takes approximately 3-5 minutes to find satellite. If the Antenna is already pointed on the satellite, clicking

Find Satellite will re-peak the Antenna onto the signal.

Search routine will ignore GPS and RF status until after compass heading has been read to reduce search time. If GPS and RF conditions not met after 60 seconds the search will fail and a message will be displayed.

Stow Antenna

Re-centers the antenna and lowers it into the stowed position.

Note: The stow command for the Fly-Away(s) moves the Platform to a home position.

Stop Operation

Halts all motor movements and disrupts all communication between iNetVu ®

Mobile System components.

Orbital Slot Location of Configured Satellites

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 83 of 166

The target and Reference satellites section displays the satellite longitude for each configured satellite. If no satellites are configured, the default is SAT0.

Angle and Limit Switch Indicators

Displays real-time angles and Limit Switch status

Elevation Angle

Elevation UP Limit Indicator

Elevation DOWN Limit Indicator

Elevation STOW Limit Indicator

Azimuth Angle

Azimuth STOW (Left/Right) Limit

Indicator

Polarization Angle

Fig. 68:

Angle and Limit Switch Indicators

Polarization STOW Limit Indicator

 When the Elevation STOW Limit Indicator is ON, the Elevation Angle will change to “–90”, to denote that the iNetVu ® Mobile Platform is now stowed. It will remain

“-90” until the indicator turns OFF.

 For iNetVu

® 1200/1500/1800 KU Mobile Platforms, the Polarization Stow

Indicator will ALWAYS be ON.

 981 and 1201 Ku systems will stow the Polarizer on the same side that the PL target angle was last positioned at. 981 will stow at ±50 degrees from the center.

1201 will stow at ±90 from the center.

 The ACFLY-1200 (Airline Checkable) will display L for AZ Left limit, R for AZ

Right limit and ST for AZ Stow.

 The 981 and 1201 KU Drive-away Platforms will display “AW” at the +/-180˚ ±5 degree limits.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 84 of 166

 A YELLOW colour “STF” will appear if a Limit Switch has been disabled in the

Maintenance Menu (Ka-75V, Ka-98H, Ka-98G and Ka-98V Ka platforms).

 LHCP or RHCP will display in the PL Angle field for 3 rd axis polarization to indicate right hand or left polarizer position (Ka-98G third axis).

 If the Polarization is disabled (for circular signal frequency bands such as Ka-

Band or X-Band) the Polarization Stow Switch must be closed and may display

“DDD”.

Manual Movement

Elevation Up / Elevation Down

Azimuth Left/ Azimuth Right

Polarization Counter-Clockwise / Polarization Clockwise

Using the Duration and Speed parameters, the Manual Movement Buttons allow you to move the antenna in six (6) directions. For the correct point of reference for the directional movements, you must be facing the Mobile Platform’s Reflector.

Face Reflector this direction for correct

Azimuth and Polarization

Orientation

Fig. 69:

Orientation Reference for Azimuth and Polarization

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 85 of 166

Enable/Disable Transmitter

Automatically Enables or Disables the Transmission process. Background will turn grey when transmitter is disabled and green when the transmitter is enabled.

Enable/Disable ACP

Enables or Disables the ACP (Automatic Cross-Pol Testing), and Manual

Cross-Pol Testing.

Fig. 70:

ACP Option Selection

To Enable ACP, select “AUTO” or “MANUAL” from the ACP drop down list and click on the ‘Enable/Disable ACP’ Button to initiate.

To Stop ACP testing, select “STOP” from the ACP drop down list, and click on the Enable/Disable ACP Button to initiate.

Deploy Antenna

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and

Polarization angles.

Fig. 71:

Deploy Antenna Input Values

Quick Deploy

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and Polarization angles without first moving to 30˚ on Elevation. This process moves to the set angles without the extra angle tuning that occurs with the

Deploy Antenna button.

Duration

Length of time of Manual Movement using increments of 30ms

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Speed

Motor Speed of Manual Movement

3 = Slowest, 9 = Highest

Page 86 of 166

Fig. 72:

Duration and Speed Input for Manual Movements

DVB Signal (0-255)

DVB Signal received from the DVB Tuner. A “U” next to the value indicates an

“unlocked” status. An “L” next to the DVB value indicates locked signal.

Beacon Signal (0-100)

If the optional beacon receiver is used, the Beacon Signal will appear in this area along with the power density received from the satellite. This will only appear when a lock status occurs which is indicated by an “L” next to the beacon signal value.

RF Signal (30-120)

Displays the real time RF Signal throughout the acquisition process. A value of 30 that is flashing Red and or Yellow indicates the LNB is not being powered appropriately, or there is an issue with the coax cable connection. Some Ka services will display 70 if threshold is overridden (i.e. Tooway & SurfBeam2).

RF Threshold (30-75)

Used in RF mode search for determining proper satellite frequency. This can be configured and viewed on the

Maintenance screen.

Antenna Latitude/Longitude

GPS Coordinates acquired from the GPS Antenna or manually overridden values.

EL Motor Current

Current drawn for Elevation Motor (in Milliamps mA)

AZ Motor Current

Current drawn for Azimuth Motor (in Milliamps mA)

PL Motor Current

Current drawn for Polarization Motor (in Milliamps mA)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 87 of 166

Target Satellite parameters

Target Elevation Angle

Target Antenna Azimuth Angle

Target Real Azimuth Angle

Target Polarization Angle

Fig. 73:

Satellite Target Angles

Target Elevation (Target EL)

Calculated Elevation Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite.

Target Real Azimuth (Target AZ)

Calculated Azimuth Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite in reference to True North.

Target Antenna Azimuth (System Ref. AZ)

Calculated Azimuth Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite in reference to the Mobile Platform’s center position.

Target Polarization (Target PL)

Calculated Polarization Angle that the Antenna must be in order to find the desired

Satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 88 of 166

Compass Heading

Orientation of the Mobile Platform.

This value is only read during the Find Satellite, Check Compass, and Calibrate

Compass processes.

This end is the reference for Vehicle

Orientation, this end faces North

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South — 176

East — 87

 W E

S

This end faces South

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Fig. 74:

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

This end faces South

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Message Panel

Displays real-time status updates, system messages, and error codes.

Page 89 of 166

Fig. 75:

Message Panel

Status Panel

The Status Panel describes system operations that are either imminent, taking place, or the current status of that component. The Status Panel is located at the bottom of the

Basic Controls and Advanced Controls menus, and has a set of four and six message blocks, respectively.

System Status Satellite Modem Status GPS Status

Controller Status Motor Status Antenna Sensor Status

Fig. 76:

Advanced Controls — Status Panel

The indicators notify the user of any actions taking place with a combination of colorcoded messages.

 Solid “

GREEN ” messages indicate a stable and normal condition for that component.

 Flashing or solid “

LIGHT BLUE ” messages indicate a change in status occurring that the user should be aware of.

 Flashing “

RED ” and “ YELLOW ” messages indicates a problem with that component.

Should the entire Status Panel flash “RED” and or “YELLOW”, a communication failure between the PC and the iNetVu ® Controller has occurred. Ensure that the Controller is powered, and that all USB drivers and cables (USB, LAN or Serial) are installed properly.

System Status

Displays current system environment

System Idle

No operations are currently being performed.

ACP Testing

ACP Testing is being performed.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 90 of 166

Skew Adjusting

Polarization adjustment to adjust the polarization axis for any vehicle inclination.

The Azimuth Axis will rotate 90º on both sides of the peaked azimuth angle, then return to the satellite position, and adjust the polarization axes to compensate for any recognized mount inclination.

Manual Operation

Manually controlled movement via Controls menu has been detected.

Mount Testing

System test or demo being performed via System Test and Demo menu.

Peaking on Satellite

System makes minor adjustments in positioning in order to receive optimal Signal

Strength.

AZ Calibration

Azimuth Calibration is being performed.

PL Calibration

Polarization Calibration is being performed.

CP Calibration

Compass Calibration is being performed.

Positioning

An automatic movement command has been initiated (i.e. Find Satellite or

Deploy Antenna) and the antenna is moving into the designated position.

Searching Satellite

Antenna is performing a search pattern to locate the satellite.

Stowing Antenna

Antenna is being stowed.

Unknown Status

Satellite Modem Communication Status

Indicates the Transmitter status and displays any issues in communication with the

Satellite Modem

Modem TX Enabled

Indicates that the transmitter has been enabled.

Modem TX Disabled

Indicates that the transmitter has not been enabled.

No Modem Communication

The controller is trying to establish communication with the modem and or

No power is applied to the modem.

GPS Status

Displays condition of the GPS signal

GPS Normal

GPS signal is being received from the GPS Antenna.

GPS Failed

GPS signal is not being received from the GPS Antenna.

GPS Override

GPS coordinates have been manually overridden from the Maintenance menu.

Controller Status

Displays communication status between the PC and the iNetVu ® Controller

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 91 of 166

Controller Normal

Indicates normal communication status between the Controller and the PC

Controller Failed

A failure in communication between the Controller and the PC has been detected.

Motor Status

Displays the movement of the 3-axis motors: Elevation, Azimuth, and Polarization

EL Moving UP / DN

Elevation Motor is moving in the respective direction

(UP = Up, DN = Down)

AZ Moving Left / Right

Azimuth Motor is moving in the respective direction

PL Moving CCW / CW

Polarization Motor is moving in the respective direction

(CCW = Counter Clock-Wise, CW = Clock-Wise)

Motor Unknown

Motor Status cannot be detected.

Antenna Status

Displays any relevant information regarding the Limit Switches, Potentiometers and/or

Inclinometers.

Antenna Normal

Limit Switches are ON/OFF in the correct relation to the Elevation, Azimuth and

Polarization Angles.

Sensor Error

This status is an indication of problem with cabling or hardware and/or controller setup. Stop and troubleshoot before proceeding.

Antenna Unknown

Mobile Platform cannot be found. Ensure that the iNetVu ® Controller is functioning and that all cables are connected should this indicator appear.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 92 of 166

8.2.2.

Maintenance

The Maintenance menu allows users to configure the communication between the controller and platform type, as well as various system parameters for optimal performance. Separate tabs have been added to isolate the 3 axis as well as GPS and

Compass for easier configuration.

The Maintenance menu allows users to conduct maintenance tests/processes, override parameters, and troubleshoot.

Note: It is recommended to power cycle the controller after firmware upgrades or configuration changes have been saved. Recycling Controller power will confirm and validate settings to ensure correct values are propagated and displayed on all screens, this is important especially for Ka platforms.

Click SAVE ALL when any modifications are made, and before power recycling the controller to ensure data will be saved on controller side.

Fig. 77:

iNetVu ® 7000 Maintenance Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.2.1. Platform Parameters

Page 93 of 166

Fig. 78:

Maintenance Platform Parameters

Type

The user is capable of configuring the platform in use.

A0750A — iNetVu ® A750A (.75m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A0755A — iNetVu ® A0755A — New Gen Drive-Away (Ka Band circular)

A0980A — iNetVu ® A980A (.98m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A0981A — iNetVu ® A981A (.98m) New Gen Drive-Away Platform (Ku Band)

A0985A — iNetVu ® .98m New Gen Drive-Away (2 Axis Ka Band circular)

Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

Ka-98H (HNS Feed boom)

Ka-98V (Viasat Feed boom)

A0985B — iNetVu ® .98m New Gen Drive-Away (3 Axis Ka Band circular)

Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

A1200B/C — iNetVu ® A1200B/C (1.2m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1200P — iNetVu ® A1200P (1.2m) Flyaway Platform (Ku Band)

A1200Q — iNetVu ® A1200Q (1.2m) Flyaway Platform (Ku Band)

A1201A — iNetVu ® A1201A (1.2m) New Gen Drive-Away Platform (Ku Band)

A1210A — iNetVu ® A1210A Airline Checkable Carbon Fibre Reflector (Ku Band)

A0120A — iNetVu ® A0120A – 1.2 Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0121A — iNetVu

A0125A — iNetVu

®

®

A0121A – 1.2 New Gen Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0125A – 1.2 New Gen Fixed Motorized (Ka Band)

A1500A — iNetVu

®

A1500A Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1500B/E — iNetVu

®

A1500B Mobile Platform (Standard C Band Linear/INSAT)

A1500C — iNetVu

A1800A — iNetVu

®

®

A1500C Mobile Platform (C Band Circular)

A1800A Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1800B/E — iNetVu

®

A1800B Mobile Platform (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1800C — iNetVu

A0180A — iNetVu

®

®

A1800C Mobile Platform (C Band Circular)

A0180A — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0180B/E iNetVu

®

A0180B/E — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (Standard C Linear/INSAT)

A0180C — iNetVu

A0180D — iNetVu

®

®

A0180C — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (C Band Circular)

A1801A iNetVu

®

A0180D — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (X Band Circular)

A1801B/E — iNetVu

A1801A — 1.8 Drive-Away (Ku Band)

®

A1801B — 1.8 Drive-Away (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1801C iNetVu

A1810A — iNetVu

®

®

A1801C — 1.8 Drive-Away (C Band Circular)

A1810A — 1.8 Flyaway (Ku Band)

A1810B/E — iNetVu ® A1810B/E — 1.8 Flyaway (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1810C — iNetVu

®

A1810C — 1.8 Flyaway (C Band Circular)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 94 of 166

Platform Serial Number

The user will be required to enter the last four or five-digits of the platform serial number located next to the connector plate on the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform.

Fig. 79:

Platform Identification

Platform Hardware Version

This field identifies hardware changes in the New Generation platform types.

PL (Skew) Offset for OMT

This field allows the user to place a fixed offset for the target polarization angle.

This value could make up for any noticeable mechanical offsets in the polarization assembly of the iNetVu platform between -5º to +5º. e.g. 1) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = +3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 7º when pointing e.g. 2) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = -3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 13º when pointing

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 95 of 166

8.2.2.2. Search Parameters

The iNetVu controller supports DVB-S and DVBS2ACM carriers. The recommended method of satellite search is DVB using DVB-S/S2, followed by DVB reference satellite search with RF search being the last option of choice. If using RF search, a valid RF

frequency must be entered and is highly recommended; this can be the service frequency or any other valid RF frequency from a known carrier (preferably taken from

Modem parameters). If no valid frequency is known, than 10MHZ increments may be added to the lower range value until satellite acquisition. The tuner range frequency must be in the range of 950 MHz – 2150MHz.

Fig. 80:

Maintenance – Search Parameters

EL Window / AZ Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

The Search Window range may be manually changed from the default settings which iNetVu

®

uses to find the desired satellite.

10

Fig. 81:

120

Satellite Search Window

The default Azimuth (Horizontal) range is 60

 on each side of the Target Point and the default Elevation (Vertical) range is 3

 on each side of the Target Point.

Increasing the size of the Search Window will increase the ability to find the desired

Satellite, although increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

Both search windows will be automatically expanded (AZ will increase to 90 and EL will be set to 5) if satellite signal is not found with the default search window settings.

Caution: system may overshoot by 10

(on AZ Window) from the set window

limits.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 96 of 166

EL Adjustment

Parameter used to determine the small incremental adjustments required for a more accurate satellite search. Decreasing this value will add accuracy to the Search Window, but will increase the search time. The elevation angle will adjust by the specified number of degrees from the calculated angle while searching on an inclined surface.

Search Method

DVB or RF search are selectable from the drop down window. DVB will search directly on DVB-S1 or DVB-S2 carrier and lock on it. DVB is the option of choice to use when searching for satellite. RF option will allow the user to base satellite searching and peaking strictly on RF instead of DVB. This method of searching could be used when the user is having a hard time finding the transponder data for a specific satellite, or if no transponder data exists. The controller will then peak on the modem signal when the satellite is found. RF search should be used as a last resort after DVB and or DVB with reference satellite.

RF Threshold

Used by the iNetVu ® Mobile Software to begin a signal optimization process for peaking on a Satellite signal after initially locating it. This field should only be used if the RF threshold is to be overridden. Ka Band systems with single TRIA cable will have the RF threshold set to 75 by default (service dependent), this allows the RF Signal to be in operation range (RF Signal==70 on iNetVu Controls window) thus allowing the search process to begin. The RF Threshold can also be manually set to any value ranging from

40 to 60 which will display the true value of RF Signal on the iNetVu Controls window.

Setting the RF Threshold to 30 will put the search into a step-through-search moving the

AZ axis in small incremental steps, this method increases the search time.

Fig. 82:

Maintenance – RF Search Mode with RF Override

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.2.3. GPS and Compass Override

Page 97 of 166

Fig. 83:

Maintenance – GPS Parameters

GPS Override Checkbox

Enables the GPS coordinates to be manually overridden. This should only be enabled in the event that the GPS Antenna is malfunctioning and the user has a reliable, alternate source for coordinates. If this box is checked, the GPS coordinates should be manually entered in the ‘GPS Latitude’, and the ‘GPS Longitude’ fields described.

**Note: If you have overridden the GPS coordinates, they will have to be updated if the Mobile Platform has moved to a new location since the overridden values will no longer be accurate.

Warning: Overriding the GPS prevents the movement protection feature from working properly, and will not stow the antenna if vehicle drives off, as neither speed nor GPS relocation can be detected. Moving vehicle speed must reach min

5km/h plus Elevation angle change of 2 degrees or more with GPS coordinates change in order for the movement protection feature to trigger.

GPS Latitude

This field represents the Latitudinal GPS coordinates of the iNetVu ® system.

GPS Longitude

This field represents the Longitudinal GPS coordinates of the iNetVu

®

system.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 98 of 166

Fig. 84:

Maintenance – Compass Parameters

Compass Reading Elevation Angle

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading.

Direction

The direction the front of the Mobile Platform is rotated in reference to True North. In order to override the compass, the user must know where true north is located to enter the direction.

Compass Offset

It’s the required adjustment to reorient the compass heading to the actual magnetic

North by taking into consideration the metal surrounding around the compass location on the Antenna platform. This value is calculated automatically by the iNetVu software once the system gets automatically pointed to the right satellite. User can manually override this value if required or as directed by C-COM support team .

Disable Auto Calibrate Compass Offset

If this option is unchecked the following will take place. Auto Calibration on compass occurs when the angle difference of 20 degrees or more is detected between AZ angle and System AZ Ref when the system finishes the satellite search routine and locks on signal. A compass offset value is than automatically entered and is used the next time a

Find Satellite command is triggered. When this option is checked, it will NOT Auto

Calibrate the compass offset.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 99 of 166

Tips and Recommendations

Compass Issues?

If you are in an area where there is magnetic interference or the compass readings are incorrect, it is recommended to select Full Search which will also override the compass.

 Full Search == Override Compass

Selecting Full Search option will auto select Override Compass feature. See Full

Search option for more details.

Override Compass Checkbox

The Compass is pre-calibrated by a professional installer at the time of system installation or come pre-calibrated from the compass manufacturer.

A number of factors can contribute to the iNetVu ® compass to produce an incorrect reading such as being parked in close proximity to a large metallic object. Should the compass heading be inaccurate by more than 20 degrees, you may need to re-calibrate or Restore it (Mount Dependent), or select “Override Compass” option. Ensure that you are using a reliable alternate source to acquire the correct direction if such device is to be used, otherwise overriding compass will suffice for incorrect compass reading.

After enabling Override, you may enter the vehicle’s direction as indicated on your alternate compass. Keep in mind that the base of the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform is oriented to the front of your vehicle (back of reflector and front of vehicle face the same direction) refer to orientation figures in this document. When taking the direction using the alternate compass, take the direction of your reading while facing the front of the vehicle, and use this orientation for the Vehicle Direction field.

Full Search

Performs a full 360º Azimuth search for the desired Satellite. This process may take up to 30 minutes to find and lock onto Satellite. Selecting Full Search will auto select

Override Compass and set the AZ Window to 180 or any other value (60 and above) depending on the Platform type. This value can be overridden to a more desirable range.

Override Compass can be selected without selecting Full Search but this does not hold true for the vice-versa.

Restricting a section of the Antenna search

Sometimes certain limitations are presented and the user must restrict or confine the search to a certain circumference area. This can be accomplished by the following:

I. Select Full Search and Send All.

II. Full Search selection will trigger Override Compass to be selected.

III. AZ window will default to 180 but this value can be adjusted.

IV. Select the virtual Direction that you would like in order to set the search starting point (AZ Ref on Controls screen). See Appendix for Direction to AZ Ref point.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Fig. 85:

Compass Full Search Configuration Parameters

Page 100 of 166

This end is the reference for Vehicle

Orientation, this end faces North

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South -176

East — 87

 W E

S

Fig. 86:

This end faces South

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Using the image below as guidance example provided for reference.

North (180˚)

Page 101 of 166

Location 1

West (90˚) East (-90˚)

(+) (-)

South (0˚)

Facing Antenna Reference

Example 1. There is an object at location 1 and we want to avoid this area. a.) Select direction to be NW (315˚) which will set System AZ Ref to 45˚ this will be your window starting point. b.) Set AZ Window Size to 170, if 45 is the starting point or center of the search window. The antenna will add 170 to 45 = 215 ˚

(Antenna will only rotate to a max ±180 on either side) and subtract 170 from 45 = -125 c.) The total area that will be searched is shown below.

North (180˚)

Location 1

West (90˚) East (-90˚)

45˚ Search

Starts here

South (0˚)

Note: See Appendix for Direction and System Ref. AZ table.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Restore Compass

Restores the compass to its factory calibrated state.

Calibrate Compass

Automatically calibrates compass

Page 102 of 166

Note: The New Generation Platforms (these include and not limited to 755A (Ka-75V), 981A,

985A (Ka-98H, Ka-98G, Ka-98V) and 1201A) are equipped with newer versions of the compasses which are factory calibrated and do not require Calibration. Calibration in the field should be performed by C-COM support authorization only.

i. The mount and or mobile platform vehicle must be pointed North

(vehicle front windshield). The software will present a pop-up to confirm this orientation prior to proceeding with the calibration.

Refer to Fig.86 for orientation. ii. Ensure that there are no metallic objects that could interfere with the Compass, and that the Mobile Platform is on level surroundings. iii. Orient the Mobile Platform as depicted in any of the orientation figures within this manual. It is recommended that you use an external compass to be as accurate with the orientation as possible. iv. The Antenna will now rotate in 90

 intervals and attempt to calibrate the compass. v. A message prompt will appear to notify you whether the Compass

Calibration has been completed successfully or not.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 103 of 166

Check CP

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. i. The mount and or Mobile Platform Vehicle must be pointed North

(Vehicle front windshield). The software will have a pop-up to confirm this orientation prior to proceeding with the calibration.

Refer to Fig.85 for orientation. ii. Antenna will center itself; move to the proper Elevation for reading the compass, then read the compass heading. iii. Antenna will rotate 90

 to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0

, 90, 180, -90, 0 iv. iNetVu ® Mobile Software will compare the compass heading values read at each position, and determine if they differ by approximately 90

. v. The Compass Check will display a message regarding the accuracy of the compass.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 104 of 166

8.2.2.4. Elevation Parameters

The Elevation menu allows for the configuration of the elevation axis. Options include the elevation offset, as well as the axis limit functionality, slow speed setting and current limits for slow speeds.

Fig. 87:

Maintenance — Elevation Parameters

The inclinometer used to read the elevation angle will compensate for an incline up to +/-

15º. For example if a user is on a 10º slope and the system is searching along the azimuth, if the elevation reading changes due to a horizontal incline, the elevation will adjust to maintain the correct elevation angle while searching along the azimuth Offset.

The Elevation Offset is specific to each type of platform. It is the number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation Angle.

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software basis the default elevation motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however changing such value could result in difficulty accessing satellite acquisition.

Low Platform Current

Low Platform Current (L_P_C) is a software controlled current protection for the Mobile

Platform’s elevation motors. For Motor Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 105 of 166

@ speed 6 and 9. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile

Platforms.

Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

Limit Switches (Elevation UP, Elevation DN, Elevation ST)

Allows the enabling and disabling of the UP, DOWN, and STOW limits.

A check mark in the box implies the limit has been DISABLED. By default the boxes are left unchecked. Please be advised that disabling any of these limits should be done under the direct supervision of a C-COM technical support representative.

8.2.2.5. Azimuth Parameters

The Azimuth menu allows for the configuration of the azimuth axis. Options include the setting of the Zero, and the axis limit functionality, the slow speed setting, and Platform current limits slow speeds. AZ calibration button will be grayed out on certain platform types as this process may not be applicable.

Fig. 88:

Maintenance — Azimuth Parameters

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 106 of 166

Zero

Azimuth Zero is an A/D converted value from the potentiometer calculated upon azimuth calibration which physically determines where the iNetVu ® Mobile Software places

Azimuth Angle 0°. In the new Generation systems, the potentiometer is replaced with an

Encoder. The Azimuth Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values on the potentiometer (see Appendix 1). The user may edit these values through this menu; however this is not recommended and any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0 angle.

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software basis the default azimuth motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however changing such value may result in difficulty with satellite acquisition.

Low Platform Current

The Current Limit for the speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit @ speed 6 and 9(current limit 6 @ speed 6 is default). See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

Azimuth Limit Switch ST (STOW)

Allows for enabling and disabling the ST (STOW) limit.

A check mark in the box implies the limit has been DISABLED. By default the boxes are left unchecked. Please be advised that disabling any of these limits should be done under the direct supervision of a C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. technical support representative.

Calibrate AZ

Performs automated Azimuth Calibration process. Not applicable on

New Generation platforms i.e. Ka-75V (A0755A), Ka-98H/G/V

(A0985A) ACFLY-1200 (A1210A) etc… i. Antenna will move CW to a set point. ii. Antenna will move back in the opposite direction to locate Stow switch. iii. Antenna will attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Azimuth

Stow Switch and center itself. iv. Azimuth zero position is calculated and the Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 107 of 166

8.2.2.6. Polarization Parameters

The Polarization menu allows for the configuration of the polarization axis. Options include the setting of (PL) Zero, skew adjustment and stow limit functionality, polarization offset, slow speed, and current limits for slow speeds.

Maintenance — Polarization Parameters

Fig. 89:

Zero

PL Zero is an A/D converted value from the Potentiometer and or a calculated value acquired from the Inclinometer Tilt Sensor which exists on all New Generation platforms and newer versions of the Legacy platforms. The Tilt Sensor is replacing the

Potentiometer which physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places

Polarization Angle 0. The Zero value may vary approximately +/-15% from the default values for all platforms using potentiometers (see Appendix 1). The Tilt Sensor provides better accuracy than the Potentiometer. The PL Zero is calculated along with PL offset during the Polarization Calibration process on platforms with Tilt Sensors and entering a calibrated value in the Zero field. The Tilt Sensor must be levelled prior to calibration to ensure the calculated PL Zero value that gets populated in the Zero field is accurate.

The Tilt Sensor calibration process is not valid on the following platform types with 2 axis

(Ka-75V, Ka-98H, 98G and Ka-98V) and button will be grayed out.

The user may manually calibrate and edit these values through this window; however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0 location. See Appendix 1 for

Potentiometer and Tilt Sensor Zero default values.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 108 of 166

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software bases the default polarization motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however doing so could result in difficulty for satellite acquisition.

Polarization Offset

By default this polarization-offset value is set to 0°. If there happens to be a requirement for a polarization offset, the user may manually enter this value in this area. This area is also updated automatically if the skew adjustment procedure recognizes an incline which will adjust the target polarization angle.

Low Platform Current

Low Platform Current is a software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s polarization motors. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile

Platforms.

Skew Adjustment (Enable Skew Adjustment)

The Skew Adjustment will rotate the antenna on the azimuth axis 90° on each side of the peaked signal and then re-position on signal with an adjustment to the polarization for any inclined surface. This box must be checked if the user wishes to enable this feature.

If left unchecked, the system will not do the skew adjustment.

Calibrate PL

Performs automated Polarization Calibration process. Platforms with Tilt

Sensors must ensure the Sensor is levelled prior to running the PL Zero point calibration. Calculates and populates zero value for PL offset. i. Antenna will completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer. ii. Antenna will completely rotate clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer. iii. Based on the A/D values of the two (2) physical limits and the maximum range of motion for the Mobile Platform, the PL Stow switch location is calculated. iv. Antenna will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Polarization Stow Switch. v. After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the

Polarization zero position is calculated and the PL Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 109 of 166

8.2.2.7. Maintenance Menu Buttons

The following buttons are available in the maintenance menu for multiple purposes including, ease of use, troubleshooting, accessing data files and more.

Demo / Test

Opens System Test and Demo menu screen

Reset

Restarts the controller

Upload SatParameter

Loads all the Satellite Transponder information located in the

“iNetVu7000_SatParam” text file, into the 7000 Series Controller. The user may modify the table with any DVB transponders that he/she would like saved in the 7000 Series Controller, and click on this button to upload the changes to the controller.

Download Log File

Downloads the log data from the 7000 Series Controller onto the user’s PC. The user may select how much of the log file to upload from the Controller section of this maintenance menu. The maximum data a user may upload is 12 hours.

Load Firmware

Loads the iNetVu_Box.s19 firmware file into iNetVu ® Controller from the iNetVu program folder. The update process is displayed on screen and will notify the user when the process is complete. The controller will be unavailable during this time.

Note: If loading firmware or Satellite Parameter table via USB interface connection with HN_KA modem type selected and the Application is open when controller is first put in Firmware load mode; Application will close without any warning and user must re-launch the Application to click on the

Load Firmware

button. The

Application will NOT close once Firmware updating has finished. It is recommended to close the application prior to invoking Firmware update mode when using HN_KA modem. Application will also close if USB communication is lost.

Read All

Reads ALL parameters from the iNetVu ® Controller’s EPROM memory and sets the values into the iNetVu ® Mobile Software

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 110 of 166

*Save Config File

Allows the user to save all configuration parameters of the iNetVu

Controller Configuration into a txt file located in the iNetVu Mobile

7000 application folder.

*Read Config File

Will populate the maintenance and Configuration screens with the configurable parameters in the saved iNetVu7000_Config.txt file located in the application folder. The user then has the option of sending and saving this data to the controller using the Send All, and

Write EPROM buttons.

*Save All

Saves ALL parameters to the controller’s memory.

* Indicates Menu buttons also exist on the Configuration screen.

Note: All the buttons will be grayed out once the system accepts a command and is operational, except for the command button that is currently active.

Only one operation is permitted at any given time

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 111 of 166

8.2.3.

Configuration

The Configuration menu allows users to configure the communication medium between the Satellite Modem and iNetVu ® Mobile Software, iNetVu ® Controller and iNetVu ®

Mobile Software, as well as various System parameters for optimal performance. Users have the ability to configure and save 5 Satellites (0-4) with their orbital slot and 5

Beacon frequency settings. In order to accommodate the 5 configurable satellites and 5 beacon frequencies a save priority had to be implemented and must be followed when saving. If choosing from the 5 pre-configured all the fields should propagate with the saved values when toggling between the 5 satellites. Follow this order when saving:

1. Select Satellite No. and click Send All

2. Enter Longitude, hemisphere, Transponder No (and all DVB settings) click Send

All

Fig. 90:

iNetVu ® 7000 Configuration Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.1. Target Satellite Parameters

Page 112 of 166

Fig. 91:

Maintenance – Satellite Parameters

Satellite No.

5 different satellite parameters are configurable allowing users to configure and save for easy access. Priority order must be followed when saving, Satellite no first and all other parameters afterwards. If “Configure File” is enabled (selected) Satellite and DVB parameters can be saved all at once.

Longitude

Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Satellite. The Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto a satellite signal.

(Offset) Sat Pol Offset

Denotes Transmit Polarity and may be altered to accommodate any offset ranged -180

 to +180

 generally in North America and most areas around the world.

Not applicable on 2 axis platforms such as Ka-75V (A0755A) and Ka-98h/G/V (A0985)

981/1201/1200/1500/1800/

1.2 Flyaway – Horizontal Receive (Sat Pol Offset = 0) standing up, Vertical Receive (Sat Pol Offset = 90) with feed/OMT position flat. with feed/OMT position

980/740 Platforms – Sat Pol Offset = 0 considering OMT is adjusted manually. (See

Platform Setup and Maintenance Manual for instructions on how to adjust the OMT based on polarity)

Only RX Polarity is referenced for the Pol Offset field allowing both Cross-Pol and Co-

Pol to work with setting the Pol Offset to 90 or 0 depending on the Receive Polarity required. Rx = V = 90 (feed/OMT position flat) and Rx = H = 0 (feed/OMT position

standing up) for Cross-Pol and Co-Pol.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 113 of 166

Use the following as reference for Sat pol Offset:

Receive is vertical and Transmit is vertical – VV = 90

Receive is horizontal and Transmit is horizontal – HH = 0 e.g. 1) Receive is Vertical and Transmit is Horizontal (VH) — The offset entered

should be 90, thus VH = 90. e.g. 2) Receive is Horizontal and Transmit is Vertical (HV) – The offset entered

should be 0, thus HV = 0.

Depending on the service along with the Longitude selected this will automatically be filled and will not be configurable; Eutelsat Satellites polarization angle will update to the correct offset value depending on desired Skew angle. User must enter 0 or 90 depending on Vertical(Y) or Horizontal(X) polarization reference in the Offset field and click on the SEND ALL. e.g. 1) Longitude Satellite = 4.0 E

Manual Offset value entered = 90

Calculated Offset value = 93.5 e.g. 2) Longitude Satellite = 4.0 E

Manual Offset value entered = 0

Calculated Offset value = 3.5

Refer to Eutelsat Polarization Skew Angle Satellite(s) document for more information.

LNB Power (V)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power the LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DIS – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 92:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 114 of 166

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19 V @

500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu ® 7000

Series Controller according to those power/voltage requirements.

Beam ID. (IDirect Ku modem)

Allows Multiple Ku Beam switching using a single modem.

TR No. (Transponder Number)

There are Six (6) Transponder values in the 7000 Series Controller for each satellite.

Transponder 0-2 (TR0_H – TR2_H) are horizontal receive

Transponder 3-5 (TR3_V –TR5_V) are vertical receive.

The user may override the default values saved in the controller with his/her transponder information (frequency, symbol rate, FEC rate)

DVB Type

This drop down menu allows for the configuration of the DVB carrier to search for.

There are currently two options DVB-S1 and DVB-S2 ACM.

Frequency (KHz), Code Rate, Symbol Rate (Ksps)

The frequencies listed are in Ku-band.

The user may select from the six (6) available transponders saved in the 7000 Series

Controller, which are specific to each satellite, or he/she may also enter valid transponder data manually.

DVB will base satellite acquisition on three satellite transponder parameters, them being:

Frequency 1 (KHz)

Ku-Band Receive Frequency

Symbol Rate 1 (Ksps)

Symbol Rate of receive signal

Code Rate (DVBS1 Requirement)

FEC Rate of receive signal

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 115 of 166

8.2.3.2. Reference Satellite Parameters

The reference satellite option is useful when the user cannot find a DVB transponder on the desired target satellite. The user may select a reference satellite with a known DVB

Transponder. The iNetVu

®

System will lock onto the reference satellite, and then pivot from that point to the desired target satellite, and peak on the modem signal. Does not work if search method selected is RF Search.

Fig. 93:

Maintenance – Reference Satellite Parameters

Enable Ref Sat

If this checkbox is selected, the Reference Satellite Option becomes active. The MAX

ES/NO field will be disabled and the value will be set to the default 255. If this box is not selected, all the information in this Reference Satellite Section becomes irrelevant.

Longitude

This field represents the Orbital slot / Longitude of the Reference Satellite. The Find

Satellite command will use this satellite as a pivot point to lock onto the target satellite.

Note:

Once Ref Sat is enabled and the Longitude is set, the functions of the

remaining parameters and DVB settings will be identical to that of the Target

satellite, See section 8.2.3.1 for more details.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 116 of 166

8.2.3.3. Modem Parameters

Configurable parameters will differ depending on the type of modem service selected under the type field.

Fig. 94:

Configuration – Modem Parameters

Type

The user must select the service in use from this drop down menu for proper modem to controller connectivity.

Interface

The user may select the interface used for modem to controller communication establishment. There are currently 6 options:

 HTTP – Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

 TELNET – Telnet Interface

 COM – Console Port Interface

 SNMP – Simple Network Managed Protocol

 UDP – User Datagram Protocol

 NA – Used for standalone systems where only DVB or Beacon is used to lock onto a satellite without the use of a modem.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 117 of 166

Modem Delay

The user may increase the delay time when polling for modem signal by adjusting this number. Increasing this number, will increase the time to find and lock on to satellite as it slows down controller activity and allows slower modems to catch up.

IP Address

This area is reserved for the modem IP address.

Freq (MHz) and Symb (s)

These two fields represent the required Frequency and Symbol Rate of the VSAT modem. This is usually applied to Hughes Net service only. Other services such as iDirect do not require the modem frequency to find satellite.

Rx-Pol

Receive Polarization set in the satellite modem, Hughes Net service only.

Tx-Pol

Transmit Polarization set in the satellite modem, Hughes Net service only.

DVB-Type

The DVB-S type of the modem on Hughes Ku (HX Modems) is required to be set to allow the modem to stay online after the TX enable command has been sent from the controller. If the DVB-S type on the modem is not set to the same as the controller

(default used is DVBS2-ACM) the communication will be lost after modem goes online.

Hemisphere

Hemisphere the modem is operating in, For instance, North American operating modems would be set to “W”, representing western hemisphere. This parameter is mainly used for Hughes Net service.

Note: For Hughes Net service the Modem Frequency, Symbol Rate, Receive and

Transmit Polarization must match those set in the Satellite Modem.

Target ID (Com Tech Only)

Allows modem ID to be set on the same channel as the controller thus enabling modem to communicate with controller and visa-versa.

Demodulator/Carrier (RADYNE MDX Modem Only)

— Demodulator Number (1—4)

— Remote Number on selected demodulator (1—8)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 118 of 166

Password/CD-KEY

Some modems require a password to access their interface. For modems that do not require a password, this field is irrelevant to the communication status between the modem and the controller and will not affect the communication establishment. For modems that have a blank password, this field should be left blank. The CD-KEY is used for the iPSTAR service ONLY.

Beam ID

This option is only available with the HN_KA modem service. Beam ID will be provided by the NOC or service provider once user provides location.

Service Type

User has the option to choose between 7 service types, YAHSAT, Avanti (4 tables) and

North America (2 tables). Once the service type is chosen, the user must click on the

Update Beam Table button to apply the correct Beam Table for the selected Service type.

This must be done before the correct Beam ID is entered otherwise it will not see it in the table.

Update Beam Table

This button will switch to the selected Service Type table and use the saved Beam data.

DVB Settings will be automatically be filled with the correct values associated with the selected Beam ID. The Update Beam Table button is only required to be applied once as long as you continue to use same Service Type. This option is only available with the

HN_KA modem service and must be applied before correct Beam ID values appear in drop-down.

Auto-select Beam Color

This option is only available with the Tooway modem service. Select the Auto-select

Beam Color to have the system automatically lock on the Beam Color by referring to the

Tooway configuration file (iNetVu7000_ConfigForTooway.txt) and GPS location.

Auto RF Mode

Available with Tooway modem service. Selecting this option will automatically insert the search settings for the Tooway (consumer) modem.

Update Look-Up Table

Updates controller with new table information. This feature also allows Auto Beam searching using GPS location coordinates to lock on Beam color. The user must update the table at least once from the application before this feature is usable from the controller front panel by using a single FIND SAT button. See Appendix 5. Or Tooway

Quick Start for more details.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.4. Beacon receiver

Page 119 of 166

Fig. 95:

Configuration — Beacon Receiver parameters

Beacon Freq (MHz)

This field represents the frequency that the Optional Beacon Receiver is programmed for. The user may change this frequency to whatever Beacon is required for the target satellite. 5 configurable Beacon frequency maybe configured with 5 configurable

Satellites. If the iNetVu ® Beacon Receiver is not used, this field can be ignored.

ACQ Attenuation (dB)

The 7000 Series controller software interfaces give the user flexibility to set the power level of the signal when searching using the beacon receiver. This field is only related to the optional iNetVu Beacon Receiver.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 120 of 166

8.2.3.5. Controller Parameters

This sub-section contains data concerning the relevant IP addresses of the iNetVu ®

Series 7000 Controller.

Fig. 96:

Maintenance – Controller Parameters

IP Address

The IP address assigned to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

Subnet Mask

The Subnet Mask IP Address used by the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller for PC and modem connectivity.

Default Gateway

The Gateway IP address used by the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller.

Site Name

Site Name in the controller that consists of combination of letters and numbers up to 30 characters. Site Name will be displayed in the browser tab when using the web interface.

DHCP

The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller could obtain a dynamic IP address from a DHCP

Server (i.e. router, modem, etc.) if this option is enabled.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 121 of 166

Interface (Com Port Configuration)

This drop down menu allows the user to define the functionality of the serial interface on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller. The following are the Interface options to select from:

DEBUG

MODEM

— Used for internal debugging purposes.

— Used as a communication medium if the specified modem

supports serial interface communication. To communicate with a

Modem via Console, “MODEM” must be selected from the COM

drop down menu, and the proper baud rate of the modem must

be entered as well from the BAUD drop down menu.

GPS_Out — Used for GPS output data gathering.

BEACON — Used to establish communication with the iNetVu BR300L

Beacon Receiver.

GLONASS — Used for External Glonass GPS option.

PC — Used for COM serial port communication between the PC and

Controller.

BAUD (bps)

The user may define the bit rate of the serial communication interface.

Inclined Orbit (Re-peak Time)

Enabling this option will allow the system to maintain signal with an inclined orbital satellite. The user may select the time difference between each re-peak on the inclined orbital satellite without disabling the transmitter and maximizing on the signal strength. This feature has been modified to support Ka platforms’ that shift off signal due to shifting ground and or environment conditions. The inclined mode routine will exit its operation once the Stop button is depressed leaving the configuration selection enabled.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-peak every 10 minutes

2: Re-peak every 30 minutes

3: Re-peak every 1 hours

4: Re-peak every 2 hours

5: Re-peak every 3 hours

6: Re-peak every 4 hours

7: Re-peak every 6 hours

8: Re-peak every 8 hours

9: Re-peak every 12 hours

Max ES/NO

The Satellite peaking routine will stop at the set value of the SNR signal thus reducing the peaking time after reaching the highest set value. Modifying and or misconfiguring this parameter may inhibit satellite searching sequence and stop the peaking before reaching the highest possible signal. Only change this value if the highest Maximum

ES/NO value is known to the user otherwise leave at default value of 255 to ensure

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 122 of 166 peaking is performed at the highest signal. This field is grayed out when Reference

Satellite is enabled and default value set to 255.

Transmit DC Enable (iDirect only)

Allows user to disable the DC power supplied by the modem to the BUC after TX enable is sent to modem. This allows power to be supplied by an external power source and hence bypassing the modem. Transmit DC Enable is checked by default and by unchecking it would disable DC supply from modem and allow the user to control DC power supply to the BUC .

Enable iDirect Broadcast (iDirect only)

The 7000 Series Controllers can be configured to broadcast with iDirect service. This allows iDirect users with broadcast configured modems, to lock onto a DVB carrier, and enable the transmitter in the iDirect modem automatically after peaking through the 7000

Series Controller.

Motion Protection

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform will automatically stow the antenna should it experience extreme motion, such as severe shaking caused by harsh weather conditions. Box selected implies Motion Protection is enabled.

Movement Protection (not a selectable option)

The movement protection option is always enabled and is embedded into the controller.

System will stow automatically when vehicle begins to drive off. The movement protection feature will not function properly if the GPS is overridden because movement protection relies on change of GPS speed (min 5 km/h) plus a change of 2 degrees or more on Elevation. Overriding GPS will omit this feature and antenna stowing due to movement will not occur.

Disable ACP (Hughes Ku Only)

This checkbox allows the user to enable or disable the ACP process for the HNS supported modems. If this box is selected, the modem will not perform ACP and will try to enable the transmitter automatically after peaking. If this box is NOT selected, the controller will attempt to perform an ACP after peaking on satellite and before enabling the transmitter.

Automatic TX Disable

If this checkbox is selected, the controller will automatically disable the transmitter if a reset is done to the modem during transmission and communication between the controller and modem is re-established.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 123 of 166

BEEP

This checkbox is used to either enable or disable the beeping noise when navigating the

LCD interface on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller. Selected option implies beeping sound is enabled unless D (disabled) is selected.

D – Beep Disabled, the sound will be completely removed.

L – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 2 seconds.

M – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 1 seconds.

H – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 500 milliseconds.

Unattended Operation

This drop down menu represents the Unattended Operation Functionality. The user may disable (deselect), or enable (select) and set the unattended operation to 5, 10, or 15 minutes. If the dish is stowed due to motion or movement (GPS location change combined with speed of 5 km or more) the system will automatically re-acquire satellite depending on the user’s entered delay time after a motion stow. Initial stow wait time is

30 seconds, than the selected times become valid from the second stow onwards. For example, if the user selects 5M from the drop down menu, and the system stows due to motion or movement while operational, Five (5) minutes plus 30 seconds after automatically stowing, the system will try to re-acquire the satellite signal. System will

NOT re-acquire satellite if system was stowed due to movement detection.

8.2.3.6. Log Data and Controller ID

Fig. 97:

Controller ID (serial Number),Log data and LNB_LO section

Controller ID (also referred to as the serial number (SN))

This ID field is the Controller ID number located on the bottom portion of the controller.

The ID is the last four digits or five on the newer models of the controller serial number.

*Newer models have 5 digit serial numbers.

Log Data

The user may choose to upload either 1 hour, 2 hours, or ALL (maximum of 12 hours) of the recorded data log information from the controller to the PC.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.7. LNB LO & 22KHz Tone

Page 124 of 166

LNB_LO and Tone section

Fig. 98:

LNB_LO

This drop down menu allows the user to change the LNB frequency settings to relock back onto satellite signal. The Normal operation setting is 10.75 and the controller default setting will reflect this; users should use the default setting at all times with carriers from table list or a carrier can be manually entered. If required to change LNB

LO, than DVB frequency will also change as per the following equation: DVB tuner==IF frequency + (10.75-LO), where LO = the selected LO from the menu, IF Frequency is the selected/entered Frequency from menu (or Satparam database table).

0 – 10.75

1 – 9.75

2 – 10.00

5 – 10.60

4 – 11.30

Note:

Values 0-4 represent controller side value settings.

LNB 22 KHz Tone

The 22 KHz tone can be disabled or enabled for supporting modems that allow for acquisition with LNBs that switch frequency ranges by adjusting the 22 KHz tone. This option is disabled by default.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 125 of 166

8.2.3.8. PC Application

This sub-section contains options regarding the relevant IP address connection to the iNetVu ® Series 7000 Controller. This section allows user to enter IP address of the desired controller that they wish to connect to over the network.

Fig. 99:

PC Application Parameters

ACU (Antenna Control Unit) IP Address

User can enter IP address of networked controller and connect to it over the Network.

Com Port

Used in conjunction with the serial port interface (Interface parameter under COM Port

Configuration section) communication between the controller and pc.

8.2.3.9. Configuration Menu Buttons

Save Config File *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Read CONF *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Save All *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Configure File

When this option is unchecked (disabled), data will be read from

Controller. When this option is checked (enabled) multiple changes

will be saved immediately without acting on the parameter priority.

* indicates buttons also exist on the Maintenance screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 126 of 166

8.2.3.10. Maintenance Test

Used for system tests, trouble-shooting, and for demonstrating the iNetVu ® Mobile

System. This feature is accessible from the Maintenance Window Test button.

Fig. 100:

Demo and Test Window

Start/Demo Angles

Initial values for the test/demo sequence

End/Demo Angles

End values for the test/demo sequence

Speed

Speed of the motor during the test/demo sequence (4 – lowest, 9 – highest)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 127 of 166

Loop the Test/Demo

Enables an infinite loop of the test/demo sequence

Loop Interval

Time between test/demo sequences

Test EL/AZ/PL

Moves and rotates to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo

Angle fields

Test Compass

Positions Antenna to the set Elevation angle and updates compass heading by moving to the set End Angle values entered by the user on all three axis.

Stop Test

Halts all test/demo sequences

Test Elevation

Moves dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Test Azimuth

Moves dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Test Polarization

Rotates dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Modem Test (Command)

The user may enter certain modem commands, and click send. The 7000 Series

Controller will then read the response from the modem in the text area below the command line. Currently the commands supported are for iDirect service:

 laninfo tx power tx freq tx symrate tx cw rx power rx freq latlon rx symrate

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 128 of 166

8.2.4.

About

Displays information to the user about various sub-system components, as well as contact information for support and feedback.

Fig. 101:

About Window

Software

Version iNetVu ® Mobile Software version

Build ID

Date of software release

Controller

Firmware iNetVu ® Controller’s firmware version.

For compatibility purposes, Controllers are pre-configured with the appropriate firmware for the accompanied software version.

Serial No/ ID iNetVu

®

Controller Serial Number ID.

This field is supported for iNetVu ® Controller Firmware 4.2 and higher.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 129 of 166

Interface

This field represents the means of communication between the iNetVu ® software, and the 7000 Controller.

Boot Loader

Bootloader version loaded in the 7000 Series Controller

Revision

Indicates the revision number of the current Controller Hardware version

DVB Tuner

Displays if a DVB Tuner is detected

MAC Address

Displays controllers MAC Address

Platform

Type

Mobile Platform type

Serial Number(S/N)*

Mobile Platform serial number

* S/N may have 4 or 5 digits (newer controllers)

Fig. 102:

Platform Type and Serial Number

Modem

Service

Type of service modem corresponds to

Type

Type of modem currently communicating with the controller

Firmware

Satellite Modem’s firmware version.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 130 of 166

Serial Number

Satellite Modem’s Hardware ID or Serial Number

Interface

Modem Interface to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

8.2.5.

Language

The multilingual feature allows the toggling between Four (6) languages and updates in real-time the selected language. Currently the available languages are English, Chinese

(Simplified and Traditional), Spanish, Russian and Swedish with more to come.

Fig. 103:

iNetVu Controls Window in Chinese

8.2.6.

Exit

Close the running IMS 7000 Application.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 131 of 166

9. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller Web Interface

Another method of communicating remotely with the 7000 Controller is through the web interface. It has the ability to communicate with the Satellite Modem, automatically find and lock onto a satellite and stow the antenna when completed. The user can also monitor real-time system parameters such as Signal Strength, GPS Coordinates, motor currents, as well as allowing the user the capability of manually moving the antenna and performing any maintenance tests and calibration tasks. Controller Firmware upgrade and reset (power cycle) is now possible without touching controller front panel (via the web interface (must be running minimum bootloader 7.5.3.0+ version for reset feature).

The site name of the controller will appear in the browser tab if one is entered.

The Web Interface is similar to the 7000 Software, the difference being that it is accessed through a web browser by entering the controllers IP (i.e. 192.168.0.2) address in the URL address bar once a network connection has been established between the controller and the PC. Note some function(s) may not be available in Web interface i.e. Download Log File.

9.1.

Navigating Menus

To view the web interface, type in the IP address of the 7000 Series Controller in the web browser.

There are 5 options available:

 Login (default password: “password”)

 Controls

 Configurations

 System Test

 About

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 132 of 166

To reset the password, click on “RESET PWD”, and enter “123456789” for the reset ID.

These options are available once the controller is in upload mode:

 Login

 Firmware Update

 Sat Table Update

 Reset Controller

Fig. 104:

Web Interface – Upload Login Window

There are 2 ways to get the controller in the upload status; first method is from the controller front panel, the second is from within the web GUI by clicking on the FW_U button. Updating the Firmware or the SatParam Table or Resetting the Controller; all of these can be accomplished by clicking the FW_U from the CONFIGURATION screen.

Fig. 105:

Web Interface – Firmware Update Button

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 133 of 166

9.2.

Controls

Similar to the iNetVu ® 7000 Software Controls Menu, the Web Interface Controls Screen allows the user to monitor system operations, and perform automatic as well as manual system functions. The main difference between the web interface and iNetVu Application is that the Compass Calibration (CP CAL), Compass Test (CP TEST), Azimuth

Calibration (AZ CAL), and Polarization Calibration (PL CAL) are all in the iNetVu

Controls web page, rather than the Maintenance menu.

Fig. 106:

Web Interface — Controls Screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 134 of 166

9.3.

Configuration

The Configuration menu allows users to configure the communication medium between the Satellite Modem and iNetVu ® 7000 Series Web Interface, iNetVu ® Controller and iNetVu ® Web Interface, as well as various System parameters for optimal performance.

A new button (RESET) has been added which allows the user to reset the controller from within the Configuration window.

The Configuration menu allows users to set the Satellite’s name and orbital slot, and override parameters as well as putting the controller in updating mode.

The 7000 Series Controller Web Interface is similar to the iNetVu ® Software

Configuration Menu (See Software Configuration Menu Section for More Details)

Click SEND if any modifications are made.

Fig. 107:

7000 Web Interface — Configuration Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 135 of 166

9.4.

System Test

This screen is mainly used for Demos, testing certain components of the system, and for sending certain modem commands that have been integrated with the iNetVu ® 7000

Series Controller.

The 7000 Series Controller Web Interface System Test web page is similar to the iNetVu ® Software Test Screen

Fig. 108:

Web Interface — Test Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 136 of 166

9.5.

About

The “iNetVu About” web page, displays information to the user about various sub-system components, as well as contact information for support and feedback.

Fig. 109:

Web Interface — About Screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 137 of 166

9.6.

Firmware/Satellite Table Update

To access the firmware update, and satellite table update screen, perform the following steps:

1. Login to web interface and click on the FW_U button in the Configuration screen.

2. Refresh/restart the WEB interface.

3. After refreshing the WEB interface the controller is now in the upload mode and this is evident from the menu options that are now displayed in the left pane.

Fig. 110:

Firmware/Satellite Param Table update screen

4. Login by entering password. You will receive a “Login Successfully!” display.

5. The options are now enabled and you may proceed and select the preferred task.

6. This can also be accomplished from the front panel. After establishing a proper network connection between the controller and the PC, press the “reset” button on the 7000 Series Controller, and hold the “↑” and “↓” buttons on the front panel at the same time until you read “Firmware/Sat update” on the LCD screen.

7. Open up a web browser, and type the 7000 Series Controller IP address into the

URL address field. Type in “password” in the Password field.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 138 of 166

9.6.1.

Firmware Update

To update the controller firmware click on the “FIRMWARE UPDATE” link on the left panel. The following screen should appear:

Fig. 111:

Firmware Update Window

To update the firmware via web page:

1. Browse to firmware (.s19) file and select it.

2. Click on the “Upgrade” button.

3. The status bar will appear, and the Controller firmware should be updated within a minute.

Fig. 112:

Firmware Update – Progress bar

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 139 of 166

9.6.2.

Satellite Table Update

In order to update the table containing the satellite transponder data, the iNetVu7000_SatParam.txt file must be manually changed. For example,

If a user wishes to add a transponder to satellite 91W, he/she would locate satellite 91W in the table, and replace one of the transponders with the new transponder data. Save the file once the changes have been made.

To upload the changed table to the controller:

1. Select “Sat Table Update” from the left panel of the web page after putting

Controller in upload mode (Follow previous steps in section 9.6).

Fig. 113:

Satellite Parameter Table Update

2. Browse for the modified “iNetVu7000_SatParam.txt”, and click on the “Upgrade” button. The controller should be updated within a few seconds.

*Note:

Any of the upgrade processes can be cancelled by clicking the RESET

CONTROLLER link (forces the controller to power cycle) before starting the

procedure. Controller must be loaded with Bootloader 7.5.3.0+ for this option

to be available.

*Note:

The Firmware and SatParam table can also be updated using the latest

IMS running on a pc/laptop and connected via USB or Serial RS232 cable

connection. Recommended methods are USB or Network (LAN Connection).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 140 of 166

10. Controller Connectivity

In order to interface directly with the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller, a Network Interface and a Web Interface are available.

The Network/Web Interface allows the user to operate the automatic functions such as

Finding Satellite, Stowing the Antenna, and Stopping Operations, as well as monitoring

System Status, real-time Motor Currents, and Signal Strength.

In order to access the Network Interface, simply install the iNetVu

®

7000 Software on your PC and place your PC on the same network as the 7000 Series Controller.

In order to access the Web Interface, place your PC on the same network as the 7000

Series Controller, and simply type in the IP address of the 7000 Controller into your web browser. iNetVu

®

7000 Network Configurations:

Default IP Address:

Default Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway IP:

192.168.0.2

255.255.255.0

192.168.0.1

Network Cable /

USB Cable

Fig. 114:

Controller to PC Connectivity

Computer

Set IP to the same subnet as the iNetVu

7000 Controller and the Gateway as the iNetVu 7000

Controller.

Straight

Network Cable

Straight

Network Cable iNetVu 7000 Series Controller

Set IP to the same subnet as the Satellite

Modem / VSAT and the Gateway as the

Satellite Modem / VSAT.

Router / Switch

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Computer

Set IP to the same subnet as the iNetVu

7000 Controller and the Gateway as the

Router/Switch.

Fig. 115:

Controller to PC and Modem Connectivity via Network Interface

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 141 of 166

10.1.

Network Configuration Example

Direct Connection to PC:

*See Appendix for router configuration iNetVu 7000 Series Controller

IP Address: 192.168.0.2

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 192.168.0.1

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

Fig. 116:

IP Setup for Controller to PC Connectivity

Direct Connection to Satellite Modem/VSAT:

Satellite Modem / VSAT – Fixed IP Address

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

(Manufacturer Dependent)

Computer

IP Address: 192.168.0.3

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 192.168.0.2

IP Address: 10.211.9.74

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

Modem IP: 10.211.9.73

Satellite Modem / VSAT

IP Address: 10.211.9.73

Fig. 117:

Controller to Modem Network Setup

** Once the IP Address is assigned to the iNetVu ® 7000 Controller by the Satellite Modem / VSAT, you may check the LCD Menu to view the assigned IP Address.

Connection via Router/Switch:

Satellite Modem / VSAT – Fixed IP Address

IP Address: 10.211.9.74

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

Modem IP: 10.211.9.73

Straight

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

IP Address: 10.211.9.73

Switch

Straight

Network Cable

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

(Manufacturer Dependent)

Fig. 118:

Controller to Modem and PC network setup

Computer

IP Address: 10.211.9.75

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 142 of 166

10.2.

How to Set Network Configurations on your PC

1. Open Network Connections, right-click your network card, and select Properties.

2. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click

Properties.

3. Direct Network Connection:

Set your PC to the same subnet as the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller, and the Default Gateway to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

The screenshot depicts this configuration.

Network Connection via Router/Switch:

Dependent on Network Configuration (See previous section)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 143 of 166

11. Integrations and Compatibility Features

11.1.

GLONASS Navigation System

The GLONASS Navigation System is now fully compatible with the 7000 series controller using the NAVIS Receiver Module, P/N: NV08C-EVK-CSM. To date this is the only module that has been successfully tested and thus only this device (P/N: NV08C-

EVK-CSM) will be supported. This option can be selected in the IMS 7000 software or within the controller using the keypad functions. This option currently supports an external GLONASS receiver which is attached to controller via serial port interface. The

7000C and 7024C controllers have NV08C- CSM chip onboard and use the

GLONASS/GPS Antenna that is shipped with these units.

11.2.

Uplogix Remote Management

The iNetVu Controller has been fully integrated with Uplogix Remote Management appliances. This feature allows for out-of-band and in-band remote access to the iNetVu

Antenna Systems with capability to remotely monitor parameters on the iNetVu controller and issue commands to enable, reconfigure, retarget and stow the antenna(s). This functionality allows the operators to remotely manage and control the iNetVu antenna, as if they were onsite. Refer to the Uplogix Feature Guide for operational/setup information.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

12. APPENDICES

Page 144 of 166

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 145 of 166

12.1.

Appendix 1: Default Limits and Configuration Data Tables

Compass Reading Elevation

PLATFORM TYPES

A1800A

/B/C/E

A1500A/

B/C/E

A1200 A0980 A0740 A0660

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

32 37 32 35 25 25

PLATFORM TYPES

A1810A

/B/C/E

A1801A

/B/C/E

A0180A A1210A A1201A A1200Q

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

32 32 32 32 32

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

PLATFORM TYPES

A0985A A0985B A0981A A0755A

24 24 24 24

A0121

NA

Table 1: Compass Reading Elevation Default Values

32

A0125A

NA

Elevation Offset

EL OFFSET

EL OFFSET

A1800A/

B/C/E

45.00

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1500A/

B/C/E

42.00

A0980

31.00

PLATFORM TYPES

A0740

31.00

A0660

35.00

A1210A A1201A

60.5 17

1200Q

11

A0121A A0125A

15.5

A0985A A0985B A0981A A0755A

15.5

EL OFFSET 18.5 18.5 18.5 20.5

Table 2: Default Elevation Offsets. All values are + 2

after Target Calibration.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 146 of 166

AZ Potentiometer/Encoder

AZ ZERO

AZ ZERO

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1800A/B

/C/E

A1500A/

B/C/E

280.7808 282.88

PLATFORM TYPES

A1210A A1201A

278 282.8

AZ ZERO

A0985A/B A0121A

282.8 282.8

A0980

342.17

A1200Q

210.9

A0125A

282.8

A0740

342.17

A0981A

282.8

Table 3: Azimuth Potentiometer Default Values

PL Potentiometer

PLATFORM TYPES

A1800A/C A1800B/E A1200

PL ZERO 205.4144 159.2832 197.22

A0980

131.79

A0740

131.79

Table 4: Polarization Potentiometer Default Values

A0660

342.17

A0755A

282.8

A0660

131.79

A1500A/

B/C/E

212.4

** Note**:

The A980A and A1200A Revision 3.0 Platforms as well as all New Gen platforms, have replaced the PL Potentiometer with a PL Inclinometer (Tilt Sensor);

755A and 985A do not have movement on the PL axis thus the above table is not valid for these units, See Table 5 for Tilt Sensor default values.

PL Inclinometer (Tilt Sensor)

PL ZERO

PL ZERO

PLATFORM TYPES

A1201

90.0

A1200

90.0

PLATFORM TYPES

A0121A A0125A

90.0 90.0

A0120A

90.0

A1200Q

90.0

A0985A/B

90.0

A1210A

90.0

A0981A A0980A A0755A

90.0 90.0 90.0

Table 5: Polarization Inclinometer Default Values

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 147 of 166

Default Platform Speeds and Limits

EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

AZ SLOW

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

PL CURRENT9

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1800A/

B/C/E

C/A1500

A/B/C/E

6 6

7.00A

12.00A

6

7.00

12.00

6

7.00

10.00

6

1.5

2.0

7.00

10.00

4

1.5

2.0

A0980

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0740

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0660

EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

AZ SLOW

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

PL CURRENT9

PLATFORM TYPES

A1810A

B/C/E

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

A1801A

B/C/E

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

A1210A

6

2.0A

2.5A

6

1.0A

1.5A

4

0.7A

A1201A

Ver.2.0

8

3.5A

5.0A

9

1.8A

2.0A

2

0.3A

1.0A

PLATFORM TYPES

A0121A A0125A A0985B

0.5A

1200Q

1201A

Ver.3.0

3

7.5A

10.0A

3

5.0A

7.5A

2

0.3A

0.5A

5 5 3 4 EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

4.5A

4.5A

3.0

4.5A

7.0A

4.5A

10.0A

3.0

5

3.5A

4.5A

AZ SLOW 2

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

1.5A

1.5A

6

0.8

1.5A

1.5A

6

0.8

1.7A

2.0A

NA

NA

1.7A

2.5A

2

.3A

PL CURRENT9

0.8 0.8

NA .5A

Table 6: Default values for speed and current limits

A0985A

/A0755A

3

7.0A

10.0A

9

5.0A

7.0A

NA

NA

NA

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0981A

3

7.0A

10.0A

9

5.0A

7.0A

2

0.3A

0.5A

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 148 of 166

12.2.

Appendix 2: Compass Direction and System Ref. AZ Table

Direction

North (N) = 0

North West (NW) = 45

East (E) = 90

South East (SE) = 135

South (S) = 180

South West (SW) = 225

System Ref.

AZ

0

-45

-90

-135

-180

135

Search Window Starting Angle

0

-45

-90

-135

-180

135

West (W) = 270

North West (NW) = 315

90

45

90

45

N

±180

135

-135

W

90

E

-90

45

South

0

-45

AZ Reference Point

Note: Antenna reference point is 0˚ which means the reflector is pointing south with reference to the back facing North. The search window reference starting point will be the System Ref. AZ value, use above table and diagram to figure out which way the

Antenna must be pointed (System Ref. AZ starting point) in order to set the AZ Window

Size if an area is required to be excluded or blocked off from the search.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 149 of 166

Menu

12.3.

Appendix 3: LCD Table Summary

Field Explanation

MONITOR

MAIN

EL

AZ

PL

GP

SM

S1

S2 (Optional)

E (Angle)

A (Angle)

P (Angle)

GPS and CMPS

ST

RF/DVB (Value)

M (SNR) D/E

Beacon Signal

E (Angle)

I/S

S (Value)

Ad (Value)

C (Value)

O (Value)

A (Angle)

I/S

W (Value)

Z

P (Angle)

I/S

O (Value)

Z

GPS (Status)

LAT and LONG

V (Value)

H (Value)

RF Search Mode

RF Override

RF Threshold

RF/DVB (status)

CP (Status)

CP (Value)

AZ_W

Sat No

Sat Long +

Hems.

E (EL)

A (AZ)

P (PL)

TP NUMBER

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

Ref. Sat Long +

Hems.

E (EL)

A (AZ)

P (PL)

Elevation Angle and Limit Indicators

Azimuth Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

P (Angle) – Polarization Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

GPS Status Flag and Compass Status Flag (OO, OV, VO, FF)

System Status (II, ST, PK, etc.)

RF/DVB (U/L) – Receive RF/DVB Signal Value and Lock/Unlock Status

Modem Signal and Transmitter Status

Beacon Signal value, and locked or unlocked status of BR300L Receiver(optional)

Real Time Elevation Angle and Status

Real Time Current being drawn from the elevation motor @ the set speed

Elevation search window limit

Advanced Search Elevation Gap

Elevation angle at which the compass reading is taken

Elevation Offset used to obtain an accurate elevation reading

Real Time Azimuth Angle and Status

Real Time Current drawn from the Azimuth motor @ the set speed

Azimuth search window limit

AZ Zero AZ Axis

Real Time Polarization Angle and Status

Real Time Current drawn from the Polarization motor @ the set speed

Polarization offset

PL Zero PL axis

GPS Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Latitudinal and Longitudinal GPS Coordinates

GPS Velocity – indication of moving vehicle

GPS Heading

RF mode status disabled or enabled (N or Y) – first field

RF override status disabled or enabled (N or O) – second field

RF Threshold value

RF or DVB value with LNB and Signal (N or L)

Compass Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Compass Heading taken after compass has been checked

Azimuth search window

Target Satellite (Sat0 to Sat 4)

Target Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

Target Antenna Elevation Value for Satellite acquisition

Target Antenna Azimuth Value for Satellite acquisition with reference to True North

Target Antenna Polarization Value for Satellite acquisition

T0-T2 (Horizontal Receive) and T3-T5 (Vertical Receive) DVB Transponders

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for target satellite

Reference Satellite Status, Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

Target Antenna Elevation Value for Satellite acquisition

Target Antenna Azimuth Value for Satellite acquisition with reference to True North

Target Antenna Polarization Value for Satellite acquisition

MB

IP

GW

OPERATION

S0/BLU/BM

S1/ORG

S2/PRP

S3/GRN

S4

TE

TD

AZC

PLC

CPC

CR

CONF1

S1

SM1

SM2

CONF2

S2

MB

EL

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 150 of 166

TP NUMBER

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB_P

Modem (Status)

A (ACP Status)

BR (Freq : status))

C_IP (Address)

M_IP (Address)

S_IP (Address)

G_IP (Address)

Find Sat 0

Find Sat 1

Find Sat 2

Find Sat 3

Find Sat 4

Enable Tx

Disable Tx

Calibrate AZ

Calibrate PL

Calibrate CP

Restore

Compass

Sat Number

Sat Longitude

S11/S2A

O (Offset)

TP Number

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

RF Status

CP

CP Heading

AZ_W

Modem ID

BR Frequency

Sat Longitude

O (Offset)

TP Number

FREQUENCY

S11/S2A

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

MOD FREQ

MOD sym. Rate

Rx/Tx Polarity

Hem.

T (N/Y)

ACP DIS (Y/N)

22 KHz (E/D)

O (Value)

W (Value)

A (Value)

T0-T2 (Horizontal Receive) and T3-T5 (Vertical Receive) DVB Transponders

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for reference Satellite

Status of communication between controller and modem (i.e. initializing, normal, etc.)

Real Time ACP Status from the NOC

Status and Frequency of the Beacon Receiver

Controller IP Address

Modem IP Address

Controller Subnet IP Address

Controller Gateway IP Address

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 0 or Blue Beam or Beam ID

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 1 or Orange Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 2 or Purple Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 3 or Green Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 4, S4 returns system back to auto mode when using front panel with Tooway modem.

Enable the Transmitter

Disable the Transmitter

Calibrate the Azimuth Axis

Calibrate the Polarization Axis

Calibrate the Compass

Automatically Restores Compass to Factory Calibrated state

Satellite number selected for configuration (0-4)

Target Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

DVB Carrier Type for target satellite

Target Satellite Offset

Transponder Number in Controller (T0-T2) Horizontal Receive (T3-T5) Vertical Receive

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for target satellite

RF Search Mode Status, Threshold override status and RF Threshold value

Compass Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Compass Angle reading

Azimuth Search Window Limit for satellite acquisition

Modem Beam ID number

Beacon Receiver programmable frequency/Initial Acquisition Gain.

Reference Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value, and Enable/Disable option

Reference Satellite Offset

Transponder Number in Controller (T0-T2) Horizontal Receive (T3-T5) Vertical Receive

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

DVB Carrier Type for reference satellite (

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for reference satellite

Frequency modem is configured for (HNS ONLY) (MHz)

Symbol Rate modem is configured for (HNS ONLY) Sps

Modem configured receive and transmit polarity respectively.

Hemisphere of operation

Auto Disable Tx when modem is reset while system is online (N=keep modem status)

Y = Disable ACP N = Enable ACP

E = Enable/ D= Disable 22 KHz Tone for HNS Modem

Elevation Offset for proper elevation angle readings

Elevation Window Limit for satellite searching

A (Value) – Elevation Adjustment Gap for inclined surfaces

SG

IP

SR

AZ

PL

GP

C1

C2

C3

TEST

E&A&P

CP

DPY

DPYQ

DPY_C

A_ACP

M_ACP

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 151 of 166

L (UDS)

C (EL Value)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

Z (Value)

Stow Limit

CP_O (Value)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

Z (Value)

Skew/Stow Limit

O (Offset)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

G (Mode)

GPS Long

GPS Lat

BC

ES_NO

DH (DHCP)

UN (Time)

MP

IN

BP

C (Console Use)

Platform Type

TX_O

Axis Selection

TST

CP

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

A_ACP

M_ACP

PASSWORD

LO

22KHz Tone

S_IP (Address)

G_IP (Address)

C_IP (Address)

M_IP (Address)

Service

Interface

Password/CD-

KEY

E (Range)

P (Range)

A (Range)

Up, Down, and Stow Limits enabling (E) or disabling (D) on the Elevation Axis

Compass Reading Elevation Angle

Slow Speed Settings for Elevation Angle Operation

Current Limits on EL Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

AZ Pot Zero for converting A/D value for physical determination of AZ zero angle

Stow Limit Enabling (E) or Disabling (D)

Compass Offset

Slow Speed Setting for Azimuth Axis.

Current Limits on AZ Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

PL Pot Zero for converting A/D value for physical determination of PL zero angle

Skew Adjustment and Stow Limit Enabling (E) or Disabling (D)

Polarization Offset

Slow Speed Setting for Polarization Axis.

Current Limits on PL Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

GPS Setting (Override, Normal)

GPS Longitudinal Value

GPS Latitudinal Value

TX Broadcast Enable/Disable

Maximum ES/NO value that will stop peaking process once reached

Enables or Disables DHCP in the controller

Unattended Operation

Enables or Disables Motion Protection

Inclined Satellite Enable (# -> time between re-peak)

Beep upon Movement of Cursor via LCD

Console Interface Configuration (modem, Beacon Receiver, dBUG, GPS, Glonass, PC) and Baud Rate

Platform Type, Version and Serial Number Configuration

Polarization offset adjustment upon positioning due to mechanical misalignment of mount

Web Interface, and LCD Configuration Screen Access Password

Enable or Disable 22KHz tone

7000 Controller Subnet IP Address

7000 Controller Gateway IP Address

Controller IP Address

Modem IP Address

Service In Use (iDirect, Hughes, Etc.)

Modem Communication Interface (i.e. Telnet, HTTP, Console, etc.)

Modem Password/CD-KEY if necessary

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of elevation movement

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of polarization movement

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of azimuth movement

Selection for Axis to be tested, and test looping option setting

Initiates the testing on the specified axis and range.

Performs a Check Compass Operation

The target elevation angle for antenna deployment

The target polarization angle for antenna deployment

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment

Initiates the deploy command to the specified antenna deployment angles

The target elevation angle for antenna Quick deployment

The target polarization angle for antenna Quick deployment

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment

Initiates the Quick deploy command to the specified antenna deployment angles

The target elevation angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

The target polarization angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

DPLY – initiates a compass reading at the specified antenna deployment angles

Initiates an Automatic Cross Pol Test

Initiates a Manual Cross Pol Test

S_ACP

INFO

CC1

CC2

DVB_D

DVB_P

MOD

SYS1

ERR

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 152 of 166

S_ACP

ID (Value)

HW (Value)

SQ_T (Value)

FBV (FW – BL)

MA (Address)

CONF_ID(Value)

DVB

DVB

SN (Value)

S (Status)

V (Version)

Platform Type

Error (Code)

Stops any Cross Pol testing in progress

States the Controller ID

States the Controller Board Hardware Type

Signal Quality Threshold for proper Controller SNR Reading

States the Firmware and Boot loader version respectively

States the Controller MAC Address

States the Controller Configuration ID (for internal use)

States the DVB Mode in Use

DVB Status information

States the modem Serial Number

States the status of the modem

States the Modem Firmware Version

Platform Type and Serial Number

Displays error codes if applicable

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

12.4.

Appendix 4: Router Configuration Example

GPS

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power Input

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

TX RX iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

MOTOR

CONTROL

Page 153 of 166

PC: DHCP

OR

Static:

IP: 192.168.1.2

SUB: 255.255.255.0

GW: 192.168.1.1

Computer

RX

OUT

WAN Port

7000 CTRL: DHCP

OR

Static:

IP: 192.168.1.3

SUB: 255.255.255.0

GW: 192.168.1.1

SAT IN

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX OUT

!

90 — 264VAC

Motor Control Cable

Modem Example:

70.232.247.49

Sensor Cable

Router:

WAN IP: 70.232.247.50

SUB: 255.255.255.0

LAN IP: 192.168.1.1

SUB: 255.255.255.0

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 154 of 166

12.5.

Appendix 5: Tooway Look-up Table

Configuring Tooway Auto Beam Color Search on Controller LCD

The following procedure will only work on Controllers with Hardware ID >=

(greater or equal to) 1, this can be confirmed in the software “About” window.

1. Upload to Latest iNetVu FW.

2. Launch iNetVu Mobile 7000 Software.

3. Configure Application to use desired Platform i.e A0755A or A0985A (In

Maintenance Window) and Modem type (In Configuration Window).

4. Click Send ALL followed by Write EPROM.

5. Reset (recycle power) on Controller.

***Note**** The Tooway Look-up Table must be uploaded to the Controller via the

Application software before it can be used directly from the Controller LCD. This process is only required once as long as no changes are made to the Beam

Colors which than will require another Table Upload.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

6. In the Configuration Window, click on Update Look-up Table

Page 155 of 166

7. This process will take approximately 6-10min depending on your system. Status will be displayed on the bottom of the Configuration window.

Look-up Table Upload

Status

Look-up Table Upload

Button

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8. The Upload status will be confirmed with an OK once it finishes.

Page 156 of 166

9. Ensure Auto-select Beam Color option is selected on the Application side in order to see which Beam color the auto selection is searching on.

10. The Controller is now ready to do Auto Beam selection.

11. Press FIND SAT, the system will begin the Auto Beam search

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 157 of 166

12. Hold down the FIND SAT button for 3 seconds then let go, Tooway menu will display, which will allow the user to manually select the Beam Color they desire.

BLU ORG PRP GRN SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

13. Selecting SS4 will put system back into Auto Beam search mode.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 158 of 166

12.6.

Appendix 6: DC Input Power Cable Connectivity

Note: DC Input connector exists in 7000C and 7024C controllers ONLY, older versions do not have the DC Input connector.

Controller Receptacle

J1 Panel Receptacle

4-Socket Contacts Mating View

External Cable Plug

P1 Straight Plug

4-Pin Contact Mating View

P1 External Cable Plug Pin List (4-CONTACTS)

SIGNAL Notes RECEPTACLE

PIN

P1-1

P1-2

P1-3

DC + In 2 Must have an Inline Fast Blow Fuse – [email protected]

DC — In 2

CHASSIS

GND

P1-4

NOT USED

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. The correct external power source should be used with the correct controller type, (7000C-12VDC/7024C-24VDC input).

The DC cable if assembled by end user must include INLINE FAST BLOW FUSE rated at

[email protected]

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 159 of 166

Materials Required for External Cable:

Part # Quantity Description

206429-1 1

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Plug Assembly, Shell Size 11,

Reverse Sex, 4-Pin Contacts, Series 1

206358-5 1

66361-4

————

————

4

1

X

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Cable Clamp, Size 11

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Pin Contact, Series 1, Wire 18-

14 AWG

Heatshrink, Adhesive, 25mm Dia X 60mm Lg

External cable used should be a 3-wire, 14 AWG.

———— 1

inline fast blow fuse at [email protected]

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 160 of 166

12.7.

Appendix 7: Setup Wizard Configuration Steps

The Setup Wizard will launch every time the iNetVuMobile7000 software is executed, select “Do not show this message again” to allow software to go straight to the Controls Window when the software application is launched.

1. Click iNetVuMobile7000 icon on desktop.

2. Click Allow access button on the Windows Firewall pop-up window.

3. Put check mark in the box “Do not show this message again” and click Yes.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 161 of 166

4. The Setup Wizard will check and ensure Firmware and Software versions are the same, if not the same version you will be prompted to update, select Yes.

5. Put controller in Firmware update mode by following instructions on the screen.

6. Click Update Firmware button, it may take 10 seconds for button to become clickable.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 162 of 166

7. Firmware update status will be displayed on bottom of screen. The screen will automatically flip to the next step once the update has completed.

8. Select and or enter Platform type, version and Serial number and click Next.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 163 of 166

9. Select the service type (Modem service used), and interface, along with

Controller and Modem information. Hover over each field to get tips, examples and clear explanation. Click Next

10. Satellite information screen, allows user to configure Satellite, Search Method and DVB settings. Enter and select Parameters/Settings for the Satellite used with your Platform. Click Finish.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

11. Click Yes to save and exit.

Page 164 of 166

12. Launch the Application by double clicking the iNetVuMobile7000 icon.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 165 of 166

12.8.

Appendix 8: Declaration of Conformity

Application of Council Directive EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC

Standards to which Conformity is Declared:

EN55022 1998, Class B / ICES 003

FCC Part 15 Class B

EN 61000-6-3: 2001 Emission Class B

EN 61000-6-1: 2001 Immunity

EN 61000-4-4: Fast Transient Burst

EN 61000-4-2: Static Discharge

EN 60950: 1992 Safety of Information Technology Equipment

Manufacturers Name C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Manufacturers Address 2574 Sheffield Road, Ottawa, Canada, K1B 3V7

Importers Name (optional)

Importers Address

(optional)

Type of Equipment Satellite Antenna Controller

Model Number iNetVu Mobile System

CE Marked 2005

Serial No. (Optional) Year of Manufacture (Optional) 2004

I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the above Directives and Standards.

Signed on behalf of the Manufacturer and Importer

Place Ottawa, Canada Signature

Date April 4, 2005 Full Name: Dr. Leslie Klein, P.Eng.

Position: President and CEO

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 166 of 166

» Главная » Оборудование » Контроллеры iNetVu

iNetVu® 3000 Hand-Held VSAT Controller

The iNetVu® 3000 контроллер для ручного управления антенной позволяет вам свободно управлять двигателями для любого типа антенн iNetVu, без подсоединения компьютера и контроллера.

Контроллер 3000 Hand-Held. Спецификация

iNetVu® 7000 VSAT Controller

INetVu ® 7000 контроллер идеально подходит для приложений, которым требуется быстрая, простая установка и надежное соединение. Новый контроллер iNetVu ® 7000 имеет высокую точность наведения антенны, его передняя панель имеет удобную клавиатуру для конфигурации и LCD –дисплей, на задней панели имеется разъем для подключения  GPS-сигнала для внешних устройств.

Контроллер 7000. Спецификация

iNetVu® Beacon Receiver

INetVu ® BR300L 19 приемник Маяка для монтажа в 19″стойку,  блок предназначен для отслеживания уровня плотности мощности спутникового маяка в реальном времени. Он выдает управляющее напряжение, линейно пропорциональное мощности маяка, используя, RMS — детектор мощности. BR300L был специально разработан для работы со всеми типами iNetVu контроллеров ® и платформами VSAT антенн.

Ресивер BR300 L. Спецификация

iNetVu® PowerSmart 2480

PowerSmart 2480 преобразователь 220/110 В переменного тока в 24/48 постоянного тока был разработан, для обеспечения питанием внешних усилителей ( BUCs), и включает в себя функции поддержки мониторинга и контроля (M & C), функции для нескольких продуктов.

Преобразователь PowerSmart 2480. Спецификация

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller User Manual

With SW/FW 7.5.7.0

The iNetVu

®

brand and logo are registered trademarks of C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

© Copyright 2009 C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

1-877-iNetVu6 www.c-comsat.com

September 22, 2014

Revision 1.47

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 2 of 166

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 3 of 166

Copyright © 2009. All rights reserved. C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

This document contains information, which is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as followed under the copyright laws.

Both the iNetVu ® and C-COM names and logos are registered trademarks of C-COM Satellite

Systems Inc.

Intel

®

Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT and MapPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

All other product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are the sole property of their respective manufacturers.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 4 of 166

FCC and INDUSTRY CANADA INFORMATION TO THE USER:

The FCC and Industry Canada have imposed the following conditions when operating, installing and deploying iNetVu ® Mobile Earth Stations and is mandatory for all installations made within the Continental United States and Canada as well as Hawaii,

Alaska, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and other U.S. Territories. The FCC requires that a certified installer perform the installation. It is also strongly recommended that a qualified professional RV dealer/installer mount the system on your vehicle.

These conditions are also required by C-COM for all other installed locations.

All iNetVu ® Mobile earth station installers must be C-COM Certified, and must have specifically acknowledged the requirements for iNetVu ® Mobile installations, which are as follows:

1. “Installation” is the physical mounting and wiring of the Satellite provider’s earth station on a vehicle or other stationary site in order to prepare for correct operation. Only Certified C-COM iNetVu installers may perform the installation and removal of an iNetVu ® Mobile system.

2. “Deployment” means the raising, pointing and orienting of the earth station to the communicating satellite, every time it is raised from a stowed position for use.

The deployment of an iNetVu ® Mobile system must only be done by a trained installer or by a consumer using the deployment software.

3. Installers shall install the iNetVu ® systems only in locations that are not readily accessible to children and in a manner that prevents human exposure to potential radiation hazards.

4. For large vehicles with roof mounts, the height of the bottom lip of the earth station when fully deployed must be at least six feet above the ground at all times, or six feet above a surrounding surface which a person may easily access.

5. If a roof access ladder or any other means of access to the roof is installed on the vehicle, then the ladder or access must be blocked by a suitable rope or other barrier while the earth station is deployed or in operation. The installer must provide this rope or barrier directly to the end user at the time of installation and advise the user to use it at all times when the earth station is deployed or in operation. Warning signs shall also be provided by the installer to the end user to be posted on the improper installation or due to the failure to provide required information to the end user.

6. Installers and end users will be deemed directly liable for any damages resulting from either of their failure to comply with the above rules. These rules are meant to ensure that extraordinary precautions and measures are used to prevent satellite interference or exposure to harmful radiation. C-COM reserves the rights to immediately suspend without liability or previous notice the operation of the earth station upon detection of a deviation from its installation or operational requirements until the deviation is corrected. In addition, C-COM reserves the right to suspend or cancel the Installer Certificate of any installer that has not fully complied with these installation requirements.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 5 of 166

7. Further, the installer and end user may be directly liable for any damages resulting from any change undertaken by either of them. Including but not limited to, any modification of any part of the hardware, software, specific operational frequencies, the authorized satellite, or the size or other characteristics of the earth station supplied to them by C-COM or C-COM’s authorized representatives. Warning signs shall be posted at prominent locations on the earth station informing all persons of the danger of harmful radiation from the earth station while it is deployed or while in operation.

8. The iNetVu ® Mobile system may only be operated when the vehicle is stationary.

9. The installer must inform the end user that the vehicle must be stabilized during the transmission, to prevent movement of the vehicle for any reason, including movement of persons on or off the vehicle, or high winds. The installer shall advise the end user how to appropriately stabilize their vehicle.

10. Installers shall be liable for all damages if they fail to comply with the above mandatory conditions. This includes, but is not limited to damages caused by

Note 1:

improper installation or due to the failure to provide required information to the end user.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with this instruction manual, may cause harmful interference with radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technician for help.

Note 2:

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 6 of 166

Table of Contents

1. Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 9

2. Specifications …………………………………………………………………………………………. 10

3. Minimum Recommended PC Requirements………………………………………………. 10

4. Physical …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 11

5. Typical Connection Configuration ……………………………………………………………. 12

5.1. Typical Network Interface Connection ……………………………………………………. 13

5.2. Typical USB Communication Interface …………………………………………………… 14

5.3. Typical Serial Communication Port Interface …………………………………………… 15

5.4. Typical Connection – PC Free………………………………………………………………. 16

5.5. System Diagram with Splitter ……………………………………………………………….. 17

6. Installation ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 18

6.1. Rack Installation …………………………………………………………………………………. 18

6.2. iNetVu ® Software – Software and USB Driver Installation …………………………. 18

6.3. Setup ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 24

6.4. Serial RS232 Setup …………………………………………………………………………….. 24

6.5. Existing iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Installation …………………………………………… 25

7. iNetVu

®

Front Panel Operation …………………………………………………………………. 28

7.1. LED Definition ……………………………………………………………………………………. 28

7.2. Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation ……………………………………. 29

7.3. LCD Screen and Navigator Keypad Operation ………………………………………… 30

7.4. Front Panel Menu Navigation Tree ………………………………………………………… 31

7.5. Opening Screen …………………………………………………………………………………. 32

7.6. Main Menu ………………………………………………………………………………………… 32

7.6.1. MONITOR …………………………………………………………………………………… 33

7.6.1.1. MAIN ……………………………………………………………………………………. 34

7.6.1.2. EL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 36

7.6.1.3. AZ ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 37

7.6.1.4. PL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 38

7.6.1.5. GP ………………………………………………………………………………………. 39

7.6.1.6. SM ………………………………………………………………………………………. 39

7.6.1.7. S1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 40

7.6.1.8. S2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 41

7.6.1.9. MB ………………………………………………………………………………………. 42

7.6.1.10. IP ………………………………………………………………………………………… 43

7.6.1.11. GW ……………………………………………………………………………………… 44

7.6.2. OPERATION ……………………………………………………………………………….. 44

7.6.3. CONF1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 49

7.6.3.1. Password Protection ………………………………………………………………. 49

7.6.3.2. Configuration Menu (CONF1) ………………………………………………….. 49

7.6.3.3. S1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 50

7.6.3.4. SM1 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 51

7.6.3.5. SM2 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 52

7.6.4. CONF2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 53

7.6.4.1. Configuration Menu (CONF2) ………………………………………………….. 54

7.6.4.2. S2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 55

7.6.4.3. MB ………………………………………………………………………………………. 56

7.6.4.4. EL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 58

7.6.4.5. AZ ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 60

7.6.4.6. PL ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 61

7.6.4.7. GP ………………………………………………………………………………………. 63

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 7 of 166

7.6.4.8. C1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 63

7.6.4.9. C2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 65

7.6.4.10. C3 ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 68

7.6.4.11. SG ………………………………………………………………………………………. 68

7.6.4.12. IP ………………………………………………………………………………………… 69

7.6.4.13. SR ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 69

7.6.5. TST ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 70

7.6.5.1. E&A&P …………………………………………………………………………………. 71

7.6.5.2. DPY …………………………………………………………………………………….. 72

7.6.5.3. DPYQ ………………………………………………………………………………….. 73

7.6.5.4. DPY_C …………………………………………………………………………………. 73

7.6.5.5. CP ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 74

7.6.5.6. A_ACP …………………………………………………………………………………. 75

7.6.5.7. M_ACP ………………………………………………………………………………… 75

7.6.5.8. S_ACP …………………………………………………………………………………. 75

7.6.6. INFO ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 75

7.6.6.1. CC1 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 76

7.6.6.2. CC2 …………………………………………………………………………………….. 76

7.6.6.3. DVB_D …………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.4. DVB_P …………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.5. MOD ……………………………………………………………………………………. 77

7.6.6.6. SYS1 …………………………………………………………………………………… 78

7.6.6.7. ERR …………………………………………………………………………………….. 78

8. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Software …………………………………………………………………… 79

8.1. Setup Wizard …………………………………………………………………………………….. 79

8.2. Navigating Menus ………………………………………………………………………………. 80

8.2.1. iNetVu Controls ……………………………………………………………………………. 80

8.2.2. Maintenance ……………………………………………………………………………….. 92

8.2.2.1. Platform Parameters ………………………………………………………………. 93

8.2.2.2. Search Parameters ………………………………………………………………… 95

8.2.2.3. GPS and Compass Override ……………………………………………………. 97

8.2.2.4. Elevation Parameters ……………………………………………………………. 104

8.2.2.5. Azimuth Parameters ……………………………………………………………… 105

8.2.2.6. Polarization Parameters ………………………………………………………… 107

8.2.2.7. Maintenance Menu Buttons ……………………………………………………. 109

8.2.3. Configuration ……………………………………………………………………………… 111

8.2.3.1. Target Satellite Parameters ……………………………………………………. 112

8.2.3.2. Reference Satellite Parameters ……………………………………………… 115

8.2.3.3. Modem Parameters………………………………………………………………. 116

8.2.3.4. Beacon receiver …………………………………………………………………… 119

8.2.3.5. Controller Parameters …………………………………………………………… 120

8.2.3.6. Log Data and Controller ID…………………………………………………….. 123

8.2.3.7. LNB LO & 22KHz Tone …………………………………………………………. 124

8.2.3.8. PC Application …………………………………………………………………….. 125

8.2.3.9. Configuration Menu Buttons …………………………………………………… 125

8.2.3.10. Maintenance Test ………………………………………………………………… 126

8.2.4. About ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 128

8.2.5. Language ………………………………………………………………………………….. 130

8.2.6. Exit …………………………………………………………………………………………… 130

9. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller Web Interface………………………………………….. 131

9.1. Navigating Menus …………………………………………………………………………….. 131

9.2. Controls ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 133

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 8 of 166

9.3. Configuration ……………………………………………………………………………………. 134

9.4. System Test …………………………………………………………………………………….. 135

9.5. About ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 136

9.6. Firmware/Satellite Table Update …………………………………………………………. 137

9.6.1. Firmware Update ……………………………………………………………………….. 138

9.6.2. Satellite Table Update …………………………………………………………………. 139

10. Controller Connectivity ………………………………………………………………………. 140

10.1. Network Configuration Example ………………………………………………………. 141

10.2. How to Set Network Configurations on your PC ………………………………….. 142

11. Integrations and Compatibility Features ………………………………………………. 143

11.1. GLONASS Navigation System …………………………………………………………. 143

11.2. Uplogix Remote Management …………………………………………………………. 143

12. APPENDICES …………………………………………………………………………………….. 144

12.1. Appendix 1: Default Limits and Configuration Data Tables …………………… 145

12.2. Appendix 2: Compass Direction and System Ref. AZ Table …………………. 148

12.3. Appendix 3: LCD Table Summary …………………………………………………….. 149

12.4. Appendix 4: Router Configuration Example ……………………………………….. 153

12.5. Appendix 5: Tooway Look-up Table ………………………………………………….. 154

12.6. Appendix 6: DC Input Power Cable Connectivity ………………………………… 158

12.7. Appendix 7: Setup Wizard Configuration Steps ………………………………….. 160

12.8. Appendix 8: Declaration of Conformity ………………………………………………. 165

Proprietary Notice: This document contains information that is proprietary and confidential to C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc., and is intended for internal and or

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. authorized partners use only. No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any way, without prior written permission of C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 9 of 166

1. Introduction

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller is a one-box, one-touch solution for satellite autoacquisition. Designed to interface with a number of Satellite Modems, iNetVu and DVB-S/DVB-S2ACM Receivers, the iNetVu

®

®

VSATs,

7000 Series Controller is an easily configurable and operated antenna controller unit which now comes with the combined

GPS/GLONASS Satellite Navigation System.

Fig. 1:

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers are fully functional and configurable straight out of the box solution. No PC or monitor required. An I/O GLONASS/GPS Module inside and the capability to connect an external GLONASS/GPS device via serial port, a DVB-

S2ACM/CCM Tuner, an onboard LCD displaying real-time system status, and a Keypad

Navigator, makes using the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller extremely simple.

The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controllers along with any iNetVu ® platform can work as a complete stand-alone unit. No modem or RF splitters are required for satellite acquisition. The LNB can be powered straight from the controller.

Equipped with a 32-Bit Micro-Controller, the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controllers obtain extremely precise readings from all axes resulting in quicker and more reliable satellite acquisition time.

The 7000 Series Controllers are compatible with iNetVu ® legacy systems in the field.

Existing users can easily upgrade to this new line of controllers.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 10 of 166

2. Specifications

Dimensions:

Weight:

Width: 17.1” x Depth: 11.0” Height: 2.0”

9.9 lbs. (4.5 kg)

Operating Temperature: -20°C to +50°C

Elevation Output:

Azimuth Output:

12VDC, 15A (Max.)/24 VDC, 8A

12VDC, 10A (Max.)/24 VDC, 6A

Polarization Output: 12VDC, 3A (Max.)/24 VDC, 2A

Power Consumption (Idle): 12VDC @ 1A /24 VDC @ 0.5A

Universal AC Input: 100 – 240 VAC, 2.2 – 1.1 A, 50/60 Hz

Motor Control Connector: 9 Position Circular AMP Connector

Signal Input:

GPS Connector:

Rx Connector:

PC Interface:

Female DB26 Connector

SMA (Sub-Miniature Version A)

Type F RG6

USB Interface

Front Panel Interface:

Network Interface

Serial Interface

Web Interface

Automatic and Manual Control Keypad

LCD Screen and Keypad Navigator

Tuner Specifications

RF Input Range:

Input Signal Level:

950MHz to 2150MHz

-65dBm to –25dBm

Input/Output Impedance: 75 Ω

Symbol Rate: ~1 to 45Msps

**NOTE** Controller specifications include/cover model 7000B, 7000C, 7024A,

7024B and 7024C

3. Minimum Recommended PC Requirements

Operating System

CPU

Memory (RAM)

MSN.Net Framework

Windows XP, Vista, W7 and W8

2.0 GHZ

1.0GB

3.5 installed

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

4. Physical

Front Panel

LEDs

LCD Screen

Page 11 of 166

Manual Control

Buttons

Automatic

Control

Buttons

Ground protection

External grounding connection

GPS

GPS

Antenna

Interface

RX OUT

Additional Receive

Signal output

Keypad Navigator

LAN

Network

Interface

Reset

Button

Power Input

90-264 VAC

Power Input and Switch

12/24 VDC

Power Input

External VDC

Power Input

RX IN

Receive Signal from iNetVu

Mobile Platform

Serial port

Serial Port

Interface

SENSORS

26-pin

Interface for Sensor

Cable

USB

USB

Interface

MOTOR

&

POWER

9-Position

Interface for

Motor Control

Cable

COOLING

FANS

Air Ventilation

Fig. 2:

iNetVu® 7000 Series Front and Rear Panel

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only.

See Appendix for VDC power input external cable connectivity wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 12 of 166

5. Typical Connection Configuration

The typical connection configuration for each service will be the same regardless of the

Satellite Modem / VSAT. However, the configuration parameters for Satellite Modem /

VSAT Communication will differ depending on service. See iNetVu

®

System Manual for configuration procedures corresponding to the service used.

This situation or practice might result in property or equipment damage. Ensure Sensor and Motor cables are connected prior to powering on 7000 Series

Controller. Do not connect or disconnect cables once controller has been powered on.

It is recommended that controller is properly grounded at all times

NOTE : The 7000C/7024C controllers must use the GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the system for optimal GPS signal reception.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.1.

Typical Network Interface Connection

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power Input

SENSOR

CABLE

RX IN

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX

1201 iNetVu™

Mobile Platform

RX

Page 13 of 166

RX OUT

RX IN

TX OUT

!

100 — 260VAC

Satellite Modem / VSAT

iNetVu

®

7000 Controller Typical Connection Configuration

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

* Ground Connection

Fig. 3:

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.2.

Typical USB Communication Interface

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS

Antenna iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power input

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

RX IN

TX

RX

Page 14 of 166

USB Cable

RX OUT

RX

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX OUT

!

100 – 260VAC

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

Fig. 4:

USB Configuration Interface

USB Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.3.

Typical Serial Communication Port Interface

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power input

RX IN iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CABLE

TX RX

Page 15 of 166

Serial Port

RS232

RX OUT

RX IN

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX Out

!

100 — 260VAC

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

Network Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Power Cable

Fig. 5:

Serial RS232 Configuration Interface

Serial Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu ® systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

5.4.

Typical Connection – PC Free

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller. iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

GPS/Glonass

Antenna

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX RX

Page 16 of 166

RX OUT

Network

Cable

12/24 VDC

Power input

TX OUT

!

100 — 260VAC

RX IN

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Fig. 6:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller PC Free Connection Configuration

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu

®

systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 17 of 166

5.5.

System Diagram with Splitter

**Please Note

: Using a splitter is optional. If the user does not wish to power the LNB from the Controller, a splitter must be used such that power is passed to the LNB from the VSAT Modem (or alternate power source). iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

7000C/7024C must use the

GLONASS/GPS antenna that was shipped with the controller.

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

GPS /Glonass

Antenna

12/24 VDC

Power input

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

MOTOR

CONTROL

TX RX

**If the splitter option is used, ensure the LNB

Power is disabled in the

7000 Series Controller.

(See section 8.1.3.1 – “LNB

Power” for more detail)

!

100 — 260VAC

RX

TX OUT

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Motor Control Cable

Sensor Cable

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Fig. 7:

iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller with Splitter Configuration

Network Cable

Power Cable

* Ground Connection

*Recommended for proper grounding of iNetVu ® systems.

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 18 of 166

6. Installation

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers are shipped pre-configured and calibrated with the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform and service which you plan to use. Only configuration of the

Satellite Modem / VSAT Communication parameters and the satellite you wish to find is required.

***Note

: controllers may have 4 or 5 digit serial number which is required to be entered for correct default configuration values.

6.1.

Rack Installation

The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers include attachable “ears” which make the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controllers configurable for rack-mounted installation.

If you are installing the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller onto a rack, ensure that you use supporting rails or a shelf to support the weight of the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller, and use the provided “ears/brackets” to fasten the unit to the rack face.

6.2. iNetVu

®

Software – Software and USB Driver Installation

It is recommended that the previous software be uninstalled before installing latest software version if upgrading. See minimum recommended pc requirements for most favorable working system.

Warning!! Please make sure you have administrative rights (privileges) on the computer before you continue the installation. The setup wizard will display a warning Contact your system administrator for additional info.

Note: The application will exit if controller communication is via USB and Modem

Configuration Type is set to HN_KA during any power recycle or loss of communication (cable unplugged) without warning. This will NOT hold true if controller is in Firmware update mode. More info under Maintenance Menu

Buttons section.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 19 of 166

1. Windows Vista and Windows 7/8 with 64-bit Operating System must disable UAC

(User Access Control) when using Ethernet or Serial COM interface to communicate between controller and computer.

Please Note: Do not connect the Controller via USB until the drivers and software have been installed

2. Install the software from the Memory Stick or downloaded file by double clicking on iNetVuSetup.exe and follow the installation wizard.

Note: The Driver installation will be done in two stages. FTDI CDM Drivers and,

USB Drivers.

3. Windows CMD will appear in the background (for iNetVu USB drivers) and close indicating drivers’ installation in progress. Click on Extract.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 20 of 166

4. Click Next on “Device Driver installation Wizard” window. Two windows may appear one for FTDI and one for Legacy click Next on both.

5. The installation will begin, click Continue Anyway on the Windows Logo testing popup if prompted.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 21 of 166

6. Click the Finish button (twice) to complete the USB drivers’ installation.

7. The iNetVu Mobile software will now begin, click on the Next button.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 22 of 166

8. Click the Next button; leaving the default installation path as is “C:Program

FilesCCOMiNetVu Mobile 7000”, this may be changed if desired.

9. Continue with the software installation; click the Close button to complete the installation.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 23 of 166

10. Now that the drivers and software package has been installed, connect the iNetVu 7000 Controller via USB to your PC.

11. Windows Vista and 7 users, the drivers should install automatically without any further user action when the controller is powered up.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 24 of 166

6.3.

Setup

1. Connect all of the cables and components as depicted by the previous section.

Select connections that are best suited for your application.

2. Power on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

3. Set your external PC IP on the same subnet as the iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller (Default controller IP Address of the 7000 is 192.168.0.2)

4. Refer to the appropriate User Manual for service based system configuration

5. Controller should be power cycled after each and every configuration change.

6.4.

Serial RS232 Setup

1. Power ON the controller and connect the RS232 cable from the PC to the

Controller.

2. Refer to section 5.3 (RS232 setup diagram) before continuing with the RS232 serial port connection.

3. Set the C2 option in the controller to PC—9600, to do this advance to CONF2 option on the controller key pad and depress ENTER button; in the password field enter the password, if this was changed from the default. If default password has not been changed press up

arrow followed by the ENTER button.

4. Navigate to the C2 menu option and press the ENTER button.

5. Using the up

arrow button change the C: option to read C: PC—9600 press

ENTER.

C: PC—9600 T__O: +0.0

N985A—2.X-12209

Fig. 8:

C2 Screen from Configuration for RS232 Communication

Press the EXIT button 2 times, you will receive a prompt to save the configuration select Y for yes and press ENTER. The setting change has been completed on the controller side which will automatically update within the software.

6. Launch the Application Software from your computer.

7. Advance to the Maintenance screen, browse down to the Controller section and ensure that the Interface option is set to PC, the BAUD rate is set to 9600 and the COM Port is set to COM1 in PC Application section.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 25 of 166

Fig. 9:

Configuration screen for controller RS232 options

8. The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller is now set to communicate via RS232 serial connection.

**Note:

as a rule of thumb you should always be running the latest iNetVu Firmware version (version 7.5.7.0+ or greater) to get full functionality of the features. In some cases the latest boot loader (7.6.0.0 at time of document creation) is also required to compliment the software features.

6.5.

Existing iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Installation

If you are replacing an existing iNetVu ® Controller with Newer iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller, you will need to perform an Azimuth and Polarization Calibration (PL

Calibration not required on platforms with Tilt Sensors 980/1200 version 3.0+ or 1800 version 2.0+ and all new generation platforms) and set the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform

Serial Number prior to searching for satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 26 of 166

LCD Method

1. Advance to the Operations menu using the ‘←’ and ‘→’ arrows on the keypad.

2. Advance to “AZC” using the ‘←’ and ‘→’ arrows and press the “Enter” key on the keypad. IMS will begin the Azimuth Calibration Function. Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Azimuth sweep.

3. After this is complete, go back to the Operations menu by pressing the “Exit” button to navigate backwards.

4. Advance to “PLC” using the arrows and select the “Enter” key on the keypad.

IMS will begin the Polarization Calibration Function. Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Polarization sweep. “PLC” is not valid with some iNetVu ® Mobile Platform and thus may be skipped.

5. After this is complete, navigate to the “Conf2” menu from the keypad. The “Exit” button on the keypad can be used to navigate back to the original menu, and the

“Enter” button will allow the user to enter into a menu. (default Conf1 menu access password “password”)

6. Navigate to “C2” in the configuration menu and select the “Enter” button on the keypad.

7. A screen containing Console Port, Platform Type, Platform Version and Serial

Number Data will appear. Navigate to the far bottom right section of the screen where the platform description appears (i.e. A12B for 1.2 mobile unit), and click on the ‘↑’ arrow once. This action will allow you to make modifications to that section.

C: PC—9600 T__O: +0.0

A12B—2.X-10351

Fig. 10:

C2 Screen from Configuration

8. Next to the dish size (i.e. A12B, etc.), there exists a platform hardware version followed by 4/5-digit platform serial number as outlined in the figure above.

Change version number and the iNetVu

®

Platform Serial Numbers by using the

‘→’ to advance between digits, and the ‘↑’ or ‘↓’ to change the value of the digit.

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform Serial Number and Hardware Version will be found on your iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform ONLY the LAST 5 DIGITS need be entered for the Serial No. Older systems may have ONLY 4 DIGITS.

Note: When configuring iNetVu ® system you must enter serial number first then select platform type, not following this priority order may result in inaccurate values.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 27 of 166

9. Click the “Enter” button on the keypad once the serial number has been entered, and exit the configuration menu by click the “Exit” button twice. One time to return to the configuration screen and one more time to exit the configuration screen.

10. Once prompted if you would like to save the configuration, press the ‘↑’ button such that ‘Y’ is selected for “yes”, and press, “Enter”.

That’s it. You have successfully completed the installation and setup of the iNetVu ®

7000 Series Controller and are ready to find satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

®

Front Panel Operation

7.1.

LED Definition

Page 28 of 166

Fig. 11:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Front Panel LED Panel

POWER

Solid light indicates power is ON.

MOTOR

Flashes when any of the three motors are instructed to move.

COMM / LOCK

Indicates Communication between Controller and Modem, it also indicates communication between GPS and controller. NA must be selected when checking GPS communication status.

Slow blinking (2 sec. intervals) indicates no communication.

Slow blinking (1 sec. intervals) indicates idle communication.

TX EN

Solid Light indicates transmitter has been enabled.

STOW

Solid Light indicates iNetVu ® Mobile Platform Elevation Axis (EL) is in the stowed position.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

7.2.

Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation

Page 29 of 166

Fig. 12:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Front Panel Buttons

How to Find Satellite

Press “FIND SAT” Button. iNetVu ® Mobile Platform will automatically attempt to locate, lock, peak and enable the system onto the configured satellite or last satellite to lock/enable system. Pressing the FIND SAT button for 1 second or less will initiate satellite searching routine (on SAT0, default) or last satellite searched. Holding down the FIND SAT for 3 seconds or more will bring up the satellite menu and display choice of 5 satellites or 4 Beam Colors to select from. Once in the satellite menu pressing the FIND SAT will search on the selected Satellite, Beam or Beam Color. The LCD keypad can also be used to maneuver to the required satellite, use the arrow keys (right or left) to move over to the required selection and press FIND SAT will launch satellite search routine on that selection.

Search routine will ignore GPS and RF status until after compass heading has been read to reduce search time. If GPS and RF conditions not met after 60 seconds the search will fail and a message will be displayed.

How to Stow the Antenna

Press “STOP/STOW” Button, and hold for 2 seconds. iNetVu ® Mobile Platform will automatically re-center itself and lower into the stow position.

How to Stop

Press “STOP/STOW” Button (do not hold). Stops all ongoing operations such as motor movements and automatic functions, like Find Satellite and Stow.

How to Manually Move the Mobile Platform

Press “SELECT” to select the axis of motion you wish to move. The LED corresponding to the axes chosen will light up. Press “SPEED H/L” to select the speed (LED ON – HI, LED OFF —

LOW). Press and release “+” and “–“for short duration movement & angle readings. Press and hold “+” and “–“for long duration movement.

Warning

: User must watch antenna limit sensors

(EL UP/ST, AZ ST, PL ST) when using manual controls. See LCD ‘Monitor’ section explanation for more details.

How to Turn ON/OFF the Controller

Turn off the AC power switch on the back panel of the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller.

When using DC external power source, the DC input power ON/OFF is controlled by the external source.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

How to Reset the Controller

Press “RESET” Button

Power-cycles the iNetVu ® Controller

DOES NOT reset default values

7.3.

LCD Screen and Navigator Keypad Operation

Page 30 of 166

Fig. 13:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller LCD and Keypad Navigator

Used to move the cursor position.

ENTER

Used to select a displayed function

EXIT

Used back out of a selection and return the display to the previous selection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 31 of 166

7.4.

Front Panel Menu Navigation Tree

The following is a tree consisting of a list of the menu options available with the LCD interface.

iNetVu ® 7000 Controller LCD Menu

MONITOR

 MAIN

EL

 AZ

 PL

 GP

SM

 S1

 S2

MB

IP

GW

OPERATION

*Common *Tooway *HN_KA

 SS0 BLU BM

SS1 ORG —-

 SS2 PRP —-

 SS3 GRN ——

 SS4 SS4 ——

 TE TE TE

 TD TD TD

 AZC AZC AZC

 PLC PLC PLC

 CPC CPC CPC

 CR CR CR

CONF1

 S1

 SM1

 SM2

CONF2

 S2

MB

 EL

 AZ

 PL

 GP

 C1

 C2

 C3

 SG

 IP

 SR

TEST (TST)

 E&A&P

DPY

 DPYQ

 DPY_C

 CP

 A_ACP

 M_ACP

 S_ACP

INFO

 CC1

CC2

 DVB_D

 DVB_P

 MOD

 SYS1

 ERR

Fig. 14:

iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller LCD Menu Options

*Note: These are not sub-menus and do not exist under the OPERATION menu.

They are merely used to identify the different sub menu options under the

OPERATION menu depending on the modem service that is configured.

Note: In order for the user to make changes to configuration data in a subcategory of the “CONF1 or CONF2” menu, or apply changes to data in a subcategory of the “TEST” menu, the ‘↑’ button on the keypad must be pressed above the data portion in the sub-category before changes can be made.

For example, if the user wishes to change the longitudinal value of the target satellite position in the S1 subcategory of the “CONF1” menu. The steps involved include:

1) Navigating to the ‘CONF1’ menu on the main screen using the ‘→’ button.

2) Press the “ENTER” button once the cursor is above the ‘CONF1’ menu.

3) At this point, the user should be in the ‘CONF1’ menu after entering password and can select any of the sub-categories available. Press the “ENTER” button once the cursor is above the ‘S1’ sub-category.

4) To change the longitudinal coordinate of the target satellite, navigate to the area of where this information is located, and press the ‘↑’ button once to enable modification.

5) At this point, the user can change the character values of the longitudinal coordinate by using the ‘↑’ and ‘↓’ buttons. The ‘→’ and the ‘←’ buttons can be used to navigate between characters.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 32 of 166

6) Press the “ENTER” button once complete.

7.5.

Opening Screen

When powering the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller, the LCD will display one of the following during the initial boot-up sequence.

iNetVu 7000 Control

BY C-COM

Fig. 15:

LCD Opening Screen

7.6.

Main Menu

The iNetVu ® controller is ready for usage when the following is displayed on the LCD.

There are Six (6) Main Menu items to select from: MONITOR, OPERATION, CONF1,

CONF2, TST, and INFO.

MONITOR OPERATION

CONF1 CONF2 TST INFO

Fig. 16:

LCD Main Menu

MONITOR

This menu branch allows the user to monitor the status of the iNetVu

Mobile Platform, its components, and displays information concerning the iNetVu 7000 Series Controller and the Satellite

Modem / VSAT.

OPERATION

This menu branch allows the user to perform miscellaneous functions, such as enabling/disabling the transmitter, Find Satellite,

Stow, and perform axes calibrations, etc.

CONF1

CONF2

This menu branch allows the user to configure and save the 5

Satellite parameters with 5 Beacon settings as well as the search mode.

This menu branch allows the user to configure the iNetVu including platform, modem parameters, and controller.

®

System,

TST

INFO

This menu branch allows the user to run demo test on all three axes, as well as check/test compass, deploy the antenna, and ACP testing.

This menu branch allows the user to verify the 7000 Series controller

/ modem settings, such as software versions, hardware versions,

DVB module, and error codes.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 33 of 166

7.6.1.

MONITOR

This section describes briefly what each item and menu represents. For a more detailed explanation of each menu, see the configuration section of this manual. (Section 7.6.4)

MAIN EL AZ PL GP SM

S1 S2 MB IP GW

Fig. 17:

Monitor Menu

MAIN

EL

AZ

PL

GP

SM

S1

S2

MB

IP

GW

Displays real-time system status and receive signal.

(Elevation) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation angle and limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment gap.

(Azimuth) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and limits, window size, and AZ zero.

(Polarization) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the polarization motor, as well as real-time polarization angle and limits, window size, and PL zero.

Displays GPS Status and coordinates.

(Search Mode) Displays compass status, Search Mode (RF status).

(Satellite) Displays Target Satellite longitude and the antennas target coordinates. This branch also contains the DVB Carrier programmed and the LNB Power

(Satellite) Displays Reference Satellite longitude and the DVB Carrier programmed for the reference satellite along with the LNB Power

(Modem and Beacon Receiver) Displays Modem status as well as the

Beacon Receiver frequency and signal (if a beacon receiver is used)

Displays IP of iNetVu 7000 Series Ethernet Port, and the VSAT modem

IP.

(Gateway) Displays Subnet, and Gateway IP.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 34 of 166

7.6.1.1. MAIN

This branch menu displays the real-time Elevation, Azimuth, Polarization Angles, their respective limits (Up, Down, Stow), the RF Receive Signal, Signal Strength, and the

System Status.

2

1

4

3

E-90.0 U D S A -45.7 S VV ST

P-34.6 S 30N M140D 0U

5

8

6

Fig. 18:

“MAIN” (Main) Display

7

1 – Elevation Angle and Limit Indicators

740/750/950/980 Mobile Platform Range:

981/985/755 Drive-away Platform Range:

-90

 to 65+

-90

 to 93+

1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platform Range:

Flyaway Antenna (1200Q)

Airline Checkable (1210A)

1201 Drive-away

-90

 to 76+

5

 to 78+

9

 to 99+

-90

 to 93+

Elevation Angle will be –90.0 when the Elevation Stow Indicator is ON for mobile/drive-away units

U

D

S

Elevation up Limit has been reached.

Typically set above 75

 for 1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platforms, above 65 for 740/950/980

Mobile Platforms, and above 90

 for the 1201/985/755 Drive-away Platforms. The Flyaway is set above 78

.

Elevation down Limit has been reached.

Typically set between 5

 and 10 for 1200/1500/1800 Mobile Platforms and between 0 and 10

 for 740/950/980 Mobile Platforms.

Elevation Stow Limit has been reached.

2 – Azimuth Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

Range:

Flyaway Range:

Airline Checkable:

S

-200

 to +200

-180

 to +180

-195

 to +195

Azimuth Stow Limit has been reached.

Mobile Platform should be physically centered on the Azimuth axis.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 35 of 166

3 – Polarization Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

740/950/980 Mobile Platform Range: -70

 to 70

1500/1800 Mobile/Flyaway Platform Range: -90

 to 90

1200 Mobile Platform Range -90

 to 90(ST at +65˚)

981/1201 Drive-away Platform Range: -90

 to 90 (ST at +/-50˚ for 981)

Ka75/ka98 1800 Circular Band Signals will have the Polarization Angle disabled, and will display

“DDD” Stow Limit will also be disabled and display “STF”.

S Polarization Stow Limit has been reached.

Mobile Platform should be physically centered on the Polarization axis.

The New Gen 981 and 1201 platforms will stow at angle +/-50 (981) and angle +/-90

(1201) based on last PL target angle.

4 – GPS Status Flag and Compass Status Flag

The first letter represents the GPS status, and the second letter represents the Compass status

(i.e. VV, FF, OO, FO, OF, OV, VO).

V

F

O

GPS/Compass Status is Valid/Normal

GPS/Compass Status has failed

GPS/Compass Coordinates have been overridden

5 – System Status

(status meanings explained in the software section of this report)

AC

AT

CC

DT

II

MM

PC

PK

PS

SR

ST

Azimuth Calibration

ACP Testing

Compass Calibration

Dish Testing

Idle

Manual Movement

Polarization Calibration

Peaking (PA/PE)

Positioning

Searching

Stowed

6 – Receive RF/DVB Signal

Receive RF Signal as measured from the LNB. The letter ‘N’ next to the RF Value indicates the

LNB is not being powered properly and there is an issue with the RF connection, whereas no letter next to the RF value indicates the LNB is powered properly. When the system is not in RF search

Mode, and is searching via DVB carrier, the value represents the DVB signal, and the letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

7 – Modem Status

Displays the receive strength of the satellite, and the Modem/Transmitter Status.

D Transmitter Disabled

E

U

Transmitter Enabled

Unknown (Communication with Satellite Modem / VSAT has failed)

(E.g. M140D represents modem signal strength of 140, and transmitter is disabled)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 36 of 166

8 – Beacon Receiver Signal

This section represents the strength of the Beacon Receiver Signal (if used). The letter ‘U’ next to the Beacon Signal indicates an unlocked status, whereas the letter ‘L’ next to the Beacon Signal indicates a Locked on satellite status.

7.6.1.2. EL

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation angle and limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment gap.

1

3

E0.0 D U S I/S: 0-6 U D

S: 5 AD: 3 C:32 O: 31

2

5

6

4

Fig. 19:

“EL” (Elevation) Display

1 – Real-Time Elevation Angle

E (Elevation) The number value after the “E” represents the real time elevation angle.

D

U

S

The letter “D” will appear to indicate Down Limit has been reached on the elevation axis

The letter “U” will appear to indicate UP Limit has been reached on the elevation axis

The letter S will appear to indicate the Elevation angle has reached the stow position

(Antenna Stowed).

The inclinometer used to read the elevation angle will compensate for an incline up to +/-

15º. For example if a user is on a 10º slope and the system is searching along the azimuth, if the elevation reading changes due to a horizontal incline, the elevation will adjust to maintain the correct elevation angle while searching along the azimuth.

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S

U

D

Real-Time current of the elevation motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant of the elevation movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set speed of 6).

The letter “U” will appear if there is an up movement on the elevation axis.

The letter “D” will appear if there is a down movement on the elevation axis.

3 — Search Window Elevation Limit

This value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will point above and below the calculated target elevation coordinate when searching for satellite. (S: 5 – implies elevation search window is

5º)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 37 of 166

4 – Advanced Search Elevation Gap (El Adjustment)

When parked on an incline, azimuth movement can affect the Elevation angle. This happens because the azimuth is on a fixed plane parallel to the roof of the vehicle and the Elevation angle is relative to gravity. For example, at a very high incline, moving 20 degrees of azimuth could gradually drop (or raise) the elevation 3 degrees from the calculated target. Since this could cause you to miss the satellite, we stop the azimuth movement, re-position the Elevation to the target, then continue the azimuth sweep. The default value is 3 degrees of elevation change allowed before adjustment. Since these adjustments will increase the amount of time it takes to find the satellite, we recommend to park the vehicle on the most level surface available.

5 — Elevation Offset

The number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the

Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation Angle (e.g. O: 31 implies elevation offset of 31). These values initially default, and are set after target calibration is performed.

6 – Elevation of Compass Reading Status

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading (see Appendix 1 for default values).

7.6.1.3. AZ

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and limits, search window size, and AZ zero.

1

3

A0.0 S I/S:0-6 L R

W: 60 Z: 346.1

Fig. 20:

“EL” (Elevation) Display

2

4

1 – Real-Time Azimuth Angle

A

S

(Azimuth) – Real time Azimuth angle reading, down to the tenth of a decimal.

The letter “S” will appear to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the azimuth axis

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S Real-Time current of the azimuth motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant of the azimuth movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set

L

R

speed of 6).

The letter “L” will appear if there is a ‘left’ movement on the azimuth axis.

The letter “R” will appear if there is a ‘right’ movement on the azimuth axis.

(See Appendix for detail on default speed and current settings)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 38 of 166

3 — Search Window Azimuth Limit

This value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will search for satellite along the azimuth axis to the left and right of the calculated target antenna azimuth coordinate when searching for satellite. (I.e. W: 60 implies 60º search to the left and right of the target antenna azimuth angle, totally 120º)

Note: system may overshoot by 10º from the set window limits and thus the displayed value will be off 10º on either side of the target angle.

4 – Z (AZ Zero)

AZ Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer which physically determines where the iNetVu ®

Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0°. The AZ Zero may vary approximately +/-15% from the

Default values (see Appendix).

AZ Zero is calculated during the Azimuth Calibration process.

7.6.1.4. PL

Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings for the polarization motor, as well as real-time polarization angle and limits, offset, and PL zero.

1

3

P0.0 S I/S:0.0-7 L R

O:0.0 Z: 90

2

4

Fig. 21:

“PL” (Polarization) Display

1 – Real-Time Polarization Angle

P (Polarization) – Indicates the real time polarization angle of the iNetVu ® Antenna.

S

The letter “S” will appear to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the polarization axis

2 – Current and Speed Settings

I/S Real-Time current of the polarization motor is to the left of the dash, and speed constant

L

R

of the polarization movement is to the right of the dash (i.e. 0.0-7 represents real-time current of 0.0 and a set speed of 7).

The letter “L” will appear if there is a ‘left’ movement on the polarization axis.

The letter “R” will appear if there is a ‘right’ movement on the polarization axis.

See Appendix 1 for default speed and current values.

3 — Polarization Offset

This value represents the offset in the polarization angle.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 39 of 166

4 – Z (PL Zero)

PL Zero is a converted A/D value from the potentiometer and or a software generated fixed value from inclinometer that physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places

Polarization Angle 0°. The PL Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values for the potentiometer (see Appendix 1) while the inclinometer will provide a more accurate reading with minimal variances.

The PL Zero is used to convert the A/D calculated value during the polarization calibration process.

Polarization calibration is not valid for platforms (980 and 1200 version 3.0+) and all platforms equipped with the inclinometer tilt sensor.

7.6.1.5. GP

Displays GPS Status and current GPS Heading.

1

GPS: V V0

LA: 45.4N LG: 75.6W

Fig. 22:

“GP” GPS Display

2

1 – GPS Status

V V

F

O

GPS Status is Valid, second V is for Velocity Status

GPS Status has failed

GPS Coordinates have been overridden

2 – GPS Coordinates

LA

LG

Current Latitude Coordinate rounded to one decimal place in degree format.

Current Longitude Coordinate rounded to one decimal place in degree format.

7.6.1.6. SM

Displays Search Modes Status, Compass Status, Compass Heading and AZ Window.

1

2

RF :N-N-55-30N

CP:V-000 AZ_W :60

3 4

Fig. 23:

“SM” Search Mode and Compass Display

(See Compass Configuration section under CONF1—-SM1 (CP))

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 40 of 166

1 – RF Search Mode Status

N

N

RF Mode is disabled;

Y

will be displayed when enabled

RF override mode is disabled;

O

.

will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (55) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

RF/DVB signal value (30N) – If in RF search mode this will represent RF signal value, if in DVB

Mode it will display DVB carrier signal. The letter ‘N’ next to the

RF Value indicates the LNB is not being powered properly.

The letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

2 – CP (Compass) Status

V

O

FS

Valid – The compass reading is functioning properly

Override – the compass has been overridden, and direction entered manually considered

Full Search – searches a full 360º search window.

3 – Compass Heading/ Calibrate/Check Compass Routine

Displays Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Antenna will rotate 90° to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0°, 90°,

180°, -90°, 0° and display the compass headings. Vehicle front end (windshield window) must be pointed North during these routines to achieve proper compass headings and a software pop-up will be displayed on the pc screen to ensure this Platform is properly orientated.

4 — AZ Search Window Status

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

7.6.1.7. S1

This menu displays the Target Satellite Number and Longitude, Target Antenna

Coordinates, DVB Transponder (Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate) and LNB

Power.

1

4

5

2

3 63W E0 A0 P0

3 0990 30000 DB-7 18

3

8

7

6

Fig. 24:

“S1” (Target Satellite) Display

1 — Target satellite number

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 41 of 166

2 — Target Satellite Longitude and Hemisphere

3 — Target Satellite Antenna Elevation, Azimuth (within reference to true north), and

Polarization coordinates respectively.

4 — Transponder Number

(There are usually six (6) transponders for each satellite stored into the controller memory) 0 – 2 are horizontal receive, and 3-5 are vertical receive) the user may overwrite the transponder data with his/her own (see configuration section).

5 — DVB Transponder Frequency (MHz)

6 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

7 –Transponder Code Rate.

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

AUTO (DVB-S2 ACM SELECTION)

8 – Power Supplied to LNB from the 7000 Series Controller for the Target Satellite

7.6.1.8. S2

This menu displays the Reference Satellite Status, Longitude, Target Antenna

Coordinates, DVB Transponder (Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate) and LNB

Power. The reference satellite is another search option that could be utilized by the user.

If this option is disabled, you may disregard all this information.

2

1

3

4

D 63W E0 A0 P0

0 0990 30000 DB-7 DD

6

5

7

Fig. 25:

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Display

1 – Reference Satellite Longitude, Hemisphere, and Status

Status “D”: implies the reference satellite option is disabled

Status “E”: implies the target satellite option is enabled

2 – Reference Satellite Antenna Elevation, Azimuth, and Polarization coordinates respectively.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 42 of 166

3 — Transponder Number (for reference satellite)

(There are usually six (6) transponders for each satellite stored into the controller memory) 0 – 2 are horizontal receive, and 3-5 are vertical receive. The user may overwrite the transponder data.

4 – Reference Satellite DVB Transponder Frequency (MHz)

5 – Reference Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

6 – Reference Satellite Transponder Code Rate. (DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

7 – Power Supplied to LNB from the 7000 Series Controller for the Reference Satellite

7.6.1.9. MB

This menu displays the modem status, beacon frequency and signal strength.

1

MODEM : INIT

BR :1448.05 0/0dB

2

Fig. 26:

Modem and Beacon Receiver

1 – Modem Communication Status

INIT will appear if still initializing communication.

NA

SQ: will appear if no modem selected

. with value will appear if modem is communicating with controller.

2 – Beacon Receiver Frequency and Signal Strength

The Beacon Receiver is an optional unit that could be used to acquire satellite with the

7000 Series Controller. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Controller section) for details

7.6.1.9.1 Hughes Modem Status (Only)

2

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 43 of 166

1 3

SQ : 15 TC :24 RC :6 A

BR :1448.05 0/0dB

1 – Modem Communication Status.

5

4

INIT will appear if still initializing or no communication

NA

SQ will appear if no modem selected.

will appear with after modem communication is establish (Modem TX Disabled).

2 – Displays the status of the (TX) satellite receiver transmit state.

3 – Displays the status of the (RX) Satellite receiver receive state.

4 – ACP status enables or disables the ACP routine after locking on signal.

D

Disables the ACP after locking on signal

E enables the ACP after locking on signal in which an isolation value is displayed after successfully passing the 2 tests.

A_ST

ACP has started

A_SP

ACP has passed

5 – Beacon Receiver Frequency and Signal Strength

The Beacon Receiver is an optional unit that could be used to acquire satellite with the

7000 Series Controller. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Controller section) for details

7.6.1.10. IP

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 44 of 166

This menu displays the IP address of the user configured iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller and Modem. (Ensure the IP address of the modem configured is the actual IP address of the modem, and that the 7000 Controller is operating on the same network as the modem)

1

C_IP : 70.232.247.50

M_IP: 70.232.247.49

2

Fig. 27:

“IP” (Controller and Modem IP) Display

1 – C_IP: iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s IP Address – Default 192.168.0.2

2 – M_IP: The Modem IP configured in the 7000 Series Controller.

7.6.1.11. GW

1

S_IP : 255.255.255.0

G_IP: 70.232.247.49

2

1 – S_IP (iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller’s Subnet Mask IP Address –

Default

255.255.255.0)

2 – Gateway IP Address

(Default: 192.168.0.32 or 192.168.100.1 depends on Modem Type/Service)

7.6.2.

OPERATION

2

SS0 SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

3 4

1

5 6 7

Fig. 28:

Default Operation Menu

Note: The OPERATION sub menu items may differ for Ka services. The satellite numbers (SS0, SS2, etc…) will be replaced with GPS location Beam Colors for

Tooway or Beam ID for HN_KA.

1 1

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 45 of 166

BLU ORG PRP GRN SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

Fig. 29:

BM01

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

Operation Menu, Tooway service on left and HN_KA service on right

SS0

BLU

BM00

SS1

ORG

AZC

PLC

CPC

CR

SS2

PRP

SS3

GRN

SS4

TE

TD

(Find Satellite 0) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 0.

(Find Satellite BLU) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the Blue

Beam.

(Find Satellite BEAM ID) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Beam ID selected.

(Find Satellite 1) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 1.

(Find Satellite ORG) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Orange Beam.

(Find Satellite 2) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 2.

(Find Satellite PRP) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Purple Beam.

(Find Satellite 3) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 3.

(Find Satellite GRN) Performs automatic satellite acquisition on the

Green Beam.

(Find Satellite 4) Performs automatic satellite acquisition for configured satellite 4.

(Transmitter Enable) Enables the transmitter after locking onto the designated satellite.

(Transmitter Disable) Disables the transmitter after locking onto the designated satellite.

(Azimuth Calibration) Performs a complete Azimuth Calibration.

(Polarization Calibration) Performs a complete Polarization Calibration.

(Compass Check) Tests the Compass’ accuracy and Calibrates the

Compass, should the compass be found to be inaccurate

Restores Compass to factory calibrated defaults.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 46 of 166

1 – Find Satellite

Automatically finds and locks onto the satellite signal by communicating with the Satellite Modem and using the GPS coordinates, the compass heading and internal parameters of the Satellite

Modem. Typically, it takes approximately 3-5 minutes to find satellite. The “Service Type” must be selected and “Update Beam Table” button applied for the correct Beam ID information to propagate when using HN_KA Modem Type.

If the Antenna is already pointed on the satellite, clicking Find Satellite will re-peak or re-deploy the Antenna onto the last satellite signal found. There are 5 configurable satellites in the 7000

Series Controller (S0-S4) and each is now capable of having 5 configurable beacon settings.

Press “Enter” onto the corresponding satellite, Beam Color or Beam ID to begin search.

Note: The Tooway service will display Beam Colors while the HN_KA and iDirect

Dual Beam Ka service will display Beam ID number.

2–Transmitter Enable (TE)

Enables the Transmitter once locked onto satellite.

3 –Transmitter Disable (TD)

Disables the Transmitter once locked onto satellite.

4 –Azimuth Calibration (AZC)

This feature will only be available on Legacy mounts. All new generation platforms (i.e.

Ka-75V, 98H/98G/98V, 1201 etc…) will have this option disabled by default.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 47 of 166

Performs a complete Azimuth Calibration.

Antenna will move CW to a set point.

 Antenna will move back in the opposite direction to locate Stow switch.

 Antenna will attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Azimuth Stow Switch and center itself.

After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the Azimuth zero position is calculated and the AZ Zero(Pot) is set at the zeroed A/D value.

5 – Polarization Calibration (PLC)

Performs a complete polarization calibration. On platforms with tilt sensors the system will complete a PL Zero point calibration and set the Zero point value. Tilt sensor must be levelled prior to running the Calibrate PL routine on system with

Polarization tilt sensors.

 Antenna will completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer.

 Antenna will completely rotate clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer.

 Based on the A/D values of the two (2) physical limits and the maximum range of motion for the Mobile Platform, the center angle is determined.

 Antenna will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Polarization Stow

Switch.

After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the Polarization zero position is calculated and the PL Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

6 – Compass Calibration (CPC)

Ensure that there are no metallic objects that could interfere with the Compass, and that the Mobile

Platform is on level surroundings.

Orient the Mobile Platform as depicted in the following figure. If Platform is vehicle mounted ensure front end (windshield window) is pointed north. It is recommended that you use an external compass to be as accurate as possible with the orientation.

Note: The New Generation Platforms (these include and not limited to ka-75V, 98H/98G/98V and 1201A) are equipped with newer versions of the compasses which are factory calibrated and do not require calibration in the field unless performed by C-COM support authorization only. Restore CP replaces the compass calibration on systems equipped with the newer compass version, these systems are identified by platform version. Please consult with C-

COM Technical support before running the compass calibration.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 48 of 166

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Fig. 30:

This end faces South

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South — 176

East — 87

 W E

S

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

This end faces South

Software will display a pop-up on the pc screen asking end user to verify correct orientation of platform after Compass Calibration is selected within software.

The Antenna will now rotate in 90

 intervals and attempt to calibrate the compass.

The LCD Screen will indicate that the Compass Calibration has been completed successfully or not.

7 – Compass Restore (CR)

Restores the compass to its original calibrated state as was shipped from the manufacturer. Use this button only after consulting with C-COM Support.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 49 of 166

7.6.3.

CONF1

This Menu will allow the user to configure and save all 5 Satellites with 5 beacon settings and Search Modes of the iNetVu ® System. A description of each menu and their purpose is outlined below. This section explains the different sub-menus of the configuration

(CONF1) menu, and what each field parameter means.

7.6.3.1. Password Protection

The LCD Configuration Interface is password protected.

PWD:: ********

RST :: *********

Fig. 31:

Password screen

The default password is

“password” (case sensitive)

.Use the “↑” or “↓” button to select the characters, and the “←” or “→” to navigate through the character fields. Press on the “ENTER” button of the front panel when the password has been completely entered.

If the password has been changed, and the user does not know the password, entering a specific reset ID in the bottom row will reset the password to the default (“password”).

The Reset ID (RST) is

“123456789”

7.6.3.2. Configuration Menu (CONF1)

S1 SM1 SM2

Fig. 32:

CONF1 (Configuration) Menu

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 50 of 166

S1

SM1

SM2

Allows the user to configure and save the Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Target Satellite (0-4 satellites), along with the corresponding

DVB Transponder and LNB Power Requirement. 5 satellites can be configured and saved with different search parameters

Allows the user to configure and save the search mode (RF Search or

DVB mode), Compass, RF Threshold and AZ search window.

Allows Modem Beam ID configuration and Beacon configuration for each

Satellite. 5 configurable Beacon settings can be configured to work with

5 satellites

7.6.3.3. S1

This menu allows for the configuration of the target satellite(s) (5 satellites maybe configured and saved) and the satellite polarization offset. If the user is using DVB as a search option, the transponder information must be entered along with the LNB power requirements.

1

2

0 093.0W S11/S2A O: 090.0

0 0999 09999 DB-7 18

3

4

5

Fig. 33:

“S1” (Target Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Target Satellite

Satellite Number and Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Satellite. The Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto a satellite signal. The user can configure and save up to 5 satellites (0 to 4).

2 – DVB Configuration

The user can configure the type of carrier to search for either DVB-S1 or DVB-S2ACM. The DVB-

S2 ACM carrier requires controller model 7000B Rev 1.0 or greater.

3 – Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -180 to +180)

In North America and not limited to the rest of the world

1201/1200/1800/1500/1.2 Flyaway –Horizontal Receive (Offset = 0, with feed/OMT position standing up),

Vertical Receive (Offset = 90, with feed/OMT position flat). Polarization is based on the Receive

(RX) Polarity.

Vertical RX and Horizontal TX (VH) requires Pol Offset be set to 90.

Horizontal RX and Vertical TX (HV) requires Pol Offset be set to 0.

Therefore: VV requires Offset to be set to 90 and HH to 0.

Eutelsat configuration will automatically propagate the offset value after entering 0 or 90.

980/740 – Offset = 0 (considering OMT is adjusted manually).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 51 of 166

4 – DVB Transponder Information.

0 – Transponder Number (0-2 are for Horizontal Receive, 3-5 are for Vertical Receive)

0999 – Transponder Frequency (MHz)

09999 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

DB-7 – Transponder Code Rate (DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

5 – LNB Power (Target Satellite)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX

IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DD – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 34:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19, V @ 500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller according to those power/voltage requirements.

7.6.3.4. SM1

This menu allows for the configuration and saving of the Satellite Search Modes with a total of 5 different configurable satellites, each can be configured with different RF

Search Mode parameters.

1

RF:N-O- 50

CP :N- 000 AZ_W :060

3

2

4

Fig. 35:

“SM1” Search Mode Configuration Display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 52 of 166

1 – RF Search Mode

N

N

RF Mode is disabled; Y will be displayed when enabled

.

RF override mode (second digit) is disabled; O will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (50) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

2 – CP (Compass)

V

N

O

F

Valid – The compass reading is functioning properly

Normal – Full Search NOT selected, (nor is compass overridden).

Override – the compass has been overridden, and direction entered manually considered

Full Search – searches a full 360º search window, Fly-away systems (70 º), Full search also overrides compass.

3 – Compass Heading

Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Calibrate/Check Compass Routine see CPC under OPERATION or CP under

TST.

4 — AZ Search Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu

®

Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found. The window value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will search for satellite along the azimuth axis. Window will be expanded from

60 to 90 degrees if satellite not found during the first run.

Note: system may overshoot by 10º from the set window size limits.

7.6.3.5. SM2

This Menu allows the user to set modem Beam ID for the desired Satellite search as well as set the Beacon and ACQ Attenuation with different values for 5 Configurable

Satellites. 5 different Beacon settings can be configured and saved.

1

MID:0000

B :0952.00/22.0

2

Fig. 36:

“SM2” Modem Beam ID and Beacon Configuration Display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 53 of 166

1 – Modem Beam ID

Modem ID number can be entered from the front panel. Used with YAHSAT and Avanti Ka modems only at this point in time.

2 – BR (Beacon Receiver Frequency and Power Level – Optional)

If the Optional Beacon Receiver is used to acquire satellite, the user may enter the beacon frequency of the satellite that he/she wishes to lock onto, also the Power level for peaking on the

Beacon Signal. See “iNetVu User Manual – Beacon Receiver” (7000 Series Controller section) for details

7.6.4.

CONF2

This menu will allow the user to select and set the configuration of the iNetVu ® System as well as the Reference satellite option. The target satellite(s) S1 is configured in the

CONF1 menu. A description of each menu and their purpose is outlined below. This section explains the different options of the configuration menu, and what each component means.

A step-by-step procedure of how to configure the system is explained in the corresponding Service Provider Based Quick Start User Manuals.

Please refer to the manual based on the service you are using with the 7000 Series

Controller.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 54 of 166

7.6.4.1. Configuration Menu (CONF2)

Password must be entered before accessing CONF2 menu and submenu.

S2 MB EL AZ PL GP

C1 C2 C3 SG IP SR

Fig. 37:

CONFIG2 (Configuration) Menu

S2

MB

EL

AZ

PL

GP

C1

C2

C3

SG

IP

SR

(Reference Satellite Option Use Only) Allows the user to configure the

Orbital slot / Longitude of a reference satellite, along with the corresponding DVB Transponder and LNB Power Requirement.

Allows the user to configure the Modem parameters such as transmit and receive polarization, as well as frequency and symbol rate (if required).

(Elevation) Allows configuration of the elevation current, limits, slow speed, window size, and adjustment gap.

(Azimuth) Allows configuration of the azimuth zero, stow limit, speed, search window size, and current limits.

(Polarization) Allows configuration of the polarization zero, skew adjustment, stow limit, polarization offset, speed, and current limits.

(GPS and Compass) Configuration of GPS coordinates and Compass parameters.

Contains controller configuration feature information such, Motion

Protection, ES/NO, Inclined Orbit etc…

Contains configuration of the platform type, serial number, and the controller console port.

Contains the password information. The user may change the password in this screen.

(Gateway and Subnet) Allows for the configuration of the controller subnet IP address, as well as the controller gateway IP address.

Configuration screen of the controller IP address, and the VSAT modem’s IP address.

The user may configure the service type, as well as the interface used to establish communication between the controller and modem (telnet, console, etc.) Ka services (HN_KA) will have the ability to change Beam

ID.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 55 of 166

7.6.4.2. S2

This menu allows for the configuration of the reference satellite parameters. If the user is using the Reference Satellite Search option, the transponder information must be entered along with the LNB power requirements of the reference satellite used. The controller will lock onto the Reference satellite DVB carrier, and will pivot to the target satellite position to peak on the modem signal. Users acquiring Satellite signal using RF

Search or direct DVB search with the Target satellite DO NOT require this option, and should ensure that this method is disabled (as will be explained below) . Reference

Satellite Search option will only work with DVB search method. The Max ES/NO is automatically disabled and reverted back to default value of 255 when Ref Sat is enabled.

1

4

2

E 093.0W S11/S2A O: +90

0 0999 09999 DB-7 18

3

5

Fig. 38:

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Reference Satellite

Orbital slot / Longitude of the Reference Satellite. If the reference satellite option is enabled, the

Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto the reference satellite signal then pivot to the target satellite position. Only works with DVB search mode.

“D” – The user should select “D” if he/she does not wish to use this option

“E” – If the user wishes to use the reference satellite, “E” should be selected.

2- DVB Configuration

The user can configure the type of carrier to search for either DVB-S1 or DVB-S2A. The DVB-S2

ACM carrier requires controller model 7000B Rev 1.0+ or greater. DVBS2 carriers are recommended.

3 – Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -180 to +180)

In North America and not limited to the rest of the world

981/1201/1200/1800/1500/1.2 Flyaway – Horizontal Receive (Offset = 0) with feed/OMT standing up.

Vertical Receive (Offset = 90) with feed/OMT position flat.

980/740 – Offset = 0 (considering OMT is adjusted manually)

Only RX Polarity is referenced for the Pol Offset field allowing both Cross-Pol and

Co-Pol to work with setting the Pol Offset to 90 or 0 depending on the Receive

Polarity required. Rx = V = 90 (feed/OMT position flat) and Rx = H = 0

(feed/OMT position standing up) for Cross-Pol and Co-Pol.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 56 of 166

4 – DVB Transponder Information for the reference satellite.

0 – Transponder Number (0-2 are for Horizontal Receive and 3-5 are for Vertical Receive)

0999 – Transponder Frequency (MHz)

09999 – Transponder Symbol Rate (Ksps)

DB-7 – Transponder Code Rate

(DVBS1 requirement)

DB-1 = 1/2

DB-2 = 2/3

DB-3 = 3/4

DB-5 = 5/6

DB-7 = 7/8

5 – LNB Power (Reference Satellite)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX

IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DD – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 39:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19, V @ 500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu to those power/voltage requirements.

®

7000 Series controller according

7.6.4.3. MB

2

1

5

0990.0 30000000 HV W

Y N

6

Fig. 40:

3

4

“S2” (Reference Satellite) Configuration Display

1 – Configured Satellite Modem Receive Frequency in MHz with no decimals. (HNS

Only)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 57 of 166

2 – Configured Satellite Modem Symbol Rate in sps. (HNS Only)

1Msps = 1000 Ksps = 1 000 000 sps

3 – Receive and Transmit Polarization.

HH – Horizontal Receive, Horizontal Transmit

HV – Horizontal Receive, Vertical Transmit

VH – Vertical Receive, Horizontal Transmit

VV – Vertical Receive, Vertical Transmit

Receive polarity is represented by the first character, while Transmit polarity is represented by the second character

4 – Hemisphere of location of modem.

This is typically used for the HNS modem; other service providers may not need this requirement.

E – East

W – West

Modems operating in the eastern hemisphere require E to be selected, while modems operating in the western hemisphere require W to be selected.

5 – Auto Transmit Disable

N: If “N” is selected, the controller will leave the modem status as is if a reset is pushed to the modem from the NOC or for any other reasons.

Y: If “Y” is selected, the controller will automatically disable the modem transmit if a reset occurs once communication is re-established between the controller and the modem.

6 – ACP Enable / Disable

N: If “N” is selected, ACP will be enabled and the controller will try to perform ACP for HNS integrated modems after peaking on satellite and before enabling the transmitter.

Y: If “Y” is selected, ACP will be disabled and the controller will not perform ACP for HNS integrated modems after peaking on satellite, and will try to enable transmitter.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 58 of 166

7.6.4.4. EL

The EL menu allows for the Configuration of the elevation axis. Options include configuring the elevation offset, the satellite search window, the elevation adjustment gap, the mechanical elevation limits, the slow speed, and the current limits.

2

1

5

7

O: 31 A: 03 L: EEE

W: 05 C:32 S: 6 I:07.0

Fig. 41:

“EL” (Elevation Configuration) Display

3

4

6

1 – Elevation Offset

The Elevation Offset is specific to each type of platform. See Appendix 1 for a list of all the elevation offset default values. It is the number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation

Angle. The user may set the offset with the range of 15º-55º, although altering this number from its default value may give an inaccurate offset reading. This should not be tampered with without first consulting a C-COM Technical Support Representative.

2 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the elevation movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure.

3 — Advanced Search Elevation Gap (EL Adjustment)

With a configurable range of (2º-20º) this parameter is used to determine the small incremental adjustments required for a more accurate satellite search. Decreasing this value will add accuracy to the Search Window, but will increase the search time. This value is used while searching on an inclined surface. For instance A: 03 means the elevation angle will adjust if 3º gap from the calculated angle. This value is set by default for optimum performance.

4 – Limit Switches (L: EEE)

Allows the enabling and disabling of the UP, DOWN, and STOW limits respectively.

The first character (EEE) represents the UP limit. The second character (EEE) represents the

DOWN limit and the third character (EEE) represents the STOW limit. The user my change the limit configuration between:

D – Disable Limit

E – Enable Limit

D — Disable Limit

This option disables UP, DN, and ST limits for testing and troubleshooting (i.e. DEE – represents disabled up limit, and enabled down and stow limit).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 59 of 166

E – Enable Limit

Once enabled, the up, down and stow limits will be activated whenever the up, down, and stow sensors have been triggered on the iNetVu ® Mobile platform.

5 – Elevation Search Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu

®

Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found. The Search Window range is pre-set by default for optimum performance; however this offset may be manually changed in the range of 2º-

20º.

Fig. 42:

Elevation Coverage of search window

The default Elevation (Vertical) range is 3° on each side of the Target Point.

Increasing the size of the Search Window will increase the ability to find the desired

Satellite, although increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

The search window will expand from 3 to 5 if first search run fails to lock on satellite.

6 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s elevation motors. When any of the

Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu

®

Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

I — Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) which is displayed by the S: field (#2 speed

setting) movement is set to 7.0.

(i.e. I:07.0 and S: 6 Represents Current Limit of 7 A @ speed 6.

7 – Elevation of Compass Reading

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading for finding satellite (see Appendix 1 for default values).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 60 of 166

7.6.4.5. AZ

The AZ menu allows configuration of the Azimuth axis, including AZ zero and stow limit, azimuth search window size, slow speed movements, and current limits at high and slow speeds.

1

4

2

3

5

Z: 346.9 CP_O:+00 E

S: 6 I: 07.0

Fig. 43:

“AZ” (Azimuth) Display

1 – Configurable AZ Zero (Pot)

AZ Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer calculated upon azimuth calibration which physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0°. The AZ Zero may vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see Appendix 1). The user may edit these values through this window; however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0° angle. This parameter has a configurable range of (150-700).

2 – Compass Offset

A fixed offset could be used to adjust the compass heading. This value would be added to the calculated compass heading to compensate for any consistent inaccuracy of the compass reading.

3 — Stow Limit

Enabling this function allows for the iNetVu

®

system to trigger the stow limit when the mechanical stow range of the azimuth is reached. Disabling this limit, may result in failure to initiate the automatic stow command.

E – Enable Stow Limit

D – Disable Stow Limit

4 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the azimuth movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 61 of 166

5 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s azimuth motors. When any of the

Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) movement is displayed under the I: while the speed under S:

(i.e. I: 07.0 Represents Current Limit of 7 A @ speed 6)

7.6.4.6. PL

The PL menu allows for the configuration of the polarization axis. Options include the setting of the PL zero, as well as the skew adjustment and stow limit functionality, the polarization offset, slow speed, and current limits for fast and slow speeds.

1

3

4

Z: 090.0 DE

O: +0 S: 6 I: 1.5

Fig. 44:

“PL (Polarization ) Configuration

2

5

1 – PL Zero

PL Zero is used to convert the A/D value from the potentiometer that physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places Polarization Angle 0. The potentiometer PL Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values (see Appendix 1). The PL Zero is calculated during the

Polarization Calibration process. All New Generation platforms (981, 1201, 1200 Fly-Away and

1210 AC) are equipped with Tilt Sensors. PL Zero point calibration calculates and sets the Zero value for all platforms. The user may edit these values through this window, however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0° angle. This parameter has a configurable range of

(50-500).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 62 of 166

2 – Skew Adjustment and Stow Limit Function

Allows the enabling and disabling of the skew adjustment and polarization stow limit respectively.

The first character (

E

E) represents the skew adjustment. The second character (E

E

) represents the Polarization ST limit. The user my change the limit configuration between:

EE – Enable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit

DE – Disable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit

ED – Enable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit

DD – Disable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit

For an iNetVu ® 1200/1500/1800 Ku Mobile Platforms, the Polarization Stow Limit is constantly ON.

The Skew Adjustment will rotate the antenna on the azimuth axis 90° on each side of the peaked signal and then re-position on signal with an adjustment to the polarization for any inclined surface.

For 2 axial (movement on El and AZ) Ka Mobile Platforms DD the Skew and the Polarization Stow limit will always be disabled.

3 — Polarization Offset

By default this polarization-offset value is set to +0°. If there happens to be a requirement for a polarization offset in the satellite position, the user may manually enter this value in this area. This area is also updated automatically if the skew adjustment procedure recognizes inaccuracy in the target polarization angle. Misconfiguring this field will result in undesirable results.

4 –Speed Setting

S The user may configure the slow speed of the polarization movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching procedure. See Appendix 1 for details.

5 – Current Settings

A software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s polarization motors. When any of the Mobile Platform’s motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error message will appear. For Motor

Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 2 – 90% of Current Limit 3

• Current Limit 1 – 80% of Current Limit 3

Configurable Current Limit for Slow Speed (6) movement is displayed under the I: while the speed under S:

(i.e. I: 1.5 Represents Current Limit of 1.5 A @ speed 6)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 63 of 166

7.6.4.7. GP

Allows for the Configuration of the GPS parameters and settings,

1

2

3

G :O 45.41N 75.62W

Fig. 45:

“GP (GPS ) Configuration

1 – GPS Status Configuration

N

O

Use Coordinates from GPS Antenna

Override GPS and use the coordinates entered (2) and (3). Enables the GPS coordinates to be manually overridden. This should only be enabled in the event that the GPS Antenna is malfunctioning and the user has a reliable, alternate source for coordinates.

Indicates a situation or practice that might result in property or equipment damage.

Note 1: If you have overridden the GPS coordinates, they will have to be updated if the

Mobile Platform has moved to a new location since the overridden values will no longer be accurate.

Note 2: Overriding the GPS will affect movement protection on all mobile platforms preventing them from automatically stowing if vehicle movement and/or severe motion are detected. If the vehicle drives off with the platform deployed, it will not stow as it should because the GPS is overridden. Moving vehicle GPS speed and location must reach min

5km/h and or Elevation angle changes by 2 or more degrees in order for the movement protection feature to trigger.

2 – GPS Latitude Coordinate

3 – GPS Longitude Coordinate

7.6.4.8. C1

This menu allows for the configuration of the controller input settings as well as the platform type.

2

1

3

BC E S_NO : 130 DH

UN IN : D MP : E BP :L

5

6

4

7

Fig. 46:

“C1” Controller Display Screen 1

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 64 of 166

1-BC (iDirect TX Broadcast)

The 7000 Series Controllers can be configured to broadcast with iDirect service. This allows iDirect users with broadcast configured modems, to lock onto a DVB carrier, and enable the transmitter in the iDirect modem automatically after peaking through the 7000 Series Controller.

D – Disabled

E – Enabled

2 – ES_NO

The Maximum energy to noise of a modem or SNR signal that can be configured to save time during the satellite peaking routine. If Maximum ES/NO value reached the system will stop the peaking routine otherwise routine continues with the complete peaking process.

Modifying this parameter may inhibit satellite searching sequence and stop the peaking before the highest possible receiving signal is reached.

Only change this value if the highest Maximum ES/NO value is known otherwise leave at default value of

255 to achieve highest MAX ES/NO signal. This option will be disabled when Ref Sat is enabled.

3- Unattended Operation

The user may disable, or set the unattended operation to 5, 10, or 15 minutes. If the system detects motion it will wait 1min, if dish still on signal the system will re-acquire satellite, otherwise the dish will stow due to motion or movement, the system will automatically re-acquire satellite depending on the user entered delay time after stow. Initial stow will only wait 30 seconds no matter what the selected delay time is set to before re-acquiring satellite. For example, if the user selects 5 minutes from the drop down menu, and the system stows due to motion or movement while operational, on first stow it will only wait 30 seconds before re-acquiring satellite. The second stow system waits Five (5) minutes + 30 seconds before automatically reacquire the satellite signal. The routine uses the following formula: Waiting Time for re-acquire == 30S+

(retry times*selected delay time) default retry time at first stow is 0, second stow is 1, etc… until one (1) hour

(3600 seconds) reached.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-acquire Satellite in 5 minutes

2: Re- acquire Satellite in 10 minutes

3: Re- acquire Satellite in 15 minutes

4 – Inclined Orbit (Sat_Inc)

Enabling this option will allow the system to maintain signal with an inclined orbital satellite. The user may select the time difference between each re-peak on the inclined orbital satellite without disabling the transmitter and maximizing on the signal strength. If signal strength drops before the re-peaking time is due, the system will automatically re-peak to maintain signal strength. Feature enhanced and will be used with regular Ka services to maintain strong signal when platform shifts.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-peak every 10 minutes

2: Re-peak every 30 minutes

3: Re-peak every 1 hours

4: Re-peak every 2 hours

5: Re-peak every 3 hours

6: Re-peak every 4 hours

7: Re-peak every 6 hours

8: Re-peak every 8 hours

9: Re-peak every 12 hours

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 65 of 166

5 – Motion Protection iNetVu ® Platform will automatically stow if the antenna is moving at a speed faster than 5 km/h which also changes GPS location (See GPS note 2). Also, the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform will automatically stow the antenna should it experience extreme motion, such as severe shaking caused by poor weather conditions. System will redeploy if stowed due to environment condition if

“unattended Operation” is enabled but will not redeploy if cause was due to movement of vehicle.

D

— Disabled

E — Enabled

6 –DHCP Status

The 7000 Series Controllers can be programmed to obtain an IP address from a DHCP Server (i.e. modem, router, etc.)

7Beep

D – DHCP Disabled (IP must be entered statically)

E – DHCP Enabled (Controller will dynamically obtain an IP address from the DHCP Server)

This option allows for enabling and disabling the Beeping sound when navigating the LCD screen through the front panel keypad.

D – Beep Disabled, the sound will be completely removed.

L – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 2 seconds.

M – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 1 seconds.

H – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 500 milliseconds.

7.6.4.9. C2

1

2

C :MDM—9600 TO :+0.0

A98A—2.X—3103

3

4

5

Fig. 47:

Controller Configuration (Screen 2)

1 – Console Port Configuration

Used for the configuration of the console port of the 7000 Series Controllers. The Console port could be used for the following:

1) MDM (Modem Communication)

If the COM port is used to establish communication between the Controller and the VSAT

Modem (i.e. iDirect, Viasat, etc.), then MDM must be selected in this field, along with the

Baud Rate the Modem operates on, prior to configuring the Service, and Communication

Interface.

MDM—4800

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 66 of 166

MDM—9600

MDM—38400

2) B_R (Beacon Receiver)

The Beacon Receiver is a satellite acquisition lock controller that could be used alongside the 7000 Series Controller as an option. The Beacon Receiver will lock on the Beacon

Frequency of a satellite based on the power density of the signal. If the optional Beacon

Receiver is used, B_R must be selected for the console. The default baud rate is 2400.

3) DBUG-19200 (internal use only)

4) GLOS (GLONASS GPS)

This option allows for external GLONASS GPS communication between the Controller and the external GPS device via COM Port. The default baud rate is 9600.

5) PC

If COM port communication is desired between the 7000 Series Controller and the IMS software application. The default baud rate is 9600, and COM1 through COM9 can be selected.

6) GPS

This option allows the user to communicate and output GPS readings/values from the

7000 series Controller via COM Port (RS232) connection. The default baud rate is 9600.

2Platform Type

The user is capable of configuring the platform type using iNetVu LCD panel, as well as entering the serial number of the platform located next to the connector plate or on the elevation arm on the platform itself (only the last four or five digits need be entered)

.

Location of serial number will differ between Legacy and New Generation platforms.

Note the displayed names on the LCD will differ slightly from the names displayed in the software application.

A75A — iNetVu ® A750 Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

N755A — iNetVu

®

A98A — iNetVu ® .98cm Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

N981A — iNetVu

®

75cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ka — Band Circular)

.98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ku – Band)

N985A — iNetVu ® .98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (2 Axis Ka – Band Circular)

 Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

 Ka-98H (HNS Feed boom)

 Ka-98V (Viasat Feed boom)

N985B — iNetVu ® .98cm New Gen Drive-away Platform (3 Axis Ka – Band Circular)

 Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

A12B — iNetVu ® 1.2m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A12P — iNetVu ® 1.2m Flyaway Platform (Ku – Band)

A12Q — iNetVu

®

1.2m Flyaway Platform (Ku – Band)

N121A — iNetVu ® 1.2m New Gen Drive-away Platform (Ku – Band)

Q12A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Airline Checkable Platform (Ku – Band)

A15A — iNetVu ® 1.5m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A15B/E — iNetVu

®

1.5m Mobile Platform (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A15C iNetVu ® 1.5m Mobile Platform (C – Band Circular)

A18A — iNetVu

®

1.8m Mobile Platform (Ku – Band)

A18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Mobile Platform (C – Band Circular)

A18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Mobile Platform (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

P18A — iNetVu ® 1.8m Flyaway (KU — Band)

P18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Flyaway (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

P18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Flyaway (C – Band Circular)

M18A — iNetVu

®

1.8m Fixed Motorized (Ku – Band)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 67 of 166

M18B/E — iNetVu ® 1.8m Fixed Motorized (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

M18C — iNetVu

®

1.8m Fixed Motorized (C – Band circular)

M18D — iNetVu ® 1.8m Fixed Motorized (X – Band circular)

M12A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Fixed Motorized (Ku – Band)

M121A — iNetVu ® 1.2m Fixed Motorized C-COM version (Ku – Band)

M125A — iNetVu

®

1.2m Fixed Motorized C-COM version (Ka – Band)

N18A — iNetVu ® 1.8m Drive-away Platform (Ku– Band)

N18B/E — iNetVu

®

1.8m Drive-away (C – Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

N18C — iNetVu ® 1.8m Drive-away (C – Band Circular)

3 — TO (Mechanical Offset in Polarization Assembly)

This field allows the user to place a fixed offset for the target polarization angle. This value could make up for any noticeable mechanical offsets in the polarization assembly of the iNetVu platform between -5º to +5º. e.g. 1) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = +3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 7º when pointing e.g. 2) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = -3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 13º when pointing

4 Platform Serial Number

The user must enter the last four or five-digits of the platform serial number located next to the connector plate on the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform.

If platform and controller were purchased as a set, the number has been preconfigured for you.

Fig. 48:

iNetVu

®

Platform Identification Tag

5 – Platform Version Number

The user must select the platform version type to ensure the correct configuration parameters and settings are referenced when operating the system. The platform version when selected will differentiate the sensor and other hardware configuration on New Generation platforms which may affect the operation.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 68 of 166

7.6.4.10. C3

2

1

PWD :: password

LO :0—10.75 D 9999

Fig. 49:

Controller C3 Configuration

3

4

1- Current LCD and Web Interface Password

The user may change this password by using the “↓” and “↑” buttons on the front panel of the 7000 Series controller and the “→” and “←” buttons to navigate through the character fields. This password must be remembered in order for the user to re-enter the LCD screen configuration interface, or the web interface.

2- LO – (LNB)

Configurable to allow satellite accusation when frequency changes, values range from 10.75, 9.75, 10.00,

10.60 and 11.30.

The default value should be set to

10.75

, the user is not required to change this value unless necessary, otherwise select the carrier from the table or enter one if not listed.

3- 22 KHz Tone (Enable/Disable)

This feature allows users to enable/disable the 22 KHz tone for supporting LNB’s.

E –

Enabled

D –

Disabled

4- DISABLE STOW

The system can be configured to disable the STOW by changing the ID.

8755 –

Disables the STOW

8955 –

Enables the STOW

7.6.4.11. SG

This menu will allow the user to configure the subnet mask IP address and the Gateway

IP address of the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

1

S_IP : 255.255.255.0

G_IP: 192.168.0.32

2

Fig. 50:

“GW” (Gateway) Configuration

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 69 of 166

1 – S_IP (iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s Subnet Mask IP Address – Default is

(255.255.255.0)

2 – Gateway IP Address (Default: 192.168.0.32) this can be changed to support the network you are on.

7.6.4.12. IP

This menu will allow the user to configure the controller IP address, as well as the

Modem IP address.

1

C_IP : 192.168.0.3

M_IP: 192.168.0.1

Fig. 51:

“IP” Configuration

2

1 – iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller’s IP Address

2 – Modem IP Address

7.6.4.13. SR

This menu will allow the user to configure the controller to the service used (select modem type) for 2-way satellite communication.

1

2

3

ID_TL — 0

PWD :

4

Fig. 52:

“SR” (Service) Configuration

1 – Two-Way Mobile Service Selection

Before communication is established with the modem, the user must define the service in use. The iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller supports several services, including:

ID – iDirect Service

IS – iPSTAR Service

VA – ViaSat Service

VA – TW – Viasat Tooway Ka Service

V_SBS2 Viasat SurfBeam2

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 70 of 166

CT – Comtech Service

RD – Radyne Service

SF – Surfbeam Service

GL – Gilat Service

TY – Tachyon Service

ST – STM Service

PD – Paradise Service

HN – Hughes Service

HN_95 – Hughes Services HN9500 Modem

HN_KA – Hughes Ka Service

ET – Romantis/Eastar Service

NA — Stand Alone service — Used to locate and lock onto a manually configured satellite using the

DVB receiver unit inside of the controller independent of the modem. The manual configuration requires:

 Orbital Slot of Satellite

 Receive Polarization

 DVB Type

 L-Band or Ku-Band Rx Frequency (kHz)

Symbol Rate (ksps)

 FEC Code Rate

2 – Modem Communication Interface

TL — Telnet Interface

CM — Console Port Interface

TP – TCP Interface

HT — HTTP Interface

SN – SNMP Interface

UD – UDP Interface

NA — No modem interface applicable, this option is generally selected with the stand-alone service.

Locking and peaking onto satellite is based on the DVB Signal and not on the modem SNR value.

3 – Modem Delay Time

This allows users to delay Controller communication to allow slower modems to catch up. The default setting is 0 – 1s user has option for a 10s delay.

4 – Modem Password/CD-KEY

If necessary, the user must enter the modem password into this area for communication to be properly established. The default password is “[email protected]!” which is based on most iDirect modem requirements. If no password is required, this area should be left blank.

CD – Key must be entered instead of the password if iPSTAR Service is selected.

7.6.5.

TST

E&A&P DPY DPYQ DPY_C

CP A_ACP M_ACP S_ACP

Fig. 53:

Test Menu

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 71 of 166

E&A&P

Will allow for Demo Testing on all axes (elevation, azimuth, and polarization) for a user specified angle range.

DPY

Deploys the antenna to a user specified azimuth, elevation, and polarization position.

DPY_C

Will read the compass heading at a user specified elevation, azimuth, and polarization target point.

DPYQ

CP

Deploys the antenna to a user specified azimuth, elevation, and polarization position without moving EL to 30˚ first, and without the extra steps that exist in DPY.

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at

90° intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement.

Performs an automatic ACP test for Hughes service.

A_ACP

M_ACP

S_ACP

Performs a manual ACP test for Hughes service.

This operation will stop the ACP test from continuing.

7.6.5.1. E&A&P

1

3

E +20:70:7 P-60: 60:7

A-180: 180:7 DD: D TST

Fig. 54:

Test/Demo EL,AZ, PL Configuration

2

5

4

1 – Elevation Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the elevation axis, as well as set the specific speed for elevation movement. (E +20:70:7 –implies from angle 20 to 70 at speed 7)

2 – Polarization Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the polarization axis, as well as set the specific speed for polarization movement. (P -60:60:7 –implies from angle -60 to 60 at speed 7)

3 – Azimuth Range

Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the azimuth axis, as well as set the specific speed for azimuth movement. (A -180:180:7 –implies from angle -180 to 180 at speed 7)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 72 of 166

4 – Axis Selection and looping option

The first two characters refer to the axis selection (i.e.

DD

: D).

DD

EL

AZ

PL

AA

Disable Test for all axes

Perform test on the Elevation axis only

Perform test on the Azimuth axis only

Perform test on the Polarization axis only

Perform tests on all the axes.

The third character refers to the looping intervals between tests (i.e. DD:

D

).

4

5

6

7

D

1

2

3

8

9

Disables looping, test will only be performed once.

Infinitely loops with 3-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 6-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 9-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 12-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 15-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 18-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 21-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 24-seconds interval between tests.

Infinitely loops with 27-seconds interval between tests.

5 – Test Selection

Initiates the test on the specified axes according to the specified ranges, and speeds.

7.6.5.2. DPY

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 DPLY

2

4

Fig. 55:

Deploy Configuration

1 – Elevation Movement

User-defined elevation angle of deploy

2 – Polarization Movement

User-defined polarization angle of deploy

3 – Azimuth Movement

User-defined azimuth angle of deploy

4 – Deploy

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and Polarization angles.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 73 of 166

7.6.5.3. DPYQ

Note: See DPY for parameter functions and meanings as they are identical. DPYQ deploys to the set angles excluding the fine tuning and pre-condition of EL to 30˚ as a first step.

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 DPLY

2

4

Fig. 56:

Quick Deploy Configuration

7.6.5.4. DPY_C

1

3

E: +20 P+60

A +180 CP_T

2

4

1 – Elevation Movement

User-defined target elevation angle offset for compass reading

2 – Polarization Movement

User-defined target polarization angle for compass reading

3 – Azimuth Movement

User-defined target azimuth angle for compass reading

4 – Check Compass at specified target point.

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy at the user defined Elevation, Polarization, and Azimuth angles, by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. This function is mainly used for testing purposes. Ensure proper orientation (front of vehicle is point north). Popup (see below) displayed in Software application.

Antenna will move to the target Elevation, Polarization, and Azimuth for reading the compass heading such that the user can determine if the compass reading is accurate at that point.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 74 of 166

7.6.5.5. CP

1

RF :N-N-55-30N

CP:V-0 AZ_W :60

2

3 4

1 – RF Search Mode Status (values displayed but not used for CP tests/calibrations)

N

RF Mode is disabled;

Y

will be displayed when enabled

.

N

RF override mode is disabled;

O

will be displayed when enabled.

RF Threshold (55) Value will be displayed here, this value is configurable.

RF/DVB signal value (30N) – If in RF search mode this will represent RF signal value, if in DVB

Mode it will display DVB carrier signal. The letter ‘N’ next to the

RF Value indicates the LNB is not being powered properly.

The letter “L” next to the value indicates a DVB signal LOCK.

2 – Compass Status

V – Valid

O – Override

F — Failed

3 – Compass Heading

Compass Heading after Compass has been read.

Approximate Headings: North 354

East 87

South 176

West 265

Compass Accuracy Readings

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. i. Antenna will center itself; move to the proper Elevation for reading the compass, then read the compass heading. ii. Antenna will rotate 90

 to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0,

90

, 180, -90, and 0. iii. iNetVu ® Mobile Software will compare the compass heading values read at each position, and determine if they differ by approximately 90

. iv. The Compass Check will display a message regarding the accuracy of the compass with a

“PASS” or “FAIL”.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 75 of 166

4 — AZ Search Window Status (value displayed but not used)

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

7.6.5.6. A_ACP

Initiates an automatic cross-pol test.

7.6.5.7. M_ACP

Initiates a Manual cross-pol test.

7.6.5.8. S_ACP

Stops the cross-pol testing instantly.

7.6.6.

INFO

Displays information regarding the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller’s firmware and software versions installed, the Mobile Platform it is configured to, and also any Error

Codes detected.

CC1 CC2 DVB_D DVB_P

MOD SYS1 ERR

Fig. 57:

“INFO” (Information) Display

CC1

CC2

Contains information pertaining to the iNetVu ® 7000 Controller hardware version, Controller ID, firmware version, boot loader version, Signal

Threshold, MAC address and configuration ID.

DVB_D

Contains information pertaining to the type of DVB Module in use.

DVB_P

Contains information pertaining to the DVB lock status, as well as the real-time DVB data such as type, modulation, frequency, code rate, and symbol rate.

MOD

Contains information pertaining to the modem ID, serial number, and version.

SYS1

ERR

Contains information pertaining to the Platform Type, Serial Number.

Contains information pertaining to the error code if an error occurs.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 76 of 166

7.6.6.1. CC1

This branch menu displays the controller ID (serial number), Hardware Version,

Firmware, and Boot loader Version

2

1 3

ID: 2014 SQ_T: 31 H:0

FBV: 7.5.7.0—7.6.0.0

4

Fig. 58:

“CC1” (Controller Info 1) Display

1 – Controller ID Number

The iNetVu ® Controller Serial Number is located on the base of the controller. The ID displays the last 4 or 5 digits of the Serial Number.

2 – Signal Quality Threshold

Minimum SNR Value required for the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller to validate signal.

3 – 7000 Series Controller Board Hardware Type Version

4 – 7000 Series Controller Firmware and Boot loader version

The firmware version is to the left of the dash (i.e.

7.5.7.0

— 7.6.0.0), and the boot loader version is to the right of the dash (i.e. 7.5.7.0 —

7.6.0.0

).

7.6.6.2. CC2

This branch menu displays the controller MAC address and Configuration ID.

1

MA:00-40-05-56-3F-C8

CONF_ID:75

2

Fig. 59:

“CC2” (Controller Info) Display

1 – iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller MAC address

2 – iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller Configuration ID (for internal use).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 77 of 166

7.6.6.3. DVB_D

This branch menu displays the controller DVB Module Type and ID.

1

DVB-S2 (EA) – 0X3C

Fig. 60:

“DVB” (DVB Module) Display

1 – The DVB Module (Tuner) and ID currently embedded into the iNetVu ® 7000 Series

Controller.

7.6.6.4. DVB_P

This menu displays the real time DVB module information. If there is no lock on DVB, it will simply indicate “No Lock”, otherwise it will display real time DVB information such as

DVB type, modulation, code rate (if applicable), symbol rate, and frequency.

7.6.6.5. MOD

This branch menu displays the VSAT Modems ID, Serial Number, and software version number if proper controller/modem communication is established.

1

2

3

SN: 3863 S: 2 A:D

V: 6.0.9.0

4

Fig. 61:

“MOD” (Modem) Display

1 – VSAT Modem Serial number

2 – Modem Status

1 — Modem Initializing Status

2 — Modem Normal Status

16 — ACP in progress

3 – Satellite Modem’s Model and Firmware Version

4 – Auto ACP Status (Hughes modems only)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 78 of 166

7.6.6.6. SYS1

1

2

A12B—1234

R:15754

1 – Indicates platform type and serial number.

2 – Data recording information(C-COM internal use)

7.6.6.7. ERR

This branch menu displays the error code if an error occurs. The top line represents the latest error; the bottom line will represent any previous errors.

1

Error INFO

Fig. 62:

“ERR” (ERROR) Display

1 – iNetVu ® Error code display

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 79 of 166

8. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Software

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Software plays an integral role in connecting you and iNetVu

®

Mobile System. The new addition of the iNetVu Setup Wizard will guide first time users and users that are already familiar with the software application to configure the system upon first launch. This new feature allows the user to configure the system upon launching the application with guided information and tips. The iNetVu software has the ability to communicate with the satellite modem and iNetVu controller automatically finding and locking onto a satellite; stowing the antenna when use of system is completed. The user has the option to search for satellite using the following methods,

DVB search; RF search and Beacon receiver with the highest precision. Existing features such as the ability to configure and save 5 satellites with 5 different Beacon settings. The user can also monitor real-time system parameters such as Signal

Strength, GPS Coordinates, motor currents, as well as allowing the user the capability of manually moving the antenna and performing any maintenance tests and calibration tasks. The user has a choice of languages, currently English, Simplified Chinese &

Traditional Chinese, Russian, Spanish and newly added Swedish to select from on the fly. Application windows can be resized on your screen or run in full screen mode given the user the optimized viewing.

8.1.

Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard has been implemented to aid first time users in configuring their system after the software has been installed. A Pop-up window will show at first launch allowing the user to use the Setup Wizard (select Yes) or to bypass it (select No) and use it at a later time. Selecting “Cancel” will exit the Setup Wizard. This window will show every time the iNetVuMobile7000 software is executed, select “Do not show this message again” to allow software to go straight to the Controls Window when the software is launched. The Wizard can be launched at any time as it will be added as a menu option. See appendix for complete instructional steps on using the Setup Wizard.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 80 of 166

The Wizard will check Firmware and Software versions if “Yes” is selected to validate the versions are the same and prompt the user to update the Firmware if they are different.

The wizard will automatically resume after the Firmware update has completed, follow onscreen prompts. The wizard will not continue and go back to the previous window if

“No” is selected.

8.2.

Navigating Menus

To navigate the iNetVu ® Mobile Software, right-click the iNetVu ® swirl icon located in the System Tray.

There are 7 options available:

 Controls

 Maintenance

 Configuration

 About

 Setup Wizard

 Language

 Exit

8.2.1. iNetVu Controls

The Controls menu allows users to monitor system parameters and manually move the antenna, as well as conduct automatic processes and functions.

Improper use of iNetVu Controls menu can render the iNetVu® Mobile System inoperable and may be in violation of FCC regulations. The user can halt any operation at any time by clicking STOP button located in the Automatic Controls or on the

Controller front panel.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 81 of 166

Fig. 63:

Controls Window

Signal Strength

A real-time Signal Quality Factor (SQF). A value obtained from the Satellite Modem when locked onto a signal. Using a red/yellow/green color-coated system, it denotes the strength of the received signal from the current satellite.

Should the Signal Strength be lower than 29 when locked on satellite, click Find

Satellite again to re-acquire the signal.

Fig. 64:

Signal Strength Display

Isolation Value

Denotes isolation to the current satellite transponder. This value is not an indication of signal strength when transmitting a signal.

The Isolation Value will correspond to the transmit quality of an HNS system. Otherwise, this field is not applicable.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 82 of 166

Fig. 65:

Isolation Value Display

Date/Time

Current date and time as received from the GPS Antenna. Should the GPS experience any problems, the alternate source is your PC internal date and time.

Fig. 66:

Date/Time Display

Automatic Control

Select Satellite Find Satellite Stow Antenna Stop Operation

Fig. 67:

Automatic Control Buttons

Select Satellite

Choice of 5 Satellites that user can select from by simply clicking on the drop down arrow. Satellites 0 to 4 can be preconfigured and saved to allow user to search for desired satellite. Sat 0 is default satellite and will be the one searched on if no other is selected from the drop down list.

Find Satellite

Automatically finds and locks onto the satellite signal by communicating with the

Satellite Modem and using the GPS coordinates, the compass heading, and internal parameters of the Satellite Modem. Typically, it takes approximately 3-5 minutes to find satellite. If the Antenna is already pointed on the satellite, clicking

Find Satellite will re-peak the Antenna onto the signal.

Search routine will ignore GPS and RF status until after compass heading has been read to reduce search time. If GPS and RF conditions not met after 60 seconds the search will fail and a message will be displayed.

Stow Antenna

Re-centers the antenna and lowers it into the stowed position.

Note: The stow command for the Fly-Away(s) moves the Platform to a home position.

Stop Operation

Halts all motor movements and disrupts all communication between iNetVu ®

Mobile System components.

Orbital Slot Location of Configured Satellites

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 83 of 166

The target and Reference satellites section displays the satellite longitude for each configured satellite. If no satellites are configured, the default is SAT0.

Angle and Limit Switch Indicators

Displays real-time angles and Limit Switch status

Elevation Angle

Elevation UP Limit Indicator

Elevation DOWN Limit Indicator

Elevation STOW Limit Indicator

Azimuth Angle

Azimuth STOW (Left/Right) Limit

Indicator

Polarization Angle

Fig. 68:

Angle and Limit Switch Indicators

Polarization STOW Limit Indicator

 When the Elevation STOW Limit Indicator is ON, the Elevation Angle will change to “–90”, to denote that the iNetVu ® Mobile Platform is now stowed. It will remain

“-90” until the indicator turns OFF.

 For iNetVu

® 1200/1500/1800 KU Mobile Platforms, the Polarization Stow

Indicator will ALWAYS be ON.

 981 and 1201 Ku systems will stow the Polarizer on the same side that the PL target angle was last positioned at. 981 will stow at ±50 degrees from the center.

1201 will stow at ±90 from the center.

 The ACFLY-1200 (Airline Checkable) will display L for AZ Left limit, R for AZ

Right limit and ST for AZ Stow.

 The 981 and 1201 KU Drive-away Platforms will display “AW” at the +/-180˚ ±5 degree limits.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 84 of 166

 A YELLOW colour “STF” will appear if a Limit Switch has been disabled in the

Maintenance Menu (Ka-75V, Ka-98H, Ka-98G and Ka-98V Ka platforms).

 LHCP or RHCP will display in the PL Angle field for 3 rd axis polarization to indicate right hand or left polarizer position (Ka-98G third axis).

 If the Polarization is disabled (for circular signal frequency bands such as Ka-

Band or X-Band) the Polarization Stow Switch must be closed and may display

“DDD”.

Manual Movement

Elevation Up / Elevation Down

Azimuth Left/ Azimuth Right

Polarization Counter-Clockwise / Polarization Clockwise

Using the Duration and Speed parameters, the Manual Movement Buttons allow you to move the antenna in six (6) directions. For the correct point of reference for the directional movements, you must be facing the Mobile Platform’s Reflector.

Face Reflector this direction for correct

Azimuth and Polarization

Orientation

Fig. 69:

Orientation Reference for Azimuth and Polarization

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 85 of 166

Enable/Disable Transmitter

Automatically Enables or Disables the Transmission process. Background will turn grey when transmitter is disabled and green when the transmitter is enabled.

Enable/Disable ACP

Enables or Disables the ACP (Automatic Cross-Pol Testing), and Manual

Cross-Pol Testing.

Fig. 70:

ACP Option Selection

To Enable ACP, select “AUTO” or “MANUAL” from the ACP drop down list and click on the ‘Enable/Disable ACP’ Button to initiate.

To Stop ACP testing, select “STOP” from the ACP drop down list, and click on the Enable/Disable ACP Button to initiate.

Deploy Antenna

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and

Polarization angles.

Fig. 71:

Deploy Antenna Input Values

Quick Deploy

Automatically moves antenna to the manually entered Elevation, Azimuth and Polarization angles without first moving to 30˚ on Elevation. This process moves to the set angles without the extra angle tuning that occurs with the

Deploy Antenna button.

Duration

Length of time of Manual Movement using increments of 30ms

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Speed

Motor Speed of Manual Movement

3 = Slowest, 9 = Highest

Page 86 of 166

Fig. 72:

Duration and Speed Input for Manual Movements

DVB Signal (0-255)

DVB Signal received from the DVB Tuner. A “U” next to the value indicates an

“unlocked” status. An “L” next to the DVB value indicates locked signal.

Beacon Signal (0-100)

If the optional beacon receiver is used, the Beacon Signal will appear in this area along with the power density received from the satellite. This will only appear when a lock status occurs which is indicated by an “L” next to the beacon signal value.

RF Signal (30-120)

Displays the real time RF Signal throughout the acquisition process. A value of 30 that is flashing Red and or Yellow indicates the LNB is not being powered appropriately, or there is an issue with the coax cable connection. Some Ka services will display 70 if threshold is overridden (i.e. Tooway & SurfBeam2).

RF Threshold (30-75)

Used in RF mode search for determining proper satellite frequency. This can be configured and viewed on the

Maintenance screen.

Antenna Latitude/Longitude

GPS Coordinates acquired from the GPS Antenna or manually overridden values.

EL Motor Current

Current drawn for Elevation Motor (in Milliamps mA)

AZ Motor Current

Current drawn for Azimuth Motor (in Milliamps mA)

PL Motor Current

Current drawn for Polarization Motor (in Milliamps mA)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 87 of 166

Target Satellite parameters

Target Elevation Angle

Target Antenna Azimuth Angle

Target Real Azimuth Angle

Target Polarization Angle

Fig. 73:

Satellite Target Angles

Target Elevation (Target EL)

Calculated Elevation Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite.

Target Real Azimuth (Target AZ)

Calculated Azimuth Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite in reference to True North.

Target Antenna Azimuth (System Ref. AZ)

Calculated Azimuth Angle that the Antenna must point in order to locate the desired

Satellite in reference to the Mobile Platform’s center position.

Target Polarization (Target PL)

Calculated Polarization Angle that the Antenna must be in order to find the desired

Satellite.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 88 of 166

Compass Heading

Orientation of the Mobile Platform.

This value is only read during the Find Satellite, Check Compass, and Calibrate

Compass processes.

This end is the reference for Vehicle

Orientation, this end faces North

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South — 176

East — 87

 W E

S

This end faces South

This end faces North

(Front of Vehicle)

Fig. 74:

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

This end faces South

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Message Panel

Displays real-time status updates, system messages, and error codes.

Page 89 of 166

Fig. 75:

Message Panel

Status Panel

The Status Panel describes system operations that are either imminent, taking place, or the current status of that component. The Status Panel is located at the bottom of the

Basic Controls and Advanced Controls menus, and has a set of four and six message blocks, respectively.

System Status Satellite Modem Status GPS Status

Controller Status Motor Status Antenna Sensor Status

Fig. 76:

Advanced Controls — Status Panel

The indicators notify the user of any actions taking place with a combination of colorcoded messages.

 Solid “

GREEN ” messages indicate a stable and normal condition for that component.

 Flashing or solid “

LIGHT BLUE ” messages indicate a change in status occurring that the user should be aware of.

 Flashing “

RED ” and “ YELLOW ” messages indicates a problem with that component.

Should the entire Status Panel flash “RED” and or “YELLOW”, a communication failure between the PC and the iNetVu ® Controller has occurred. Ensure that the Controller is powered, and that all USB drivers and cables (USB, LAN or Serial) are installed properly.

System Status

Displays current system environment

System Idle

No operations are currently being performed.

ACP Testing

ACP Testing is being performed.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 90 of 166

Skew Adjusting

Polarization adjustment to adjust the polarization axis for any vehicle inclination.

The Azimuth Axis will rotate 90º on both sides of the peaked azimuth angle, then return to the satellite position, and adjust the polarization axes to compensate for any recognized mount inclination.

Manual Operation

Manually controlled movement via Controls menu has been detected.

Mount Testing

System test or demo being performed via System Test and Demo menu.

Peaking on Satellite

System makes minor adjustments in positioning in order to receive optimal Signal

Strength.

AZ Calibration

Azimuth Calibration is being performed.

PL Calibration

Polarization Calibration is being performed.

CP Calibration

Compass Calibration is being performed.

Positioning

An automatic movement command has been initiated (i.e. Find Satellite or

Deploy Antenna) and the antenna is moving into the designated position.

Searching Satellite

Antenna is performing a search pattern to locate the satellite.

Stowing Antenna

Antenna is being stowed.

Unknown Status

Satellite Modem Communication Status

Indicates the Transmitter status and displays any issues in communication with the

Satellite Modem

Modem TX Enabled

Indicates that the transmitter has been enabled.

Modem TX Disabled

Indicates that the transmitter has not been enabled.

No Modem Communication

The controller is trying to establish communication with the modem and or

No power is applied to the modem.

GPS Status

Displays condition of the GPS signal

GPS Normal

GPS signal is being received from the GPS Antenna.

GPS Failed

GPS signal is not being received from the GPS Antenna.

GPS Override

GPS coordinates have been manually overridden from the Maintenance menu.

Controller Status

Displays communication status between the PC and the iNetVu ® Controller

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 91 of 166

Controller Normal

Indicates normal communication status between the Controller and the PC

Controller Failed

A failure in communication between the Controller and the PC has been detected.

Motor Status

Displays the movement of the 3-axis motors: Elevation, Azimuth, and Polarization

EL Moving UP / DN

Elevation Motor is moving in the respective direction

(UP = Up, DN = Down)

AZ Moving Left / Right

Azimuth Motor is moving in the respective direction

PL Moving CCW / CW

Polarization Motor is moving in the respective direction

(CCW = Counter Clock-Wise, CW = Clock-Wise)

Motor Unknown

Motor Status cannot be detected.

Antenna Status

Displays any relevant information regarding the Limit Switches, Potentiometers and/or

Inclinometers.

Antenna Normal

Limit Switches are ON/OFF in the correct relation to the Elevation, Azimuth and

Polarization Angles.

Sensor Error

This status is an indication of problem with cabling or hardware and/or controller setup. Stop and troubleshoot before proceeding.

Antenna Unknown

Mobile Platform cannot be found. Ensure that the iNetVu ® Controller is functioning and that all cables are connected should this indicator appear.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 92 of 166

8.2.2.

Maintenance

The Maintenance menu allows users to configure the communication between the controller and platform type, as well as various system parameters for optimal performance. Separate tabs have been added to isolate the 3 axis as well as GPS and

Compass for easier configuration.

The Maintenance menu allows users to conduct maintenance tests/processes, override parameters, and troubleshoot.

Note: It is recommended to power cycle the controller after firmware upgrades or configuration changes have been saved. Recycling Controller power will confirm and validate settings to ensure correct values are propagated and displayed on all screens, this is important especially for Ka platforms.

Click SAVE ALL when any modifications are made, and before power recycling the controller to ensure data will be saved on controller side.

Fig. 77:

iNetVu ® 7000 Maintenance Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.2.1. Platform Parameters

Page 93 of 166

Fig. 78:

Maintenance Platform Parameters

Type

The user is capable of configuring the platform in use.

A0750A — iNetVu ® A750A (.75m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A0755A — iNetVu ® A0755A — New Gen Drive-Away (Ka Band circular)

A0980A — iNetVu ® A980A (.98m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A0981A — iNetVu ® A981A (.98m) New Gen Drive-Away Platform (Ku Band)

A0985A — iNetVu ® .98m New Gen Drive-Away (2 Axis Ka Band circular)

Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

Ka-98H (HNS Feed boom)

Ka-98V (Viasat Feed boom)

A0985B — iNetVu ® .98m New Gen Drive-Away (3 Axis Ka Band circular)

Ka-98G (Skyware Global Feed boom)

A1200B/C — iNetVu ® A1200B/C (1.2m) Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1200P — iNetVu ® A1200P (1.2m) Flyaway Platform (Ku Band)

A1200Q — iNetVu ® A1200Q (1.2m) Flyaway Platform (Ku Band)

A1201A — iNetVu ® A1201A (1.2m) New Gen Drive-Away Platform (Ku Band)

A1210A — iNetVu ® A1210A Airline Checkable Carbon Fibre Reflector (Ku Band)

A0120A — iNetVu ® A0120A – 1.2 Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0121A — iNetVu

A0125A — iNetVu

®

®

A0121A – 1.2 New Gen Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0125A – 1.2 New Gen Fixed Motorized (Ka Band)

A1500A — iNetVu

®

A1500A Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1500B/E — iNetVu

®

A1500B Mobile Platform (Standard C Band Linear/INSAT)

A1500C — iNetVu

A1800A — iNetVu

®

®

A1500C Mobile Platform (C Band Circular)

A1800A Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

A1800B/E — iNetVu

®

A1800B Mobile Platform (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1800C — iNetVu

A0180A — iNetVu

®

®

A1800C Mobile Platform (C Band Circular)

A0180A — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (Ku Band)

A0180B/E iNetVu

®

A0180B/E — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (Standard C Linear/INSAT)

A0180C — iNetVu

A0180D — iNetVu

®

®

A0180C — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (C Band Circular)

A1801A iNetVu

®

A0180D — 1.8 Fixed Motorized (X Band Circular)

A1801B/E — iNetVu

A1801A — 1.8 Drive-Away (Ku Band)

®

A1801B — 1.8 Drive-Away (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1801C iNetVu

A1810A — iNetVu

®

®

A1801C — 1.8 Drive-Away (C Band Circular)

A1810A — 1.8 Flyaway (Ku Band)

A1810B/E — iNetVu ® A1810B/E — 1.8 Flyaway (C Band Standard Linear/INSAT)

A1810C — iNetVu

®

A1810C — 1.8 Flyaway (C Band Circular)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 94 of 166

Platform Serial Number

The user will be required to enter the last four or five-digits of the platform serial number located next to the connector plate on the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform.

Fig. 79:

Platform Identification

Platform Hardware Version

This field identifies hardware changes in the New Generation platform types.

PL (Skew) Offset for OMT

This field allows the user to place a fixed offset for the target polarization angle.

This value could make up for any noticeable mechanical offsets in the polarization assembly of the iNetVu platform between -5º to +5º. e.g. 1) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = +3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 7º when pointing e.g. 2) Calculated Target Polarization Angle = 10º

TX_O = -3º

The iNetVu system will position @ 13º when pointing

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 95 of 166

8.2.2.2. Search Parameters

The iNetVu controller supports DVB-S and DVBS2ACM carriers. The recommended method of satellite search is DVB using DVB-S/S2, followed by DVB reference satellite search with RF search being the last option of choice. If using RF search, a valid RF

frequency must be entered and is highly recommended; this can be the service frequency or any other valid RF frequency from a known carrier (preferably taken from

Modem parameters). If no valid frequency is known, than 10MHZ increments may be added to the lower range value until satellite acquisition. The tuner range frequency must be in the range of 950 MHz – 2150MHz.

Fig. 80:

Maintenance – Search Parameters

EL Window / AZ Window

The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu ® Mobile System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric windows until the desired Satellite is found.

The Search Window range may be manually changed from the default settings which iNetVu

®

uses to find the desired satellite.

10

Fig. 81:

120

Satellite Search Window

The default Azimuth (Horizontal) range is 60

 on each side of the Target Point and the default Elevation (Vertical) range is 3

 on each side of the Target Point.

Increasing the size of the Search Window will increase the ability to find the desired

Satellite, although increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

Both search windows will be automatically expanded (AZ will increase to 90 and EL will be set to 5) if satellite signal is not found with the default search window settings.

Caution: system may overshoot by 10

(on AZ Window) from the set window

limits.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 96 of 166

EL Adjustment

Parameter used to determine the small incremental adjustments required for a more accurate satellite search. Decreasing this value will add accuracy to the Search Window, but will increase the search time. The elevation angle will adjust by the specified number of degrees from the calculated angle while searching on an inclined surface.

Search Method

DVB or RF search are selectable from the drop down window. DVB will search directly on DVB-S1 or DVB-S2 carrier and lock on it. DVB is the option of choice to use when searching for satellite. RF option will allow the user to base satellite searching and peaking strictly on RF instead of DVB. This method of searching could be used when the user is having a hard time finding the transponder data for a specific satellite, or if no transponder data exists. The controller will then peak on the modem signal when the satellite is found. RF search should be used as a last resort after DVB and or DVB with reference satellite.

RF Threshold

Used by the iNetVu ® Mobile Software to begin a signal optimization process for peaking on a Satellite signal after initially locating it. This field should only be used if the RF threshold is to be overridden. Ka Band systems with single TRIA cable will have the RF threshold set to 75 by default (service dependent), this allows the RF Signal to be in operation range (RF Signal==70 on iNetVu Controls window) thus allowing the search process to begin. The RF Threshold can also be manually set to any value ranging from

40 to 60 which will display the true value of RF Signal on the iNetVu Controls window.

Setting the RF Threshold to 30 will put the search into a step-through-search moving the

AZ axis in small incremental steps, this method increases the search time.

Fig. 82:

Maintenance – RF Search Mode with RF Override

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.2.3. GPS and Compass Override

Page 97 of 166

Fig. 83:

Maintenance – GPS Parameters

GPS Override Checkbox

Enables the GPS coordinates to be manually overridden. This should only be enabled in the event that the GPS Antenna is malfunctioning and the user has a reliable, alternate source for coordinates. If this box is checked, the GPS coordinates should be manually entered in the ‘GPS Latitude’, and the ‘GPS Longitude’ fields described.

**Note: If you have overridden the GPS coordinates, they will have to be updated if the Mobile Platform has moved to a new location since the overridden values will no longer be accurate.

Warning: Overriding the GPS prevents the movement protection feature from working properly, and will not stow the antenna if vehicle drives off, as neither speed nor GPS relocation can be detected. Moving vehicle speed must reach min

5km/h plus Elevation angle change of 2 degrees or more with GPS coordinates change in order for the movement protection feature to trigger.

GPS Latitude

This field represents the Latitudinal GPS coordinates of the iNetVu ® system.

GPS Longitude

This field represents the Longitudinal GPS coordinates of the iNetVu

®

system.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 98 of 166

Fig. 84:

Maintenance – Compass Parameters

Compass Reading Elevation Angle

Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate compass reading.

Direction

The direction the front of the Mobile Platform is rotated in reference to True North. In order to override the compass, the user must know where true north is located to enter the direction.

Compass Offset

It’s the required adjustment to reorient the compass heading to the actual magnetic

North by taking into consideration the metal surrounding around the compass location on the Antenna platform. This value is calculated automatically by the iNetVu software once the system gets automatically pointed to the right satellite. User can manually override this value if required or as directed by C-COM support team .

Disable Auto Calibrate Compass Offset

If this option is unchecked the following will take place. Auto Calibration on compass occurs when the angle difference of 20 degrees or more is detected between AZ angle and System AZ Ref when the system finishes the satellite search routine and locks on signal. A compass offset value is than automatically entered and is used the next time a

Find Satellite command is triggered. When this option is checked, it will NOT Auto

Calibrate the compass offset.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 99 of 166

Tips and Recommendations

Compass Issues?

If you are in an area where there is magnetic interference or the compass readings are incorrect, it is recommended to select Full Search which will also override the compass.

 Full Search == Override Compass

Selecting Full Search option will auto select Override Compass feature. See Full

Search option for more details.

Override Compass Checkbox

The Compass is pre-calibrated by a professional installer at the time of system installation or come pre-calibrated from the compass manufacturer.

A number of factors can contribute to the iNetVu ® compass to produce an incorrect reading such as being parked in close proximity to a large metallic object. Should the compass heading be inaccurate by more than 20 degrees, you may need to re-calibrate or Restore it (Mount Dependent), or select “Override Compass” option. Ensure that you are using a reliable alternate source to acquire the correct direction if such device is to be used, otherwise overriding compass will suffice for incorrect compass reading.

After enabling Override, you may enter the vehicle’s direction as indicated on your alternate compass. Keep in mind that the base of the iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform is oriented to the front of your vehicle (back of reflector and front of vehicle face the same direction) refer to orientation figures in this document. When taking the direction using the alternate compass, take the direction of your reading while facing the front of the vehicle, and use this orientation for the Vehicle Direction field.

Full Search

Performs a full 360º Azimuth search for the desired Satellite. This process may take up to 30 minutes to find and lock onto Satellite. Selecting Full Search will auto select

Override Compass and set the AZ Window to 180 or any other value (60 and above) depending on the Platform type. This value can be overridden to a more desirable range.

Override Compass can be selected without selecting Full Search but this does not hold true for the vice-versa.

Restricting a section of the Antenna search

Sometimes certain limitations are presented and the user must restrict or confine the search to a certain circumference area. This can be accomplished by the following:

I. Select Full Search and Send All.

II. Full Search selection will trigger Override Compass to be selected.

III. AZ window will default to 180 but this value can be adjusted.

IV. Select the virtual Direction that you would like in order to set the search starting point (AZ Ref on Controls screen). See Appendix for Direction to AZ Ref point.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Fig. 85:

Compass Full Search Configuration Parameters

Page 100 of 166

This end is the reference for Vehicle

Orientation, this end faces North

North — 354

 N

West — 265

South -176

East — 87

 W E

S

Fig. 86:

This end faces South

Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Using the image below as guidance example provided for reference.

North (180˚)

Page 101 of 166

Location 1

West (90˚) East (-90˚)

(+) (-)

South (0˚)

Facing Antenna Reference

Example 1. There is an object at location 1 and we want to avoid this area. a.) Select direction to be NW (315˚) which will set System AZ Ref to 45˚ this will be your window starting point. b.) Set AZ Window Size to 170, if 45 is the starting point or center of the search window. The antenna will add 170 to 45 = 215 ˚

(Antenna will only rotate to a max ±180 on either side) and subtract 170 from 45 = -125 c.) The total area that will be searched is shown below.

North (180˚)

Location 1

West (90˚) East (-90˚)

45˚ Search

Starts here

South (0˚)

Note: See Appendix for Direction and System Ref. AZ table.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Restore Compass

Restores the compass to its factory calibrated state.

Calibrate Compass

Automatically calibrates compass

Page 102 of 166

Note: The New Generation Platforms (these include and not limited to 755A (Ka-75V), 981A,

985A (Ka-98H, Ka-98G, Ka-98V) and 1201A) are equipped with newer versions of the compasses which are factory calibrated and do not require Calibration. Calibration in the field should be performed by C-COM support authorization only.

i. The mount and or mobile platform vehicle must be pointed North

(vehicle front windshield). The software will present a pop-up to confirm this orientation prior to proceeding with the calibration.

Refer to Fig.86 for orientation. ii. Ensure that there are no metallic objects that could interfere with the Compass, and that the Mobile Platform is on level surroundings. iii. Orient the Mobile Platform as depicted in any of the orientation figures within this manual. It is recommended that you use an external compass to be as accurate with the orientation as possible. iv. The Antenna will now rotate in 90

 intervals and attempt to calibrate the compass. v. A message prompt will appear to notify you whether the Compass

Calibration has been completed successfully or not.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 103 of 166

Check CP

Tests the compass’ heading and accuracy by rotating the antenna at 90

 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the actual antenna’s movement. i. The mount and or Mobile Platform Vehicle must be pointed North

(Vehicle front windshield). The software will have a pop-up to confirm this orientation prior to proceeding with the calibration.

Refer to Fig.85 for orientation. ii. Antenna will center itself; move to the proper Elevation for reading the compass, then read the compass heading. iii. Antenna will rotate 90

 to each of the following positions and read the compass at each: 0

, 90, 180, -90, 0 iv. iNetVu ® Mobile Software will compare the compass heading values read at each position, and determine if they differ by approximately 90

. v. The Compass Check will display a message regarding the accuracy of the compass.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 104 of 166

8.2.2.4. Elevation Parameters

The Elevation menu allows for the configuration of the elevation axis. Options include the elevation offset, as well as the axis limit functionality, slow speed setting and current limits for slow speeds.

Fig. 87:

Maintenance — Elevation Parameters

The inclinometer used to read the elevation angle will compensate for an incline up to +/-

15º. For example if a user is on a 10º slope and the system is searching along the azimuth, if the elevation reading changes due to a horizontal incline, the elevation will adjust to maintain the correct elevation angle while searching along the azimuth Offset.

The Elevation Offset is specific to each type of platform. It is the number of degrees at which the iNetVu ® Mobile Software will offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce an accurate (+/- 2°) Elevation Angle.

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software basis the default elevation motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however changing such value could result in difficulty accessing satellite acquisition.

Low Platform Current

Low Platform Current (L_P_C) is a software controlled current protection for the Mobile

Platform’s elevation motors. For Motor Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 105 of 166

@ speed 6 and 9. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile

Platforms.

Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

Limit Switches (Elevation UP, Elevation DN, Elevation ST)

Allows the enabling and disabling of the UP, DOWN, and STOW limits.

A check mark in the box implies the limit has been DISABLED. By default the boxes are left unchecked. Please be advised that disabling any of these limits should be done under the direct supervision of a C-COM technical support representative.

8.2.2.5. Azimuth Parameters

The Azimuth menu allows for the configuration of the azimuth axis. Options include the setting of the Zero, and the axis limit functionality, the slow speed setting, and Platform current limits slow speeds. AZ calibration button will be grayed out on certain platform types as this process may not be applicable.

Fig. 88:

Maintenance — Azimuth Parameters

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 106 of 166

Zero

Azimuth Zero is an A/D converted value from the potentiometer calculated upon azimuth calibration which physically determines where the iNetVu ® Mobile Software places

Azimuth Angle 0°. In the new Generation systems, the potentiometer is replaced with an

Encoder. The Azimuth Zero may vary approximately +15% from the default values on the potentiometer (see Appendix 1). The user may edit these values through this menu; however this is not recommended and any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0 angle.

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software basis the default azimuth motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however changing such value may result in difficulty with satellite acquisition.

Low Platform Current

The Current Limit for the speeds is calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit @ speed 6 and 9(current limit 6 @ speed 6 is default). See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile Platforms.

• Current Limit 8 – 90% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 7 – 80% of Current Limit 9

• Current Limit 5 – 90% of Current Limit 6

• Current Limit 4 – 80% of Current Limit 6

Azimuth Limit Switch ST (STOW)

Allows for enabling and disabling the ST (STOW) limit.

A check mark in the box implies the limit has been DISABLED. By default the boxes are left unchecked. Please be advised that disabling any of these limits should be done under the direct supervision of a C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. technical support representative.

Calibrate AZ

Performs automated Azimuth Calibration process. Not applicable on

New Generation platforms i.e. Ka-75V (A0755A), Ka-98H/G/V

(A0985A) ACFLY-1200 (A1210A) etc… i. Antenna will move CW to a set point. ii. Antenna will move back in the opposite direction to locate Stow switch. iii. Antenna will attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Azimuth

Stow Switch and center itself. iv. Azimuth zero position is calculated and the Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 107 of 166

8.2.2.6. Polarization Parameters

The Polarization menu allows for the configuration of the polarization axis. Options include the setting of (PL) Zero, skew adjustment and stow limit functionality, polarization offset, slow speed, and current limits for slow speeds.

Maintenance — Polarization Parameters

Fig. 89:

Zero

PL Zero is an A/D converted value from the Potentiometer and or a calculated value acquired from the Inclinometer Tilt Sensor which exists on all New Generation platforms and newer versions of the Legacy platforms. The Tilt Sensor is replacing the

Potentiometer which physically determines where the iNetVu

®

Mobile Software places

Polarization Angle 0. The Zero value may vary approximately +/-15% from the default values for all platforms using potentiometers (see Appendix 1). The Tilt Sensor provides better accuracy than the Potentiometer. The PL Zero is calculated along with PL offset during the Polarization Calibration process on platforms with Tilt Sensors and entering a calibrated value in the Zero field. The Tilt Sensor must be levelled prior to calibration to ensure the calculated PL Zero value that gets populated in the Zero field is accurate.

The Tilt Sensor calibration process is not valid on the following platform types with 2 axis

(Ka-75V, Ka-98H, 98G and Ka-98V) and button will be grayed out.

The user may manually calibrate and edit these values through this window; however any changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0 location. See Appendix 1 for

Potentiometer and Tilt Sensor Zero default values.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 108 of 166

Slow Speed

The iNetVu ® software bases the default polarization motor slow speed on the platform size and type. See Appendix 1 for details. The user may change this value, however doing so could result in difficulty for satellite acquisition.

Polarization Offset

By default this polarization-offset value is set to 0°. If there happens to be a requirement for a polarization offset, the user may manually enter this value in this area. This area is also updated automatically if the skew adjustment procedure recognizes an incline which will adjust the target polarization angle.

Low Platform Current

Low Platform Current is a software controlled current protection for the Mobile Platform’s polarization motors. See Appendix 1 for the default current limits for all iNetVu ® Mobile

Platforms.

Skew Adjustment (Enable Skew Adjustment)

The Skew Adjustment will rotate the antenna on the azimuth axis 90° on each side of the peaked signal and then re-position on signal with an adjustment to the polarization for any inclined surface. This box must be checked if the user wishes to enable this feature.

If left unchecked, the system will not do the skew adjustment.

Calibrate PL

Performs automated Polarization Calibration process. Platforms with Tilt

Sensors must ensure the Sensor is levelled prior to running the PL Zero point calibration. Calculates and populates zero value for PL offset. i. Antenna will completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer. ii. Antenna will completely rotate clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the Potentiometer. iii. Based on the A/D values of the two (2) physical limits and the maximum range of motion for the Mobile Platform, the PL Stow switch location is calculated. iv. Antenna will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the Polarization Stow Switch. v. After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the

Polarization zero position is calculated and the PL Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 109 of 166

8.2.2.7. Maintenance Menu Buttons

The following buttons are available in the maintenance menu for multiple purposes including, ease of use, troubleshooting, accessing data files and more.

Demo / Test

Opens System Test and Demo menu screen

Reset

Restarts the controller

Upload SatParameter

Loads all the Satellite Transponder information located in the

“iNetVu7000_SatParam” text file, into the 7000 Series Controller. The user may modify the table with any DVB transponders that he/she would like saved in the 7000 Series Controller, and click on this button to upload the changes to the controller.

Download Log File

Downloads the log data from the 7000 Series Controller onto the user’s PC. The user may select how much of the log file to upload from the Controller section of this maintenance menu. The maximum data a user may upload is 12 hours.

Load Firmware

Loads the iNetVu_Box.s19 firmware file into iNetVu ® Controller from the iNetVu program folder. The update process is displayed on screen and will notify the user when the process is complete. The controller will be unavailable during this time.

Note: If loading firmware or Satellite Parameter table via USB interface connection with HN_KA modem type selected and the Application is open when controller is first put in Firmware load mode; Application will close without any warning and user must re-launch the Application to click on the

Load Firmware

button. The

Application will NOT close once Firmware updating has finished. It is recommended to close the application prior to invoking Firmware update mode when using HN_KA modem. Application will also close if USB communication is lost.

Read All

Reads ALL parameters from the iNetVu ® Controller’s EPROM memory and sets the values into the iNetVu ® Mobile Software

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 110 of 166

*Save Config File

Allows the user to save all configuration parameters of the iNetVu

Controller Configuration into a txt file located in the iNetVu Mobile

7000 application folder.

*Read Config File

Will populate the maintenance and Configuration screens with the configurable parameters in the saved iNetVu7000_Config.txt file located in the application folder. The user then has the option of sending and saving this data to the controller using the Send All, and

Write EPROM buttons.

*Save All

Saves ALL parameters to the controller’s memory.

* Indicates Menu buttons also exist on the Configuration screen.

Note: All the buttons will be grayed out once the system accepts a command and is operational, except for the command button that is currently active.

Only one operation is permitted at any given time

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 111 of 166

8.2.3.

Configuration

The Configuration menu allows users to configure the communication medium between the Satellite Modem and iNetVu ® Mobile Software, iNetVu ® Controller and iNetVu ®

Mobile Software, as well as various System parameters for optimal performance. Users have the ability to configure and save 5 Satellites (0-4) with their orbital slot and 5

Beacon frequency settings. In order to accommodate the 5 configurable satellites and 5 beacon frequencies a save priority had to be implemented and must be followed when saving. If choosing from the 5 pre-configured all the fields should propagate with the saved values when toggling between the 5 satellites. Follow this order when saving:

1. Select Satellite No. and click Send All

2. Enter Longitude, hemisphere, Transponder No (and all DVB settings) click Send

All

Fig. 90:

iNetVu ® 7000 Configuration Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.1. Target Satellite Parameters

Page 112 of 166

Fig. 91:

Maintenance – Satellite Parameters

Satellite No.

5 different satellite parameters are configurable allowing users to configure and save for easy access. Priority order must be followed when saving, Satellite no first and all other parameters afterwards. If “Configure File” is enabled (selected) Satellite and DVB parameters can be saved all at once.

Longitude

Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Satellite. The Find Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and lock onto a satellite signal.

(Offset) Sat Pol Offset

Denotes Transmit Polarity and may be altered to accommodate any offset ranged -180

 to +180

 generally in North America and most areas around the world.

Not applicable on 2 axis platforms such as Ka-75V (A0755A) and Ka-98h/G/V (A0985)

981/1201/1200/1500/1800/

1.2 Flyaway – Horizontal Receive (Sat Pol Offset = 0) standing up, Vertical Receive (Sat Pol Offset = 90) with feed/OMT position flat. with feed/OMT position

980/740 Platforms – Sat Pol Offset = 0 considering OMT is adjusted manually. (See

Platform Setup and Maintenance Manual for instructions on how to adjust the OMT based on polarity)

Only RX Polarity is referenced for the Pol Offset field allowing both Cross-Pol and Co-

Pol to work with setting the Pol Offset to 90 or 0 depending on the Receive Polarity required. Rx = V = 90 (feed/OMT position flat) and Rx = H = 0 (feed/OMT position

standing up) for Cross-Pol and Co-Pol.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 113 of 166

Use the following as reference for Sat pol Offset:

Receive is vertical and Transmit is vertical – VV = 90

Receive is horizontal and Transmit is horizontal – HH = 0 e.g. 1) Receive is Vertical and Transmit is Horizontal (VH) — The offset entered

should be 90, thus VH = 90. e.g. 2) Receive is Horizontal and Transmit is Vertical (HV) – The offset entered

should be 0, thus HV = 0.

Depending on the service along with the Longitude selected this will automatically be filled and will not be configurable; Eutelsat Satellites polarization angle will update to the correct offset value depending on desired Skew angle. User must enter 0 or 90 depending on Vertical(Y) or Horizontal(X) polarization reference in the Offset field and click on the SEND ALL. e.g. 1) Longitude Satellite = 4.0 E

Manual Offset value entered = 90

Calculated Offset value = 93.5 e.g. 2) Longitude Satellite = 4.0 E

Manual Offset value entered = 0

Calculated Offset value = 3.5

Refer to Eutelsat Polarization Skew Angle Satellite(s) document for more information.

LNB Power (V)

In cases where the LNB requires more power than the modem can provide, or if the user would like to power the LNB from the controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to be supplied to the LNB through the RX IN cable from the controller to the platform itself.

DIS – will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

Fig. 92:

RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 114 of 166

7000 Series Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14, 18, 19 V @

500mA (max)

If the user chooses to power the LNB from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVu ® 7000

Series Controller according to those power/voltage requirements.

Beam ID. (IDirect Ku modem)

Allows Multiple Ku Beam switching using a single modem.

TR No. (Transponder Number)

There are Six (6) Transponder values in the 7000 Series Controller for each satellite.

Transponder 0-2 (TR0_H – TR2_H) are horizontal receive

Transponder 3-5 (TR3_V –TR5_V) are vertical receive.

The user may override the default values saved in the controller with his/her transponder information (frequency, symbol rate, FEC rate)

DVB Type

This drop down menu allows for the configuration of the DVB carrier to search for.

There are currently two options DVB-S1 and DVB-S2 ACM.

Frequency (KHz), Code Rate, Symbol Rate (Ksps)

The frequencies listed are in Ku-band.

The user may select from the six (6) available transponders saved in the 7000 Series

Controller, which are specific to each satellite, or he/she may also enter valid transponder data manually.

DVB will base satellite acquisition on three satellite transponder parameters, them being:

Frequency 1 (KHz)

Ku-Band Receive Frequency

Symbol Rate 1 (Ksps)

Symbol Rate of receive signal

Code Rate (DVBS1 Requirement)

FEC Rate of receive signal

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 115 of 166

8.2.3.2. Reference Satellite Parameters

The reference satellite option is useful when the user cannot find a DVB transponder on the desired target satellite. The user may select a reference satellite with a known DVB

Transponder. The iNetVu

®

System will lock onto the reference satellite, and then pivot from that point to the desired target satellite, and peak on the modem signal. Does not work if search method selected is RF Search.

Fig. 93:

Maintenance – Reference Satellite Parameters

Enable Ref Sat

If this checkbox is selected, the Reference Satellite Option becomes active. The MAX

ES/NO field will be disabled and the value will be set to the default 255. If this box is not selected, all the information in this Reference Satellite Section becomes irrelevant.

Longitude

This field represents the Orbital slot / Longitude of the Reference Satellite. The Find

Satellite command will use this satellite as a pivot point to lock onto the target satellite.

Note:

Once Ref Sat is enabled and the Longitude is set, the functions of the

remaining parameters and DVB settings will be identical to that of the Target

satellite, See section 8.2.3.1 for more details.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 116 of 166

8.2.3.3. Modem Parameters

Configurable parameters will differ depending on the type of modem service selected under the type field.

Fig. 94:

Configuration – Modem Parameters

Type

The user must select the service in use from this drop down menu for proper modem to controller connectivity.

Interface

The user may select the interface used for modem to controller communication establishment. There are currently 6 options:

 HTTP – Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

 TELNET – Telnet Interface

 COM – Console Port Interface

 SNMP – Simple Network Managed Protocol

 UDP – User Datagram Protocol

 NA – Used for standalone systems where only DVB or Beacon is used to lock onto a satellite without the use of a modem.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 117 of 166

Modem Delay

The user may increase the delay time when polling for modem signal by adjusting this number. Increasing this number, will increase the time to find and lock on to satellite as it slows down controller activity and allows slower modems to catch up.

IP Address

This area is reserved for the modem IP address.

Freq (MHz) and Symb (s)

These two fields represent the required Frequency and Symbol Rate of the VSAT modem. This is usually applied to Hughes Net service only. Other services such as iDirect do not require the modem frequency to find satellite.

Rx-Pol

Receive Polarization set in the satellite modem, Hughes Net service only.

Tx-Pol

Transmit Polarization set in the satellite modem, Hughes Net service only.

DVB-Type

The DVB-S type of the modem on Hughes Ku (HX Modems) is required to be set to allow the modem to stay online after the TX enable command has been sent from the controller. If the DVB-S type on the modem is not set to the same as the controller

(default used is DVBS2-ACM) the communication will be lost after modem goes online.

Hemisphere

Hemisphere the modem is operating in, For instance, North American operating modems would be set to “W”, representing western hemisphere. This parameter is mainly used for Hughes Net service.

Note: For Hughes Net service the Modem Frequency, Symbol Rate, Receive and

Transmit Polarization must match those set in the Satellite Modem.

Target ID (Com Tech Only)

Allows modem ID to be set on the same channel as the controller thus enabling modem to communicate with controller and visa-versa.

Demodulator/Carrier (RADYNE MDX Modem Only)

— Demodulator Number (1—4)

— Remote Number on selected demodulator (1—8)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 118 of 166

Password/CD-KEY

Some modems require a password to access their interface. For modems that do not require a password, this field is irrelevant to the communication status between the modem and the controller and will not affect the communication establishment. For modems that have a blank password, this field should be left blank. The CD-KEY is used for the iPSTAR service ONLY.

Beam ID

This option is only available with the HN_KA modem service. Beam ID will be provided by the NOC or service provider once user provides location.

Service Type

User has the option to choose between 7 service types, YAHSAT, Avanti (4 tables) and

North America (2 tables). Once the service type is chosen, the user must click on the

Update Beam Table button to apply the correct Beam Table for the selected Service type.

This must be done before the correct Beam ID is entered otherwise it will not see it in the table.

Update Beam Table

This button will switch to the selected Service Type table and use the saved Beam data.

DVB Settings will be automatically be filled with the correct values associated with the selected Beam ID. The Update Beam Table button is only required to be applied once as long as you continue to use same Service Type. This option is only available with the

HN_KA modem service and must be applied before correct Beam ID values appear in drop-down.

Auto-select Beam Color

This option is only available with the Tooway modem service. Select the Auto-select

Beam Color to have the system automatically lock on the Beam Color by referring to the

Tooway configuration file (iNetVu7000_ConfigForTooway.txt) and GPS location.

Auto RF Mode

Available with Tooway modem service. Selecting this option will automatically insert the search settings for the Tooway (consumer) modem.

Update Look-Up Table

Updates controller with new table information. This feature also allows Auto Beam searching using GPS location coordinates to lock on Beam color. The user must update the table at least once from the application before this feature is usable from the controller front panel by using a single FIND SAT button. See Appendix 5. Or Tooway

Quick Start for more details.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.4. Beacon receiver

Page 119 of 166

Fig. 95:

Configuration — Beacon Receiver parameters

Beacon Freq (MHz)

This field represents the frequency that the Optional Beacon Receiver is programmed for. The user may change this frequency to whatever Beacon is required for the target satellite. 5 configurable Beacon frequency maybe configured with 5 configurable

Satellites. If the iNetVu ® Beacon Receiver is not used, this field can be ignored.

ACQ Attenuation (dB)

The 7000 Series controller software interfaces give the user flexibility to set the power level of the signal when searching using the beacon receiver. This field is only related to the optional iNetVu Beacon Receiver.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 120 of 166

8.2.3.5. Controller Parameters

This sub-section contains data concerning the relevant IP addresses of the iNetVu ®

Series 7000 Controller.

Fig. 96:

Maintenance – Controller Parameters

IP Address

The IP address assigned to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

Subnet Mask

The Subnet Mask IP Address used by the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller for PC and modem connectivity.

Default Gateway

The Gateway IP address used by the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller.

Site Name

Site Name in the controller that consists of combination of letters and numbers up to 30 characters. Site Name will be displayed in the browser tab when using the web interface.

DHCP

The iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller could obtain a dynamic IP address from a DHCP

Server (i.e. router, modem, etc.) if this option is enabled.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 121 of 166

Interface (Com Port Configuration)

This drop down menu allows the user to define the functionality of the serial interface on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller. The following are the Interface options to select from:

DEBUG

MODEM

— Used for internal debugging purposes.

— Used as a communication medium if the specified modem

supports serial interface communication. To communicate with a

Modem via Console, “MODEM” must be selected from the COM

drop down menu, and the proper baud rate of the modem must

be entered as well from the BAUD drop down menu.

GPS_Out — Used for GPS output data gathering.

BEACON — Used to establish communication with the iNetVu BR300L

Beacon Receiver.

GLONASS — Used for External Glonass GPS option.

PC — Used for COM serial port communication between the PC and

Controller.

BAUD (bps)

The user may define the bit rate of the serial communication interface.

Inclined Orbit (Re-peak Time)

Enabling this option will allow the system to maintain signal with an inclined orbital satellite. The user may select the time difference between each re-peak on the inclined orbital satellite without disabling the transmitter and maximizing on the signal strength. This feature has been modified to support Ka platforms’ that shift off signal due to shifting ground and or environment conditions. The inclined mode routine will exit its operation once the Stop button is depressed leaving the configuration selection enabled.

DIS: Disabled

1: Re-peak every 10 minutes

2: Re-peak every 30 minutes

3: Re-peak every 1 hours

4: Re-peak every 2 hours

5: Re-peak every 3 hours

6: Re-peak every 4 hours

7: Re-peak every 6 hours

8: Re-peak every 8 hours

9: Re-peak every 12 hours

Max ES/NO

The Satellite peaking routine will stop at the set value of the SNR signal thus reducing the peaking time after reaching the highest set value. Modifying and or misconfiguring this parameter may inhibit satellite searching sequence and stop the peaking before reaching the highest possible signal. Only change this value if the highest Maximum

ES/NO value is known to the user otherwise leave at default value of 255 to ensure

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 122 of 166 peaking is performed at the highest signal. This field is grayed out when Reference

Satellite is enabled and default value set to 255.

Transmit DC Enable (iDirect only)

Allows user to disable the DC power supplied by the modem to the BUC after TX enable is sent to modem. This allows power to be supplied by an external power source and hence bypassing the modem. Transmit DC Enable is checked by default and by unchecking it would disable DC supply from modem and allow the user to control DC power supply to the BUC .

Enable iDirect Broadcast (iDirect only)

The 7000 Series Controllers can be configured to broadcast with iDirect service. This allows iDirect users with broadcast configured modems, to lock onto a DVB carrier, and enable the transmitter in the iDirect modem automatically after peaking through the 7000

Series Controller.

Motion Protection

The iNetVu

®

Mobile Platform will automatically stow the antenna should it experience extreme motion, such as severe shaking caused by harsh weather conditions. Box selected implies Motion Protection is enabled.

Movement Protection (not a selectable option)

The movement protection option is always enabled and is embedded into the controller.

System will stow automatically when vehicle begins to drive off. The movement protection feature will not function properly if the GPS is overridden because movement protection relies on change of GPS speed (min 5 km/h) plus a change of 2 degrees or more on Elevation. Overriding GPS will omit this feature and antenna stowing due to movement will not occur.

Disable ACP (Hughes Ku Only)

This checkbox allows the user to enable or disable the ACP process for the HNS supported modems. If this box is selected, the modem will not perform ACP and will try to enable the transmitter automatically after peaking. If this box is NOT selected, the controller will attempt to perform an ACP after peaking on satellite and before enabling the transmitter.

Automatic TX Disable

If this checkbox is selected, the controller will automatically disable the transmitter if a reset is done to the modem during transmission and communication between the controller and modem is re-established.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 123 of 166

BEEP

This checkbox is used to either enable or disable the beeping noise when navigating the

LCD interface on the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller. Selected option implies beeping sound is enabled unless D (disabled) is selected.

D – Beep Disabled, the sound will be completely removed.

L – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 2 seconds.

M – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 1 seconds.

H – Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur every 500 milliseconds.

Unattended Operation

This drop down menu represents the Unattended Operation Functionality. The user may disable (deselect), or enable (select) and set the unattended operation to 5, 10, or 15 minutes. If the dish is stowed due to motion or movement (GPS location change combined with speed of 5 km or more) the system will automatically re-acquire satellite depending on the user’s entered delay time after a motion stow. Initial stow wait time is

30 seconds, than the selected times become valid from the second stow onwards. For example, if the user selects 5M from the drop down menu, and the system stows due to motion or movement while operational, Five (5) minutes plus 30 seconds after automatically stowing, the system will try to re-acquire the satellite signal. System will

NOT re-acquire satellite if system was stowed due to movement detection.

8.2.3.6. Log Data and Controller ID

Fig. 97:

Controller ID (serial Number),Log data and LNB_LO section

Controller ID (also referred to as the serial number (SN))

This ID field is the Controller ID number located on the bottom portion of the controller.

The ID is the last four digits or five on the newer models of the controller serial number.

*Newer models have 5 digit serial numbers.

Log Data

The user may choose to upload either 1 hour, 2 hours, or ALL (maximum of 12 hours) of the recorded data log information from the controller to the PC.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8.2.3.7. LNB LO & 22KHz Tone

Page 124 of 166

LNB_LO and Tone section

Fig. 98:

LNB_LO

This drop down menu allows the user to change the LNB frequency settings to relock back onto satellite signal. The Normal operation setting is 10.75 and the controller default setting will reflect this; users should use the default setting at all times with carriers from table list or a carrier can be manually entered. If required to change LNB

LO, than DVB frequency will also change as per the following equation: DVB tuner==IF frequency + (10.75-LO), where LO = the selected LO from the menu, IF Frequency is the selected/entered Frequency from menu (or Satparam database table).

0 – 10.75

1 – 9.75

2 – 10.00

5 – 10.60

4 – 11.30

Note:

Values 0-4 represent controller side value settings.

LNB 22 KHz Tone

The 22 KHz tone can be disabled or enabled for supporting modems that allow for acquisition with LNBs that switch frequency ranges by adjusting the 22 KHz tone. This option is disabled by default.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 125 of 166

8.2.3.8. PC Application

This sub-section contains options regarding the relevant IP address connection to the iNetVu ® Series 7000 Controller. This section allows user to enter IP address of the desired controller that they wish to connect to over the network.

Fig. 99:

PC Application Parameters

ACU (Antenna Control Unit) IP Address

User can enter IP address of networked controller and connect to it over the Network.

Com Port

Used in conjunction with the serial port interface (Interface parameter under COM Port

Configuration section) communication between the controller and pc.

8.2.3.9. Configuration Menu Buttons

Save Config File *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Read CONF *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Save All *

Refer to section 8.1.2.7 for button description and function

Configure File

When this option is unchecked (disabled), data will be read from

Controller. When this option is checked (enabled) multiple changes

will be saved immediately without acting on the parameter priority.

* indicates buttons also exist on the Maintenance screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 126 of 166

8.2.3.10. Maintenance Test

Used for system tests, trouble-shooting, and for demonstrating the iNetVu ® Mobile

System. This feature is accessible from the Maintenance Window Test button.

Fig. 100:

Demo and Test Window

Start/Demo Angles

Initial values for the test/demo sequence

End/Demo Angles

End values for the test/demo sequence

Speed

Speed of the motor during the test/demo sequence (4 – lowest, 9 – highest)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 127 of 166

Loop the Test/Demo

Enables an infinite loop of the test/demo sequence

Loop Interval

Time between test/demo sequences

Test EL/AZ/PL

Moves and rotates to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo

Angle fields

Test Compass

Positions Antenna to the set Elevation angle and updates compass heading by moving to the set End Angle values entered by the user on all three axis.

Stop Test

Halts all test/demo sequences

Test Elevation

Moves dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Test Azimuth

Moves dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Test Polarization

Rotates dish to the values set in the Start Angle and End/Demo Angle fields

Modem Test (Command)

The user may enter certain modem commands, and click send. The 7000 Series

Controller will then read the response from the modem in the text area below the command line. Currently the commands supported are for iDirect service:

 laninfo tx power tx freq tx symrate tx cw rx power rx freq latlon rx symrate

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 128 of 166

8.2.4.

About

Displays information to the user about various sub-system components, as well as contact information for support and feedback.

Fig. 101:

About Window

Software

Version iNetVu ® Mobile Software version

Build ID

Date of software release

Controller

Firmware iNetVu ® Controller’s firmware version.

For compatibility purposes, Controllers are pre-configured with the appropriate firmware for the accompanied software version.

Serial No/ ID iNetVu

®

Controller Serial Number ID.

This field is supported for iNetVu ® Controller Firmware 4.2 and higher.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 129 of 166

Interface

This field represents the means of communication between the iNetVu ® software, and the 7000 Controller.

Boot Loader

Bootloader version loaded in the 7000 Series Controller

Revision

Indicates the revision number of the current Controller Hardware version

DVB Tuner

Displays if a DVB Tuner is detected

MAC Address

Displays controllers MAC Address

Platform

Type

Mobile Platform type

Serial Number(S/N)*

Mobile Platform serial number

* S/N may have 4 or 5 digits (newer controllers)

Fig. 102:

Platform Type and Serial Number

Modem

Service

Type of service modem corresponds to

Type

Type of modem currently communicating with the controller

Firmware

Satellite Modem’s firmware version.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 130 of 166

Serial Number

Satellite Modem’s Hardware ID or Serial Number

Interface

Modem Interface to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

8.2.5.

Language

The multilingual feature allows the toggling between Four (6) languages and updates in real-time the selected language. Currently the available languages are English, Chinese

(Simplified and Traditional), Spanish, Russian and Swedish with more to come.

Fig. 103:

iNetVu Controls Window in Chinese

8.2.6.

Exit

Close the running IMS 7000 Application.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 131 of 166

9. iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller Web Interface

Another method of communicating remotely with the 7000 Controller is through the web interface. It has the ability to communicate with the Satellite Modem, automatically find and lock onto a satellite and stow the antenna when completed. The user can also monitor real-time system parameters such as Signal Strength, GPS Coordinates, motor currents, as well as allowing the user the capability of manually moving the antenna and performing any maintenance tests and calibration tasks. Controller Firmware upgrade and reset (power cycle) is now possible without touching controller front panel (via the web interface (must be running minimum bootloader 7.5.3.0+ version for reset feature).

The site name of the controller will appear in the browser tab if one is entered.

The Web Interface is similar to the 7000 Software, the difference being that it is accessed through a web browser by entering the controllers IP (i.e. 192.168.0.2) address in the URL address bar once a network connection has been established between the controller and the PC. Note some function(s) may not be available in Web interface i.e. Download Log File.

9.1.

Navigating Menus

To view the web interface, type in the IP address of the 7000 Series Controller in the web browser.

There are 5 options available:

 Login (default password: “password”)

 Controls

 Configurations

 System Test

 About

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 132 of 166

To reset the password, click on “RESET PWD”, and enter “123456789” for the reset ID.

These options are available once the controller is in upload mode:

 Login

 Firmware Update

 Sat Table Update

 Reset Controller

Fig. 104:

Web Interface – Upload Login Window

There are 2 ways to get the controller in the upload status; first method is from the controller front panel, the second is from within the web GUI by clicking on the FW_U button. Updating the Firmware or the SatParam Table or Resetting the Controller; all of these can be accomplished by clicking the FW_U from the CONFIGURATION screen.

Fig. 105:

Web Interface – Firmware Update Button

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 133 of 166

9.2.

Controls

Similar to the iNetVu ® 7000 Software Controls Menu, the Web Interface Controls Screen allows the user to monitor system operations, and perform automatic as well as manual system functions. The main difference between the web interface and iNetVu Application is that the Compass Calibration (CP CAL), Compass Test (CP TEST), Azimuth

Calibration (AZ CAL), and Polarization Calibration (PL CAL) are all in the iNetVu

Controls web page, rather than the Maintenance menu.

Fig. 106:

Web Interface — Controls Screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 134 of 166

9.3.

Configuration

The Configuration menu allows users to configure the communication medium between the Satellite Modem and iNetVu ® 7000 Series Web Interface, iNetVu ® Controller and iNetVu ® Web Interface, as well as various System parameters for optimal performance.

A new button (RESET) has been added which allows the user to reset the controller from within the Configuration window.

The Configuration menu allows users to set the Satellite’s name and orbital slot, and override parameters as well as putting the controller in updating mode.

The 7000 Series Controller Web Interface is similar to the iNetVu ® Software

Configuration Menu (See Software Configuration Menu Section for More Details)

Click SEND if any modifications are made.

Fig. 107:

7000 Web Interface — Configuration Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 135 of 166

9.4.

System Test

This screen is mainly used for Demos, testing certain components of the system, and for sending certain modem commands that have been integrated with the iNetVu ® 7000

Series Controller.

The 7000 Series Controller Web Interface System Test web page is similar to the iNetVu ® Software Test Screen

Fig. 108:

Web Interface — Test Window

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 136 of 166

9.5.

About

The “iNetVu About” web page, displays information to the user about various sub-system components, as well as contact information for support and feedback.

Fig. 109:

Web Interface — About Screen

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 137 of 166

9.6.

Firmware/Satellite Table Update

To access the firmware update, and satellite table update screen, perform the following steps:

1. Login to web interface and click on the FW_U button in the Configuration screen.

2. Refresh/restart the WEB interface.

3. After refreshing the WEB interface the controller is now in the upload mode and this is evident from the menu options that are now displayed in the left pane.

Fig. 110:

Firmware/Satellite Param Table update screen

4. Login by entering password. You will receive a “Login Successfully!” display.

5. The options are now enabled and you may proceed and select the preferred task.

6. This can also be accomplished from the front panel. After establishing a proper network connection between the controller and the PC, press the “reset” button on the 7000 Series Controller, and hold the “↑” and “↓” buttons on the front panel at the same time until you read “Firmware/Sat update” on the LCD screen.

7. Open up a web browser, and type the 7000 Series Controller IP address into the

URL address field. Type in “password” in the Password field.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 138 of 166

9.6.1.

Firmware Update

To update the controller firmware click on the “FIRMWARE UPDATE” link on the left panel. The following screen should appear:

Fig. 111:

Firmware Update Window

To update the firmware via web page:

1. Browse to firmware (.s19) file and select it.

2. Click on the “Upgrade” button.

3. The status bar will appear, and the Controller firmware should be updated within a minute.

Fig. 112:

Firmware Update – Progress bar

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 139 of 166

9.6.2.

Satellite Table Update

In order to update the table containing the satellite transponder data, the iNetVu7000_SatParam.txt file must be manually changed. For example,

If a user wishes to add a transponder to satellite 91W, he/she would locate satellite 91W in the table, and replace one of the transponders with the new transponder data. Save the file once the changes have been made.

To upload the changed table to the controller:

1. Select “Sat Table Update” from the left panel of the web page after putting

Controller in upload mode (Follow previous steps in section 9.6).

Fig. 113:

Satellite Parameter Table Update

2. Browse for the modified “iNetVu7000_SatParam.txt”, and click on the “Upgrade” button. The controller should be updated within a few seconds.

*Note:

Any of the upgrade processes can be cancelled by clicking the RESET

CONTROLLER link (forces the controller to power cycle) before starting the

procedure. Controller must be loaded with Bootloader 7.5.3.0+ for this option

to be available.

*Note:

The Firmware and SatParam table can also be updated using the latest

IMS running on a pc/laptop and connected via USB or Serial RS232 cable

connection. Recommended methods are USB or Network (LAN Connection).

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 140 of 166

10. Controller Connectivity

In order to interface directly with the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller, a Network Interface and a Web Interface are available.

The Network/Web Interface allows the user to operate the automatic functions such as

Finding Satellite, Stowing the Antenna, and Stopping Operations, as well as monitoring

System Status, real-time Motor Currents, and Signal Strength.

In order to access the Network Interface, simply install the iNetVu

®

7000 Software on your PC and place your PC on the same network as the 7000 Series Controller.

In order to access the Web Interface, place your PC on the same network as the 7000

Series Controller, and simply type in the IP address of the 7000 Controller into your web browser. iNetVu

®

7000 Network Configurations:

Default IP Address:

Default Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway IP:

192.168.0.2

255.255.255.0

192.168.0.1

Network Cable /

USB Cable

Fig. 114:

Controller to PC Connectivity

Computer

Set IP to the same subnet as the iNetVu

7000 Controller and the Gateway as the iNetVu 7000

Controller.

Straight

Network Cable

Straight

Network Cable iNetVu 7000 Series Controller

Set IP to the same subnet as the Satellite

Modem / VSAT and the Gateway as the

Satellite Modem / VSAT.

Router / Switch

Satellite Modem / VSAT

Computer

Set IP to the same subnet as the iNetVu

7000 Controller and the Gateway as the

Router/Switch.

Fig. 115:

Controller to PC and Modem Connectivity via Network Interface

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 141 of 166

10.1.

Network Configuration Example

Direct Connection to PC:

*See Appendix for router configuration iNetVu 7000 Series Controller

IP Address: 192.168.0.2

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 192.168.0.1

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

Fig. 116:

IP Setup for Controller to PC Connectivity

Direct Connection to Satellite Modem/VSAT:

Satellite Modem / VSAT – Fixed IP Address

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

(Manufacturer Dependent)

Computer

IP Address: 192.168.0.3

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 192.168.0.2

IP Address: 10.211.9.74

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

Modem IP: 10.211.9.73

Satellite Modem / VSAT

IP Address: 10.211.9.73

Fig. 117:

Controller to Modem Network Setup

** Once the IP Address is assigned to the iNetVu ® 7000 Controller by the Satellite Modem / VSAT, you may check the LCD Menu to view the assigned IP Address.

Connection via Router/Switch:

Satellite Modem / VSAT – Fixed IP Address

IP Address: 10.211.9.74

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

Modem IP: 10.211.9.73

Straight

Network Cable

Satellite Modem / VSAT

IP Address: 10.211.9.73

Switch

Straight

Network Cable

Straight / Crossover

Network Cable

(Manufacturer Dependent)

Fig. 118:

Controller to Modem and PC network setup

Computer

IP Address: 10.211.9.75

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Gateway: 10.211.9.73

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 142 of 166

10.2.

How to Set Network Configurations on your PC

1. Open Network Connections, right-click your network card, and select Properties.

2. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click

Properties.

3. Direct Network Connection:

Set your PC to the same subnet as the iNetVu

®

7000 Series Controller, and the Default Gateway to the iNetVu ® 7000 Series Controller.

The screenshot depicts this configuration.

Network Connection via Router/Switch:

Dependent on Network Configuration (See previous section)

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 143 of 166

11. Integrations and Compatibility Features

11.1.

GLONASS Navigation System

The GLONASS Navigation System is now fully compatible with the 7000 series controller using the NAVIS Receiver Module, P/N: NV08C-EVK-CSM. To date this is the only module that has been successfully tested and thus only this device (P/N: NV08C-

EVK-CSM) will be supported. This option can be selected in the IMS 7000 software or within the controller using the keypad functions. This option currently supports an external GLONASS receiver which is attached to controller via serial port interface. The

7000C and 7024C controllers have NV08C- CSM chip onboard and use the

GLONASS/GPS Antenna that is shipped with these units.

11.2.

Uplogix Remote Management

The iNetVu Controller has been fully integrated with Uplogix Remote Management appliances. This feature allows for out-of-band and in-band remote access to the iNetVu

Antenna Systems with capability to remotely monitor parameters on the iNetVu controller and issue commands to enable, reconfigure, retarget and stow the antenna(s). This functionality allows the operators to remotely manage and control the iNetVu antenna, as if they were onsite. Refer to the Uplogix Feature Guide for operational/setup information.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

12. APPENDICES

Page 144 of 166

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 145 of 166

12.1.

Appendix 1: Default Limits and Configuration Data Tables

Compass Reading Elevation

PLATFORM TYPES

A1800A

/B/C/E

A1500A/

B/C/E

A1200 A0980 A0740 A0660

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

32 37 32 35 25 25

PLATFORM TYPES

A1810A

/B/C/E

A1801A

/B/C/E

A0180A A1210A A1201A A1200Q

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

32 32 32 32 32

COMPASS READING

ELEVATION

PLATFORM TYPES

A0985A A0985B A0981A A0755A

24 24 24 24

A0121

NA

Table 1: Compass Reading Elevation Default Values

32

A0125A

NA

Elevation Offset

EL OFFSET

EL OFFSET

A1800A/

B/C/E

45.00

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1500A/

B/C/E

42.00

A0980

31.00

PLATFORM TYPES

A0740

31.00

A0660

35.00

A1210A A1201A

60.5 17

1200Q

11

A0121A A0125A

15.5

A0985A A0985B A0981A A0755A

15.5

EL OFFSET 18.5 18.5 18.5 20.5

Table 2: Default Elevation Offsets. All values are + 2

after Target Calibration.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 146 of 166

AZ Potentiometer/Encoder

AZ ZERO

AZ ZERO

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1800A/B

/C/E

A1500A/

B/C/E

280.7808 282.88

PLATFORM TYPES

A1210A A1201A

278 282.8

AZ ZERO

A0985A/B A0121A

282.8 282.8

A0980

342.17

A1200Q

210.9

A0125A

282.8

A0740

342.17

A0981A

282.8

Table 3: Azimuth Potentiometer Default Values

PL Potentiometer

PLATFORM TYPES

A1800A/C A1800B/E A1200

PL ZERO 205.4144 159.2832 197.22

A0980

131.79

A0740

131.79

Table 4: Polarization Potentiometer Default Values

A0660

342.17

A0755A

282.8

A0660

131.79

A1500A/

B/C/E

212.4

** Note**:

The A980A and A1200A Revision 3.0 Platforms as well as all New Gen platforms, have replaced the PL Potentiometer with a PL Inclinometer (Tilt Sensor);

755A and 985A do not have movement on the PL axis thus the above table is not valid for these units, See Table 5 for Tilt Sensor default values.

PL Inclinometer (Tilt Sensor)

PL ZERO

PL ZERO

PLATFORM TYPES

A1201

90.0

A1200

90.0

PLATFORM TYPES

A0121A A0125A

90.0 90.0

A0120A

90.0

A1200Q

90.0

A0985A/B

90.0

A1210A

90.0

A0981A A0980A A0755A

90.0 90.0 90.0

Table 5: Polarization Inclinometer Default Values

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 147 of 166

Default Platform Speeds and Limits

EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

AZ SLOW

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

PL CURRENT9

PLATFORM TYPES

A1200B/

A1800A/

B/C/E

C/A1500

A/B/C/E

6 6

7.00A

12.00A

6

7.00

12.00

6

7.00

10.00

6

1.5

2.0

7.00

10.00

4

1.5

2.0

A0980

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0740

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0660

EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

AZ SLOW

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

PL CURRENT9

PLATFORM TYPES

A1810A

B/C/E

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

A1801A

B/C/E

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

A1210A

6

2.0A

2.5A

6

1.0A

1.5A

4

0.7A

A1201A

Ver.2.0

8

3.5A

5.0A

9

1.8A

2.0A

2

0.3A

1.0A

PLATFORM TYPES

A0121A A0125A A0985B

0.5A

1200Q

1201A

Ver.3.0

3

7.5A

10.0A

3

5.0A

7.5A

2

0.3A

0.5A

5 5 3 4 EL SLOW

EL CURRENT6

EL CURRENT9

4.5A

4.5A

3.0

4.5A

7.0A

4.5A

10.0A

3.0

5

3.5A

4.5A

AZ SLOW 2

AZ CURRENT6

AZ CURRENT9

PL SLOW

PL CURRENT6

1.5A

1.5A

6

0.8

1.5A

1.5A

6

0.8

1.7A

2.0A

NA

NA

1.7A

2.5A

2

.3A

PL CURRENT9

0.8 0.8

NA .5A

Table 6: Default values for speed and current limits

A0985A

/A0755A

3

7.0A

10.0A

9

5.0A

7.0A

NA

NA

NA

4

7.00

12.00

4

7.00

10.00

7

1.5

2.0

A0981A

3

7.0A

10.0A

9

5.0A

7.0A

2

0.3A

0.5A

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 148 of 166

12.2.

Appendix 2: Compass Direction and System Ref. AZ Table

Direction

North (N) = 0

North West (NW) = 45

East (E) = 90

South East (SE) = 135

South (S) = 180

South West (SW) = 225

System Ref.

AZ

0

-45

-90

-135

-180

135

Search Window Starting Angle

0

-45

-90

-135

-180

135

West (W) = 270

North West (NW) = 315

90

45

90

45

N

±180

135

-135

W

90

E

-90

45

South

0

-45

AZ Reference Point

Note: Antenna reference point is 0˚ which means the reflector is pointing south with reference to the back facing North. The search window reference starting point will be the System Ref. AZ value, use above table and diagram to figure out which way the

Antenna must be pointed (System Ref. AZ starting point) in order to set the AZ Window

Size if an area is required to be excluded or blocked off from the search.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 149 of 166

Menu

12.3.

Appendix 3: LCD Table Summary

Field Explanation

MONITOR

MAIN

EL

AZ

PL

GP

SM

S1

S2 (Optional)

E (Angle)

A (Angle)

P (Angle)

GPS and CMPS

ST

RF/DVB (Value)

M (SNR) D/E

Beacon Signal

E (Angle)

I/S

S (Value)

Ad (Value)

C (Value)

O (Value)

A (Angle)

I/S

W (Value)

Z

P (Angle)

I/S

O (Value)

Z

GPS (Status)

LAT and LONG

V (Value)

H (Value)

RF Search Mode

RF Override

RF Threshold

RF/DVB (status)

CP (Status)

CP (Value)

AZ_W

Sat No

Sat Long +

Hems.

E (EL)

A (AZ)

P (PL)

TP NUMBER

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

Ref. Sat Long +

Hems.

E (EL)

A (AZ)

P (PL)

Elevation Angle and Limit Indicators

Azimuth Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

P (Angle) – Polarization Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

GPS Status Flag and Compass Status Flag (OO, OV, VO, FF)

System Status (II, ST, PK, etc.)

RF/DVB (U/L) – Receive RF/DVB Signal Value and Lock/Unlock Status

Modem Signal and Transmitter Status

Beacon Signal value, and locked or unlocked status of BR300L Receiver(optional)

Real Time Elevation Angle and Status

Real Time Current being drawn from the elevation motor @ the set speed

Elevation search window limit

Advanced Search Elevation Gap

Elevation angle at which the compass reading is taken

Elevation Offset used to obtain an accurate elevation reading

Real Time Azimuth Angle and Status

Real Time Current drawn from the Azimuth motor @ the set speed

Azimuth search window limit

AZ Zero AZ Axis

Real Time Polarization Angle and Status

Real Time Current drawn from the Polarization motor @ the set speed

Polarization offset

PL Zero PL axis

GPS Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Latitudinal and Longitudinal GPS Coordinates

GPS Velocity – indication of moving vehicle

GPS Heading

RF mode status disabled or enabled (N or Y) – first field

RF override status disabled or enabled (N or O) – second field

RF Threshold value

RF or DVB value with LNB and Signal (N or L)

Compass Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Compass Heading taken after compass has been checked

Azimuth search window

Target Satellite (Sat0 to Sat 4)

Target Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

Target Antenna Elevation Value for Satellite acquisition

Target Antenna Azimuth Value for Satellite acquisition with reference to True North

Target Antenna Polarization Value for Satellite acquisition

T0-T2 (Horizontal Receive) and T3-T5 (Vertical Receive) DVB Transponders

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for target satellite

Reference Satellite Status, Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

Target Antenna Elevation Value for Satellite acquisition

Target Antenna Azimuth Value for Satellite acquisition with reference to True North

Target Antenna Polarization Value for Satellite acquisition

MB

IP

GW

OPERATION

S0/BLU/BM

S1/ORG

S2/PRP

S3/GRN

S4

TE

TD

AZC

PLC

CPC

CR

CONF1

S1

SM1

SM2

CONF2

S2

MB

EL

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 150 of 166

TP NUMBER

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB_P

Modem (Status)

A (ACP Status)

BR (Freq : status))

C_IP (Address)

M_IP (Address)

S_IP (Address)

G_IP (Address)

Find Sat 0

Find Sat 1

Find Sat 2

Find Sat 3

Find Sat 4

Enable Tx

Disable Tx

Calibrate AZ

Calibrate PL

Calibrate CP

Restore

Compass

Sat Number

Sat Longitude

S11/S2A

O (Offset)

TP Number

FREQUENCY

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

RF Status

CP

CP Heading

AZ_W

Modem ID

BR Frequency

Sat Longitude

O (Offset)

TP Number

FREQUENCY

S11/S2A

SYMBOL RATE

CODE RATE

LNB Power

MOD FREQ

MOD sym. Rate

Rx/Tx Polarity

Hem.

T (N/Y)

ACP DIS (Y/N)

22 KHz (E/D)

O (Value)

W (Value)

A (Value)

T0-T2 (Horizontal Receive) and T3-T5 (Vertical Receive) DVB Transponders

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches for ref. Satellite

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for reference Satellite

Status of communication between controller and modem (i.e. initializing, normal, etc.)

Real Time ACP Status from the NOC

Status and Frequency of the Beacon Receiver

Controller IP Address

Modem IP Address

Controller Subnet IP Address

Controller Gateway IP Address

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 0 or Blue Beam or Beam ID

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 1 or Orange Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 2 or Purple Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 3 or Green Beam

Automatically Find and Lock on to configured satellite 4, S4 returns system back to auto mode when using front panel with Tooway modem.

Enable the Transmitter

Disable the Transmitter

Calibrate the Azimuth Axis

Calibrate the Polarization Axis

Calibrate the Compass

Automatically Restores Compass to Factory Calibrated state

Satellite number selected for configuration (0-4)

Target Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value and Hemisphere

DVB Carrier Type for target satellite

Target Satellite Offset

Transponder Number in Controller (T0-T2) Horizontal Receive (T3-T5) Vertical Receive

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for target satellite

RF Search Mode Status, Threshold override status and RF Threshold value

Compass Status (i.e. Normal, Overridden, or Failure)

Compass Angle reading

Azimuth Search Window Limit for satellite acquisition

Modem Beam ID number

Beacon Receiver programmable frequency/Initial Acquisition Gain.

Reference Satellite Locations Longitudinal Value, and Enable/Disable option

Reference Satellite Offset

Transponder Number in Controller (T0-T2) Horizontal Receive (T3-T5) Vertical Receive

Satellite Transponder Frequency that DVB searches

DVB Carrier Type for reference satellite (

Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate that DVB searches

Satellite Transponder FEC (Code) Rate that DVB searches

LNB Power supplied to the LNB when searching for reference satellite

Frequency modem is configured for (HNS ONLY) (MHz)

Symbol Rate modem is configured for (HNS ONLY) Sps

Modem configured receive and transmit polarity respectively.

Hemisphere of operation

Auto Disable Tx when modem is reset while system is online (N=keep modem status)

Y = Disable ACP N = Enable ACP

E = Enable/ D= Disable 22 KHz Tone for HNS Modem

Elevation Offset for proper elevation angle readings

Elevation Window Limit for satellite searching

A (Value) – Elevation Adjustment Gap for inclined surfaces

SG

IP

SR

AZ

PL

GP

C1

C2

C3

TEST

E&A&P

CP

DPY

DPYQ

DPY_C

A_ACP

M_ACP

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 151 of 166

L (UDS)

C (EL Value)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

Z (Value)

Stow Limit

CP_O (Value)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

Z (Value)

Skew/Stow Limit

O (Offset)

S (Value)

I (Limits)

G (Mode)

GPS Long

GPS Lat

BC

ES_NO

DH (DHCP)

UN (Time)

MP

IN

BP

C (Console Use)

Platform Type

TX_O

Axis Selection

TST

CP

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

E (Angle)

P (Angle)

A (Angle)

DPLY

A_ACP

M_ACP

PASSWORD

LO

22KHz Tone

S_IP (Address)

G_IP (Address)

C_IP (Address)

M_IP (Address)

Service

Interface

Password/CD-

KEY

E (Range)

P (Range)

A (Range)

Up, Down, and Stow Limits enabling (E) or disabling (D) on the Elevation Axis

Compass Reading Elevation Angle

Slow Speed Settings for Elevation Angle Operation

Current Limits on EL Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

AZ Pot Zero for converting A/D value for physical determination of AZ zero angle

Stow Limit Enabling (E) or Disabling (D)

Compass Offset

Slow Speed Setting for Azimuth Axis.

Current Limits on AZ Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

PL Pot Zero for converting A/D value for physical determination of PL zero angle

Skew Adjustment and Stow Limit Enabling (E) or Disabling (D)

Polarization Offset

Slow Speed Setting for Polarization Axis.

Current Limits on PL Axis @ Speed 9 and @ Speed 6

GPS Setting (Override, Normal)

GPS Longitudinal Value

GPS Latitudinal Value

TX Broadcast Enable/Disable

Maximum ES/NO value that will stop peaking process once reached

Enables or Disables DHCP in the controller

Unattended Operation

Enables or Disables Motion Protection

Inclined Satellite Enable (# -> time between re-peak)

Beep upon Movement of Cursor via LCD

Console Interface Configuration (modem, Beacon Receiver, dBUG, GPS, Glonass, PC) and Baud Rate

Platform Type, Version and Serial Number Configuration

Polarization offset adjustment upon positioning due to mechanical misalignment of mount

Web Interface, and LCD Configuration Screen Access Password

Enable or Disable 22KHz tone

7000 Controller Subnet IP Address

7000 Controller Gateway IP Address

Controller IP Address

Modem IP Address

Service In Use (iDirect, Hughes, Etc.)

Modem Communication Interface (i.e. Telnet, HTTP, Console, etc.)

Modem Password/CD-KEY if necessary

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of elevation movement

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of polarization movement

Range and speed of start angle to end angle of azimuth movement

Selection for Axis to be tested, and test looping option setting

Initiates the testing on the specified axis and range.

Performs a Check Compass Operation

The target elevation angle for antenna deployment

The target polarization angle for antenna deployment

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment

Initiates the deploy command to the specified antenna deployment angles

The target elevation angle for antenna Quick deployment

The target polarization angle for antenna Quick deployment

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment

Initiates the Quick deploy command to the specified antenna deployment angles

The target elevation angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

The target polarization angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

The target azimuth angle for antenna deployment and compass reading

DPLY – initiates a compass reading at the specified antenna deployment angles

Initiates an Automatic Cross Pol Test

Initiates a Manual Cross Pol Test

S_ACP

INFO

CC1

CC2

DVB_D

DVB_P

MOD

SYS1

ERR

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 152 of 166

S_ACP

ID (Value)

HW (Value)

SQ_T (Value)

FBV (FW – BL)

MA (Address)

CONF_ID(Value)

DVB

DVB

SN (Value)

S (Status)

V (Version)

Platform Type

Error (Code)

Stops any Cross Pol testing in progress

States the Controller ID

States the Controller Board Hardware Type

Signal Quality Threshold for proper Controller SNR Reading

States the Firmware and Boot loader version respectively

States the Controller MAC Address

States the Controller Configuration ID (for internal use)

States the DVB Mode in Use

DVB Status information

States the modem Serial Number

States the status of the modem

States the Modem Firmware Version

Platform Type and Serial Number

Displays error codes if applicable

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

12.4.

Appendix 4: Router Configuration Example

GPS

Antenna

*Ground

protection

External grounding connection

12/24 VDC

Power Input

RX IN

SENSOR

CABLE

TX RX iNetVu™ Mobile

Platform

MOTOR

CONTROL

Page 153 of 166

PC: DHCP

OR

Static:

IP: 192.168.1.2

SUB: 255.255.255.0

GW: 192.168.1.1

Computer

RX

OUT

WAN Port

7000 CTRL: DHCP

OR

Static:

IP: 192.168.1.3

SUB: 255.255.255.0

GW: 192.168.1.1

SAT IN

Satellite Modem / VSAT

TX OUT

!

90 — 264VAC

Motor Control Cable

Modem Example:

70.232.247.49

Sensor Cable

Router:

WAN IP: 70.232.247.50

SUB: 255.255.255.0

LAN IP: 192.168.1.1

SUB: 255.255.255.0

RG6 Coaxial Cable

Network Cable

Power Cable

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. See Appendix for

VDC power input external cable wiring.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 154 of 166

12.5.

Appendix 5: Tooway Look-up Table

Configuring Tooway Auto Beam Color Search on Controller LCD

The following procedure will only work on Controllers with Hardware ID >=

(greater or equal to) 1, this can be confirmed in the software “About” window.

1. Upload to Latest iNetVu FW.

2. Launch iNetVu Mobile 7000 Software.

3. Configure Application to use desired Platform i.e A0755A or A0985A (In

Maintenance Window) and Modem type (In Configuration Window).

4. Click Send ALL followed by Write EPROM.

5. Reset (recycle power) on Controller.

***Note**** The Tooway Look-up Table must be uploaded to the Controller via the

Application software before it can be used directly from the Controller LCD. This process is only required once as long as no changes are made to the Beam

Colors which than will require another Table Upload.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

6. In the Configuration Window, click on Update Look-up Table

Page 155 of 166

7. This process will take approximately 6-10min depending on your system. Status will be displayed on the bottom of the Configuration window.

Look-up Table Upload

Status

Look-up Table Upload

Button

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

8. The Upload status will be confirmed with an OK once it finishes.

Page 156 of 166

9. Ensure Auto-select Beam Color option is selected on the Application side in order to see which Beam color the auto selection is searching on.

10. The Controller is now ready to do Auto Beam selection.

11. Press FIND SAT, the system will begin the Auto Beam search

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 157 of 166

12. Hold down the FIND SAT button for 3 seconds then let go, Tooway menu will display, which will allow the user to manually select the Beam Color they desire.

BLU ORG PRP GRN SS4

TE TD AZC PLC CPC CR

13. Selecting SS4 will put system back into Auto Beam search mode.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 158 of 166

12.6.

Appendix 6: DC Input Power Cable Connectivity

Note: DC Input connector exists in 7000C and 7024C controllers ONLY, older versions do not have the DC Input connector.

Controller Receptacle

J1 Panel Receptacle

4-Socket Contacts Mating View

External Cable Plug

P1 Straight Plug

4-Pin Contact Mating View

P1 External Cable Plug Pin List (4-CONTACTS)

SIGNAL Notes RECEPTACLE

PIN

P1-1

P1-2

P1-3

DC + In 2 Must have an Inline Fast Blow Fuse – [email protected]

DC — In 2

CHASSIS

GND

P1-4

NOT USED

Note: VDC Power Input feature is available in the 7000C and 7024C Models Only. The correct external power source should be used with the correct controller type, (7000C-12VDC/7024C-24VDC input).

The DC cable if assembled by end user must include INLINE FAST BLOW FUSE rated at

[email protected]

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 159 of 166

Materials Required for External Cable:

Part # Quantity Description

206429-1 1

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Plug Assembly, Shell Size 11,

Reverse Sex, 4-Pin Contacts, Series 1

206358-5 1

66361-4

————

————

4

1

X

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Cable Clamp, Size 11

TEConnectivity AMP CPC Pin Contact, Series 1, Wire 18-

14 AWG

Heatshrink, Adhesive, 25mm Dia X 60mm Lg

External cable used should be a 3-wire, 14 AWG.

———— 1

inline fast blow fuse at [email protected]

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 160 of 166

12.7.

Appendix 7: Setup Wizard Configuration Steps

The Setup Wizard will launch every time the iNetVuMobile7000 software is executed, select “Do not show this message again” to allow software to go straight to the Controls Window when the software application is launched.

1. Click iNetVuMobile7000 icon on desktop.

2. Click Allow access button on the Windows Firewall pop-up window.

3. Put check mark in the box “Do not show this message again” and click Yes.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 161 of 166

4. The Setup Wizard will check and ensure Firmware and Software versions are the same, if not the same version you will be prompted to update, select Yes.

5. Put controller in Firmware update mode by following instructions on the screen.

6. Click Update Firmware button, it may take 10 seconds for button to become clickable.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 162 of 166

7. Firmware update status will be displayed on bottom of screen. The screen will automatically flip to the next step once the update has completed.

8. Select and or enter Platform type, version and Serial number and click Next.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 163 of 166

9. Select the service type (Modem service used), and interface, along with

Controller and Modem information. Hover over each field to get tips, examples and clear explanation. Click Next

10. Satellite information screen, allows user to configure Satellite, Search Method and DVB settings. Enter and select Parameters/Settings for the Satellite used with your Platform. Click Finish.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

11. Click Yes to save and exit.

Page 164 of 166

12. Launch the Application by double clicking the iNetVuMobile7000 icon.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 165 of 166

12.8.

Appendix 8: Declaration of Conformity

Application of Council Directive EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC

Standards to which Conformity is Declared:

EN55022 1998, Class B / ICES 003

FCC Part 15 Class B

EN 61000-6-3: 2001 Emission Class B

EN 61000-6-1: 2001 Immunity

EN 61000-4-4: Fast Transient Burst

EN 61000-4-2: Static Discharge

EN 60950: 1992 Safety of Information Technology Equipment

Manufacturers Name C-COM Satellite Systems Inc.

Manufacturers Address 2574 Sheffield Road, Ottawa, Canada, K1B 3V7

Importers Name (optional)

Importers Address

(optional)

Type of Equipment Satellite Antenna Controller

Model Number iNetVu Mobile System

CE Marked 2005

Serial No. (Optional) Year of Manufacture (Optional) 2004

I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the above Directives and Standards.

Signed on behalf of the Manufacturer and Importer

Place Ottawa, Canada Signature

Date April 4, 2005 Full Name: Dr. Leslie Klein, P.Eng.

Position: President and CEO

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 166 of 166

  • iNetVuTM 7000 Controller User Manual

    Work In Progress

    The iNetVu brand and logo are registered trademarks of C-COM
    Satellite Systems, Inc. Copyright 2006 C-COM Satellite Systems,
    Inc.

    1-877-iNetVu6 www.c-comsat.com

    Revision 1.19

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 2 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    This page is intentionally left blank.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 3 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    Copyright 2006. All rights reserved. C-COM Satellite Systems
    Inc. This document contains information, which is protected by
    copyright. All rights reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or
    translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except
    as followed under the copyright laws. Both the iNetVu and C-COM
    names and logos are registered trademarks of C-COM Satellite
    Systems Inc. Intel Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel
    Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT and MapPoint are
    registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other product
    names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered
    trademarks of their respective companies and are the sole property
    of their respective manufacturers.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 4 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    FCC and INDUSTRY CANADA INFORMATION TO THE USER: The FCC and
    Industry Canada have imposed the following conditions when
    operating, installing and deploying iNetVu Mobile Earth Stations
    and is mandatory for all installations made within the Continental
    United States and Canada as well as Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico,
    the U.S. Virgin Islands and other U.S. Territories. The FCC
    requires that a certified installer perform the installation. It is
    also strongly recommended that a qualified professional RV
    dealer/installer mount the system on your vehicle. These conditions
    are also required by C-COM for all other installed locations. All
    iNetVu Mobile earth station installers must be C-COM Certified, and
    must have specifically acknowledged the requirements for iNetVu
    Mobile installations, which are as follows:

    1. Installation is the physical mounting and wiring of the
    Satellite providers earth station on a vehicle or other stationary
    site in order to prepare for correct operation. Only Certified
    C-COM iNetVu installers may perform the installation and removal of
    an iNetVu Mobile system.

    2. Deployment means the raising, pointing and orienting of the
    earth station to the communicating satellite, every time it is
    raised from a stowed position for use. The deployment of an iNetVu
    Mobile system must only be done by a trained installer or by a
    consumer using the deployment software.

    3. Installers shall install the iNetVu systems only in locations
    that are not readily accessible to children and in a manner that
    prevents human exposure to potential radiation hazards.

    4. For large vehicles with roof mounts, the height of the bottom
    lip of the earth station when fully deployed must be at least six
    feet above the ground at all times, or six feet above a surrounding
    surface which a person may easily access.

    5. If a roof access ladder or any other means of access to the
    roof is installed on the vehicle, then the ladder or access must be
    blocked by a suitable rope or other barrier while the earth station
    is deployed or in operation. The installer must provide this rope
    or barrier directly to the end user at the time of installation and
    advise the user to use it at all times when the earth station is
    deployed or in operation. Warning signs shall also be provided by
    the installer to the end user to be posted on th improper
    installation or due to the failure to provide required information
    to the end user.

    6. Installers and end users will be deemed directly liable for
    any damages resulting from either of their failure to comply with
    the above rules. These rules are meant to ensure that extraordinary
    precautions and measures are used to prevent satellite interference
    or exposure to harmful radiation. C-COM reserves the rights to
    immediately suspend without liability or previous notice the
    operation of the earth station upon detection of a deviation from
    its installation or operational requirements until the deviation is
    corrected. In addition, C-COM reserves the right to suspend or
    cancel the Installer Certificate of any installer that has not
    fully complied with these installation requirements.

    7. Further, the installer and end user may be directly liable
    for any damages resulting from any change undertaken by either of
    them. Including but not limited to, any modification of any part of
    the hardware, software, specific operational

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 5 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    frequencies, the authorized satellite, or the size or other
    characteristics of the earth station supplied to them by C-COM or
    C-COMs authorized representatives. e rope or other barrier warning
    all persons not to attempt to access the roof of the vehicle while
    the earth station is deployed or in operation.

    8. Warning signs shall be posted at prominent locations on the
    earth station informing all persons of the danger of harmful
    radiation from the earth station while it is deployed or while in
    operation.

    9. The iNetVu Mobile system may only be operated when the
    vehicle is stationary.

    10. The installer must inform the end user that the vehicle must
    be stabilized during the transmission, to prevent movement of the
    vehicle for any reason, including movement of persons on or off the
    vehicle, or high winds. The installer shall advise the end user how
    to appropriately stabilize their vehicle.

    11. Installers shall be liable for all damages if they fail to
    comply with the above mandatory conditions. This includes, but is
    not limited to damages caused by

    Note 1: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with
    the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of FCC
    rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
    against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a
    residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
    radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
    accordance with this instruction manual, may cause harmful
    interference with radio communications. However, there is no
    guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
    installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
    radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning
    the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct
    the interference by one or more of the following measures:

    Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the
    separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the
    equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which
    the

    receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced
    radio / TV technician for help.

    Note 2: This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian
    ICES-003.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 6 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    Table of Contents 1.
    Introduction………………………………………………………………………………………………10
    2.
    Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………11
    3. Physical
    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………12
    4. Typical Connection Configuration
    ……………………………………………………………..13

    4.1. Typical Network Interface Connection
    ……………………………………………………..14
    4.2. Typical USB Communication Interface
    …………………………………………………….15
    4.3. Typical Connection PC
    Free………………………………………………………………..16
    4.4. System Diagram with
    Splitter………………………………………………………………….17

    5.
    Installation………………………………………………………………………………………………..18
    5.1. Rack Installation
    …………………………………………………………………………………..18
    5.2. Setup
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………….18
    5.3. Existing iNetVu Mobile Platform
    Installation…………………………………………..19

    6. iNetVuTM Front Panel Operation
    …………………………………………………………………21
    6.1. LED
    Definition………………………………………………………………………………………21
    6.2. Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation
    …………………………………….22 6.3. LCD Screen and
    Navigator Keypad
    Operation………………………………………….23 6.4.
    Front Panel Menu Navigation
    Tree………………………………………………………….24
    6.5. Opening
    Screen……………………………………………………………………………………25
    6.6. Main Menu
    …………………………………………………………………………………………..25

    6.6.1.
    MONITOR……………………………………………………………………………………..26
    6.6.1.1. MAIN
    ……………………………………………………………………………………..27
    6.6.1.2.
    EL………………………………………………………………………………………….30
    6.6.1.3.
    AZ………………………………………………………………………………………….31
    6.6.1.4.
    PL………………………………………………………………………………………….32
    6.6.1.5.
    GPS……………………………………………………………………………………….33
    6.6.1.6. CP
    …………………………………………………………………………………………34
    6.6.1.7.
    DVB……………………………………………………………………………………….35
    6.6.1.8. SAT
    ……………………………………………………………………………………….36
    6.6.1.9.
    MOD………………………………………………………………………………………36
    6.6.1.10. IP
    …………………………………………………………………………………………..37
    6.6.1.11. GW
    ………………………………………………………………………………………..37

    6.6.2. OPERATION
    …………………………………………………………………………………38
    6.6.3.
    CONFIG………………………………………………………………………………………..41

    6.6.3.1. SAT
    ……………………………………………………………………………………….42
    6.6.3.2.
    MOD………………………………………………………………………………………43
    6.6.3.3.
    DVB……………………………………………………………………………………….44
    6.6.3.4.
    EL………………………………………………………………………………………….46
    6.6.3.5.
    AZ………………………………………………………………………………………….48
    6.6.3.6.
    PL………………………………………………………………………………………….50
    6.6.3.7.
    G&C……………………………………………………………………………………….52
    6.6.3.8.
    C&P……………………………………………………………………………………….54
    6.6.3.9.
    RT………………………………………………………………………………………….56
    6.6.3.10.
    G&S……………………………………………………………………………………….56
    6.6.3.11. IP
    …………………………………………………………………………………………..57
    6.6.3.12. SR
    …………………………………………………………………………………………57

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 7 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.4. TEST
    ……………………………………………………………………………………………59
    6.6.4.1. E&A&P
    …………………………………………………………………………………..60
    6.6.4.2. CP
    …………………………………………………………………………………………61
    6.6.4.3.
    DPLY……………………………………………………………………………………..62
    6.6.4.4. DPLY_C
    …………………………………………………………………………………63
    6.6.4.5.
    A_ACP……………………………………………………………………………………63
    6.6.4.6.
    M_ACP…………………………………………………………………………………..63
    6.6.4.7.
    S_ACP……………………………………………………………………………………63

    6.6.5.
    INFO…………………………………………………………………………………………….64
    6.6.5.1. CC1
    ……………………………………………………………………………………….65
    6.6.5.2. CC2
    ……………………………………………………………………………………….65
    6.6.5.3.
    DVB……………………………………………………………………………………….66
    6.6.5.4.
    MOD………………………………………………………………………………………66
    6.6.5.5.
    ERR……………………………………………………………………………………….66

    7. iNetVuTM 7000 Software
    ……………………………………………………………………………..67
    7.1. Operation Modes
    ………………………………………………………………………………….68
    7.2. Navigating Menus
    …………………………………………………………………………………69

    7.2.1. Advanced Controls
    …………………………………………………………………………70
    7.2.2.
    Maintenance………………………………………………………………………………….82

    7.2.2.1. Satellite Parameters
    …………………………………………………………………83
    7.2.2.2. Reference Satellite Parameters
    …………………………………………………85
    7.2.2.3. Modem
    Parameters………………………………………………………………….87
    7.2.2.4. Search Parameters
    ………………………………………………………………….89
    7.2.2.5. GPS and
    Compass…………………………………………………………………..91
    7.2.2.6. Controller Parameters
    ………………………………………………………………94
    7.2.2.7. Platform Parameters
    ………………………………………………………………..96
    7.2.2.8. Elevation Parameters
    ……………………………………………………………….97
    7.2.2.9. Azimuth
    Parameters…………………………………………………………………99
    7.2.2.10. Polarization Parameters
    ………………………………………………………….101
    7.2.2.11. Maintenance Menu
    Buttons……………………………………………………..103
    7.2.2.12. Maintenance Test Screen
    ……………………………………………………….106

    7.2.3. About
    ………………………………………………………………………………………….108
    8. iNetVuTM 7000 Controller Web Interface
    ……………………………………………………111

    8.1. Navigating Menus
    ……………………………………………………………………………….112
    8.2. Controls
    …………………………………………………………………………………………….113
    8.3. Maintenance
    ………………………………………………………………………………………114
    8.4. About
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………..115
    8.5. Firmware/Satellite Table Update
    …………………………………………………………..116

    8.5.1. Firmware Update
    ………………………………………………………………………….117
    8.5.2. Satellite Table Update
    …………………………………………………………………..118

    9. Controller Connectivity
    ……………………………………………………………………………119
    9.1. Network Configuration Example
    ……………………………………………………………120
    9.2. How to Set Network Configurations on your
    PC………………………………………121

    10.
    APPENDICES……………………………………………………………………………………….122
    10.1. Appendix 1: Default Limits and Configuration Data
    Tables…………………….123 10.2. Appendix 2: LCD Interface
    Table Summary…………………………………………125
    10.3. Appendix 3: Router Configuration Example
    …………………………………………128

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 8 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 9 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    Revision Notes The table below records the current version
    status of this document and any changes from the previous
    versions.

    Rev. Date Edited By Description

    1.10 May 1, 2008 A. Cheikhali Document Creation

    1.11 May 14, 2008 A. Cheikhali Web Interface Added

    1.12 May 26, 2008 A. Cheikhali Appended Procedure

    1.13 May 29, 2008 A. Cheikhali Removed SW/LCD configuration from
    appendix to Service Manuals

    1.14 June 16, 2008 A. Cheikhali Updated Captions to latest
    release

    1.15 August 5, 2008 A. Cheikhali Released with 7.1.5.0

    1.16 September 25, 2008

    A. Cheikhali Released with 7.1.6.0

    1.17 September 30, 2008

    A. Cheikhali System diagram with splitter added

    1.18 October 10, 2008

    A. Cheikhali Buttons in 7000 Maintenance Renamed

    1.19 December 18, 2008

    A. Cheikhali Viasat and Flyaway added.

    Proprietary Notice: This document contains information that is
    proprietary and confidential to C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc., and
    is intended for internal use only. No part of this document may be
    copied or reproduced in any way, without prior written permission
    of C-COM Satellite Systems, Inc.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 10 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    1. Introduction The iNetVu 7000 Controller is a one-box,
    one-touch solution for satellite auto-acquisition. Designed to
    interface with a number of Satellite Modems, iNetVuTM VSATs, and
    DVB-S Receivers, the iNetVu 7000 Controller is an easily
    configurable and operated antenna controller unit.

    Fig. 1: iNetVu 7000 Controller

    The iNetVu 7000 Controller is a fully functionally and
    configurable straight off the box solution. No PC or monitor
    required! An I/O GPS Module inside, a DVB-S Tuner, an onboard LCD
    displaying real-time system status, and a Keypad Navigator, makes
    using the iNetVu 7000 Controller extremely simple. The iNetVuTM
    7000 Controller along with any iNetVuTM platform can work as a
    complete stand-alone unit. No modem or RF splitters are required
    for satellite acquisition. The LNB can be powered straight from the
    controller. Equipped with a 32-Bit Micro-Controller, the iNetVuTM
    7000 obtains extremely precise readings from all axes resulting in
    quicker and more reliable satellite acquisition time. The 7000
    Controller is compatible with iNetVuTM legacy systems in the field.
    Existing users can easily upgrade to this new controller.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 11 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    2. Specifications Dimensions: Width :17.1 x Depth:11.0 Height :
    2.0 Weight: 9.9 lbs (4.5 kg) Operating Temperature: -20C to +50C
    Elevation Output: 12VDC, 12 A (Max.) Azimuth Output: 12VDC, 12 A
    (Max.) Polarization Output: 12VDC, 3 A (Max.) Universal AC Input:
    90 264 VAC, 1.1 2.2 A, 47 63 Hz Motor Control Connector: 9 Position
    Circular AMP Connector Signal Input: Female DB26 Connector GPS
    Connector: SMA (Sub-Miniature Version A) Rx Connector: Type F RG6
    PC Interface: USB Interface Network Interface Serial Interface Web
    Interface Front Panel Interface: Automatic and Manual Control
    Keypad

    LCD Screen and Keypad Navigator Tuner Specifications RF Input
    Range: 950MHz to 2150MHz Input Dynamic Range: -75dBm to 25dBm
    Input/Output Impedance: 75 Symbol Rate: 1 to 45Msps

    Specification Item

    Min Typ Max Unit Condition

    Frequency 950 . 2150 MHz . Return Loss 6 10 . dB 950MHz to
    2150MHz Noise Figure . 6 10 dB Maximum Gain

    Loop Through Gain -2.0 . 4.0 dB . Input Dynamic Range -75 . -25
    dBm .

    IMD3 40 .. . dBc Desired & undesired input Level are
    -25dBm

    Local Leakage . -80 -70 dB 950MHz to 2150MHz 10KHz . -84 .
    dBc/Hz .

    Phase Noise 100KHz . -105 . dBc/Hz .

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 12 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    3. Physical

    Fig. 2: iNetVu 7000 Front and Rear Panel

    LCD Screen

    Automatic Control Buttons Manual Control

    Buttons Front Panel

    LEDs

    Keypad NavigatorReset Button

    LAN Network Interface

    GPS GPS Antenna Interfac

    SENSORS 26-pin Interface for Sensor Cable

    MOTOR 9-Position Interface for Motor Control Cable

    Power Input 110-240 VAC Power Input and Switch

    USB USB Interface

    RX OUT Additional Receive Signal output

    RX IN Receive Signal from iNetVu Mobile Platform

    Serial port Serial Port Interface

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 13 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4. Typical Connection Configuration The typical connection
    configuration for each service will be the same regardless of the
    Satellite Modem / VSAT. However, the configuration parameters for
    Satellite Modem / VSAT Communication will differ depending on
    service. See iNetVuTM System Manual for configuration procedures
    corresponding to the service used.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 14 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4.1. Typical Network Interface Connection

    Fig. 3: iNetVu 7000 Controller Typical Connection
    Configuration

    RX

    GPS Antenna

    iNetVu Mobile Platform

    MOTOR CONTROL

    TX

    Satellite Modem / VSAT

    !

    90 — 264VAC

    TX OUT

    RX

    RG6 Coaxial Cable

    Network Cable

    Power Cable

    Sensor Cable

    Motor Control Cable

    SENSOR CABLE

    Computer

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 15 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4.2. Typical USB Communication Interface

    Fig. 4: USB Configuration Interface

    GPS Antenna

    MOTOR CONTROL

    TX

    Satellite Modem / VSAT

    !

    90 — 264VAC

    TX OUT

    RX SENSOR CABLE

    Network Cable

    RG6 Coaxial Cable

    Network Cable

    Power Cable

    Sensor Cable

    Motor Control Cable

    Computer

    USB Cable

    RX

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 16 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4.3. Typical Connection PC Free

    Fig. 5: iNetVu 7000 Controller PC Free Connection
    Configuration

    !

    90 — 264VAC

    GPS Antenna

    MOTOR CONTROL

    SENSOR CABLE

    Satellite Modem / VSAT

    RX

    Network Cable

    RG6 Coaxial Cable

    Network Cable

    Power Cable

    Sensor Cable

    Motor Control Cable

    RX

    TX

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 17 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4.4. System Diagram with Splitter *Please Note: Using a splitter
    is optional. If the user does not wish to power the LNB from the
    Controller, a splitter must be used such that power is passed to
    the LNB from the VSAT Modem (or alternate power source).

    RX

    GPS Antenna

    iNetVu Mobile Platform

    MOTOR CONTROL

    TX

    Satellite Modem / VSAT

    !

    90 — 264VAC

    TX OUT

    RX

    RG6 Coaxial Cable

    Network Cable

    Power Cable

    Sensor Cable

    Motor Control Cable

    SENSOR CABLE

    Computer

    *If the splitter option is used, ensure the LNB Power is
    disabled in the 7000 Controller. (See section 7.2.2.1 LNB Power for
    more detail)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 18 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    5. Installation The iNetVu 7000 Controller is shipped
    pre-configured and calibrated with the iNetVu Mobile Platform and
    service which you plan to use. Only configuration of the Satellite
    Modem / VSAT Communication parameters and the satellite you wish to
    find is required.

    5.1. Rack Installation The iNetVu 7000 Controller includes
    attachable ears which make the iNetVu 7000 Controller configurable
    for rack-mounted installation. If you are installing the iNetVu
    7000 Controller onto a rack, ensure that you use supporting rails
    or a shelf to support the weight of the iNetVu 7000 Controller, and
    use the provided ears to fasten the unit to the rack face.

    5.2. Setup

    1. Connect all of the cables and components as depicted by the
    previous section. Select connections that are best suited for your
    application.

    2. Power on the iNetVu 7000 Controller. 3. Set your external PC
    to the same subnet as the iNetVu 7000 Controller

    (Default IP Address of the 7000 is 192.168.0.2)

    4. Refer to the appropriate Service Manual for service based
    system configuration via LCD or software, depending on the service
    used.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 19 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    5.3. Existing iNetVu Mobile Platform Installation If you are
    replacing an existing iNetVu Series Controller with an iNetVu 7000
    Controller, you will need to perform an Azimuth and Polarization
    Calibration and set the iNetVu Mobile Platform ID prior to
    searching for satellite. Once you have completed the initial setup
    and configuration procedure stated above, access the iNetVu 7000
    Controllers Software (This can also be completed through the LCD
    keypad note: only one method is required) Software Method

    1. Navigate to the Maintenance Screen by right clicking on the
    iNetVuTM icon at the bottom-right of the Windows screen and
    selecting Maintenance.

    2. Click Calibrate AZ, and IMS will begin the Azimuth
    Calibration Function. Verify

    that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Azimuth
    sweep.

    3. After this is complete, navigate back to the Maintenance
    Screen.

    4. Click Calibrate PL, and IMS will begin the Polarization
    Calibration Function. Verify that there are no obstructions that
    would impede a full Polarization sweep.

    5. After this is complete, navigate back to the Maintenance
    Screen.

    6. Enter your iNetVu Mobile Platform Serial Number into the
    Platform SN field

    and click Save. The iNetVu Mobile Platform Serial Number will be
    found on your iNetVu Mobile Platform and ONLY THE LAST 4 DIGITS
    should be entered.

    7. Re-open the IMS software.

    8. Verify that your iNetVu Mobile Platform Serial Number has
    been saved by

    navigating to the About Screen. LCD Method

    1. Advance to the Operations menu using the and arrows on the
    keypad. 2. Advance to AZ_C using the and arrows and press the Enter
    key on

    the keypad. IMS will begin the Azimuth Calibration Function.
    Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full
    Azimuth sweep. Confirm the pot and zero factors when prompted and
    save.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 20 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    3. After this is complete, go back to the Operations menu by
    pressing the Exit button to navigate backwards.

    4. Advance to PL_C using the arrows and select the Enter key on
    the keypad.

    IMS will begin the Polarization Calibration Function. Verify
    that there are no obstructions that would impede a full
    Polarization sweep. Confirm the pot and zero factors when prompted
    and save.

    5. After this is complete, navigate to the Config menu from the
    keypad. The Exit

    button on the keypad can be used to navigate back to the
    original menu, and the Enter button will allow the user to enter
    into a menu.

    6. Navigate to C&P in the configuration menu and select the
    Enter button on the

    keypad.

    7. A screen containing RF and Platform Data will appear.
    Navigate to the far bottom right section of the screen where the
    platform description appears (i.e. A12B for 1.2 mobile unit), and
    click on the arrow once. This action will allow you to make
    modifications to that section.

    Fig. 6: C&P Screen from Configuration

    8. Next to the dish size (i.e. A12B, etc.), there exists a
    4-digit platform serial number

    as outlined in the figure above. Change this number to the
    iNetVuTM Platform Serial Number by using the to advance between
    digits, and the or to change the value of the digit. The iNetVu
    Mobile Platform Serial Number will be found on your iNetVu Mobile
    Platform and ONLY THE LAST 4 DIGITS should be entered.

    9. Click the Enter button on the keypad once the serial number
    has been entered,

    and exit the configuration menu by click the Exit button twice.
    One time to return to the configuration screen and one more time to
    exit the configuration screen.

    10. Once prompted if you would like to save the configuration,
    press the button

    such that Y is selected for yes, and press, Enter. Thats it. You
    have successfully completed the installation and setup of the
    iNetVu 7000 Controller and are ready to find satellite.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 21 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6. iNetVuTM Front Panel Operation

    6.1. LED Definition

    Fig. 7: iNetVu 7000 Controller Front Panel LED Panel

    POWER Solid light indicates power is ON. MOTOR Flashes when any
    of the three motors are instructed to move. COMM / LOCK Indicates
    Communication between Controller and Modem Slow blinking (2 sec.
    intervals) indicates no communication. Slow blinking (1 sec.
    intervals) indicates idle communication. Fast blinking (1/4 sec.
    intervals) indicates that command is being executed Solid Light
    indicates lock on Satellite. TX EN Solid Light indicates
    transmitter has been enabled. STOW Solid Light indicates iNetVu
    Mobile Platform Elevation Axis (EL) is in the stowed position.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 22 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.2. Manual and Automatic Controls Button Operation

    Fig. 8: iNetVu 7000 Controller Front Panel Buttons

    How to Find Satellite

    Press FIND SAT Button. iNetVu Mobile Platform will automatically
    attempt to locate, lock, peak and enable the system onto the
    configured satellite. How to Stow the Antenna Press STOP/STOW
    Button, and hold for 2 seconds. iNetVu Mobile Platform will
    automatically re-center itself and lower into the stow position.
    How to Stop Press STOP/STOW Button (do not hold). Stops all ongoing
    operations such as motor movements and automatic functions like
    Find Satellite and Stow. How to Manually Move the Mobile Platform
    Press SELECT to select the axis of motion you wish to move. The LED
    corresponding to the axes chosen will light up. Press SPEED H/L to
    select the speed (LED ON HI, LED OFF — LOW). Press and release +
    and for short duration movement & angle readings. Press and
    hold + and for long duration movement. Warning: User must watch
    antenna limit sensors (EL UP/ST, AZ ST, PL ST) when using manual
    controls. See LCD Monitor section explanation for more details. How
    to Turn ON/OFF the Controller Turn off the power switch on the back
    panel of the iNetVuTM 7000 Controller. How to Reset the Controller
    Press RESET Button Power-cycles the iNetVu Controller DOES NOT
    reset default values

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 23 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.3. LCD Screen and Navigator Keypad Operation

    Fig. 9: iNetVu 7000 Controller LCD and Keypad Navigator

    Used to move the cursor position.

    Used to select a displayed function

    Used back out of a selection and return the display to the
    previous selection

    ENTER

    EXIT

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 24 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.4. Front Panel Menu Navigation Tree The following is a tree
    consisting of a list of the menu options available with the LCD
    interface.

    Fig. 10: iNetVu 7000 Controller LCD Menu Options

    ***Note: In order for the user to make changes to configuration
    data in a sub-category of the CONFIG menu, or apply changes to data
    in a sub-category of the TEST menu, the button on the keypad must
    be pressed above the data portion in the sub-category before
    changes can be made. For example, if the user wishes to change the
    longitudinal value of the satellite position in the SAT subcategory
    of the CONFIG menu. The steps involved include: 1) Navigating to
    the CONFIG menu on the main screen using the button.

    2) Press the ENTER button once the cursor is above the CONFIG
    menu. 3) At this point, the user should be in the CONFIG menu and
    can select any of the sub-categories

    available. Press the ENTER button once the cursor is above the
    SAT sub-category. 4) To change the longitudinal coordinate of the
    target satellite, navigate to the area of where this
    information

    is located, and press the button once to enable modification. 5)
    At this point, the user can change the character values of the
    longitudinal coordinate by using the and

    buttons. The and the buttons can be used to navigate between
    characters. 6) Press the ENTER button once complete.

    MONITOR OPERATION CONFIG TEST INFO

    iNetVuTM 7000 Controller LCD Menu

    MAIN EL AZ PL GPS CP DVB SAT MOD IP GW

    FIND STOW Tx_E Tx_D AZ_C PL_C

    SAT MOD DVB EL AZ PL G&C C&P RT G&S IP SR

    E&A&P CP DPLY DPLY_C A_ACP M_ACP S_ACP

    CC1 CC2 DVB MOD ERR

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 25 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.5. Opening Screen When powering the iNetVu 7000 Controller,
    the LCD will display the following during the initial boot-up
    sequence.

    Fig. 11: LCD Opening Screen

    6.6. Main Menu The iNetVu 7000 is ready for usage when the
    following is displayed on the LCD. There are Five (5) Main Menu
    items to select from: MONITOR, OPERATION, CONFIG, TEST, and
    INFO.

    Fig. 12: LCD Main Menu

    MONITOR This menu branch allows the user to monitor the status
    of the iNetVu

    Mobile Platform, its components, and displays information
    concerning the iNetVu 7000 Controller and the Satellite Modem /
    VSAT.

    OPERATION This menu branch allows the user to perform
    miscellaneous functions, such as enabling/disabling the
    transmitter, Find Satellite, Stow, and perform axes calibrations,
    etc.

    CONFIG This menu branch allows the user to configure the iNetVu
    TM System, including platform, modem parameters, and
    controller.

    TEST This menu branch allows the user to run demo test on all
    three axes, as well as check/test compass, deploy the antenna, and
    ACP testing.

    INFO This menu branch allows the user to verify the 7000
    controller / modem settings, such as software versions, hardware
    versions, DVB module, and error codes.

    iNetVu 7000 Control C-COM

    MONITOR OPERATION CONFIG TEST INFO

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 26 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1. MONITOR This section describes briefly what each item and
    menu represents. For a more detailed explanation of each menu, see
    the configuration section of this manual. ( Section 6.6.3)

    Fig. 13: Monitor Menu

    MAIN Displays real-time system status and receive signal.

    EL (Elevation) Displays real-time current drawn and speed
    settings for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation
    angle and limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment
    gap.

    AZ (Azimuth) Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings
    for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and
    limits, window size, pot factor, and zero factor.

    PL (Polarization) Displays real-time current drawn and speed
    settings for the polarization motor, as well as real-time
    polarization angle and limits, window size, pot factor, and zero
    factor.

    GPS Displays GPS Status and coordinates.

    CP (Compass) Displays compass status, compass elevation angle
    reading, and 4-point compass readings.

    DVB (DVB Tuner) Displays the DVB Tuners operating frequency,
    symbol rate, and code rate. This branch also contains the
    frequency, symbol rate, and code rate of a reference
    transponder.

    SAT (Satellite) Displays Target Satellite longitude and the
    antennas target coordinates. This branch also contains longitudinal
    coordinates of a reference satellite used for searching.

    MOD (Modem) Displays Modem Parameters.

    IP Displays IP of iNetVu 7000s Ethernet Port, and the VSAT
    modem.

    GW (Gateway) Displays Subnet, and Gateway IP.

    MAIN EL AZ PL GPS CP DVB SAT MOD IP GW

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 27 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.1. MAIN This branch menu displays the real-time Elevation,
    Azimuth, Polarization Angles, their respective limits (Up, Down,
    Stow), the RF Receive Signal, Signal Strength, and the System
    Status.

    Fig. 14: MAIN (Main) Display

    1 Elevation Angle and Limit Indicators

    Ka66/740/950/980 Mobile Platform Range: -90.0 to 65+ 1200/1800
    Mobile Platform Range: -90.0 to 75+ 1.2m Flyaway Antenna 5.0 to 80
    Elevation Angle will be 90.0 when the Elevation Stow Indicator is
    ON for mobile units U Elevation Up Limit has been reached.

    Typically set above 75 for 1200 Mobile Platforms, and above 65
    for 740/950/980 Mobile Platforms.

    D Elevation Down Limit has been reached. Typically set between 5
    and 10 for 1200 Mobile Platforms and between 0 and 10 for

    Ka66/740/950/980 Mobile Platforms. S Elevation Stow Limit has
    been reached.

    2 Azimuth Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

    Range: -200 to +200 Flyaway Range: 75 S Azimuth Stow Limit has
    been reached. Mobile Platform should be physically centered on the
    Azimuth axis.

    3 Polarization Angle and Stow Limit Indicator

    740/950/980 Mobile Platform Range: -70 to 70 1200/1800 Mobile
    Platform Range: -90 to 90 Ka66 / 1800 Circular Band Signals will
    have the Polarization Angle disabled, and will display DDDDD

    E-90.0 U D S A -45.7 S ST P-34.6 S 15U M140D VV

    1

    3

    2 4

    5

    6

    7

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 28 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    S Polarization Stow Limit has been reached. Mobile Platform
    should be physically centered on the Polarization axis.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 29 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4 System Status (status meanings explained in the software
    section of this report)

    AC Azimuth Calibration AT ACP Testing CC Compass Calibration DT
    Dish Testing EC Elevation Calibration II Idle LK Locked on
    Satellite MM Manual Movement PC Polarization Calibration PK Peaking
    PS Positioning SG Stowing SR Searching ST Stowed

    5 Receive RF Signal

    Receive RF Signal as measured from the LNB. The letter U next to
    the RF Value indicates an unlocked status, whereas the letter L
    next to the RF value indicates a Locked on satellite status.

    6 GPS Status Flag and Compass Status Flag

    The first letter represents the GPS status, and the second
    letter represents the Compass status (i.e. VV, FF, OO, FO, OF, OV,
    VO).

    V GPS/Compass Status is Valid/Normal F GPS/Compass Status has
    failed O GPS/Compass Coordinates have been overridden

    7 Modem Status

    Displays the receive strength of the satellite, and the
    Modem/Transmitter Status. D Transmitter Disabled E Transmitter
    Enabled U Unknown (Communication with Satellite Modem / VSAT has
    failed) (E.g. M140D represents modem signal strength of 140, and
    transmitter is disabled)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 30 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.2. EL Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings
    for the elevation motor, as well as real-time elevation angle and
    limits, offset, window size, and Elevation adjustment gap.

    Fig. 15: EL (Elevation) Display

    1 Real-Time Elevation Angle E (Elevation) The number value after
    the E represents the real time elevation angle. D The letter D will
    appear to indicate Down Limit has been reached on the elevation
    axis U The letter U will appear to indicate UP Limit has been
    reached on the elevation axis S The letter S will appear to
    indicate the Elevation angle has reached the stow position

    (Antenna Stowed). 2 Current and Speed Settings

    I/S Real-Time current of the elevation motor is to the left of
    the dash, and speed constant of the elevation movement is to the
    right of the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set speed
    of 6).

    U The letter U will appear if there is an up movement on the
    elevation axis. D The letter D will appear if there is a down
    movement on the elevation axis. 3 — Search Window Elevation Limit
    This value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will point
    above and below the calculated

    target elevation coordinate when searching for satellite. (S: 5
    implies elevation search window is 5)

    4 Advanced Search Elevation Gap

    Parameter used to determine the small incremental adjustments
    required for a more accurate satellite search. It represents the
    value used while searching on an incline surface on elevation
    angle. Decreasing this value will add accuracy to the Search
    Window, but will increase the search time. (AD: 3 implies that the
    elevation angle will adjust if 3 gap from the calculated angle)

    5 — Elevation Offset

    The number of degrees at which the iNetVu Mobile Software will
    offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce an
    accurate (+/- 2) Elevation Angle (e.g. O: 31 implies elevation
    offset of 31). These values initially default, and are set after
    target calibration is performed.

    E0.0 D U S I/S:0-6 U D S: 5 AD: 3 O: 31

    1 2

    3 5

    4

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 31 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.3. AZ Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings
    for the azimuth motor, as well as real-time azimuth angle and
    limits, search window size, zero and pot factor.

    Fig. 16: EL (Elevation) Display

    1 Real-Time Azimuth Angle A (Azimuth) Real time Azimuth angle
    reading, down to the tenth of a decimal. S The letter S will appear
    to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the azimuth axis 2
    Current and Speed Settings

    I/S Real-Time current of the azimuth motor is to the left of the
    dash, and speed constant of the azimuth movement is to the right of
    the dash (i.e. 0-6 represents current of 0 at a set speed of
    6).

    L The letter L will appear if there is a left movement on the
    azimuth axis. R The letter R will appear if there is a right
    movement on the azimuth axis. (See appendix 3 for detail on default
    speed and current settings) 3 — Search Window Azimuth Limit This
    value represents the amount of degrees the antenna will search for
    satellite along the azimuth

    axis to the left and right of the calculated target antenna
    azimuth coordinate when searching for satellite. (i.e. W: 60
    implies 60 search to the left and right of the target antenna
    azimuth angle, totally 120)

    4 ZF (AZ Pot Zero and AZ Pot Factor)

    AZ Pot Zero (to the left of the dash, i.e. 346.1) is an A/D
    value from the potentiometer which physically determines where the
    iNetVu Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0. The AZ Pot Zero may
    vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see appendix 3).
    AZ Pot Factor (to the right of the dash, i.e. 0.6604) is an A/D
    value from the potentiometer which allows the iNetVu Mobile
    Software to convert the A/D value of the Potentiometer into an
    equivalent angle. The AZ Pot Factor should vary approximately +15%
    from the Default values (see appendix 3). The AZ Pot Factor and AZ
    Pot Zero are calculated during the Azimuth Calibration process.

    A0.0 S I/S:0-6 L R W: 60 ZF: 346.1-0.6604

    1 2

    3 4

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 32 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.4. PL Displays real-time current drawn and speed settings
    for the polarization motor, as well as real-time polarization angle
    and limits, offset, zero and pot factor.

    Fig. 17: PL (Polarization) Display

    1 Real-Time Polarization Angle P (Polarization) Indicates the
    real time polarization angle of the iNetVuTM Antenna. S The letter
    S will appear to indicate the stow Limit has been reached on the
    polarization

    axis 2 Current and Speed Settings

    I/S Real-Time current of the polarization motor is to the left
    of the dash, and speed constant of the polarization movement is to
    the right of the dash (i.e. 0.0-7 represents real-time current of
    0.0 and a set speed of 7).

    L The letter L will appear if there is a left movement on the
    polarization axis. R The letter R will appear if there is a right
    movement on the polarization axis. See appendix 3 for default speed
    and current values. 3 — Polarization Offset This value represents
    the offset in the polarization angle. 4 ZF (PL Pot Zero and PL Pot
    Factor)

    PL Pot Factor is an A/D value from the potentiometer which
    allows the iNetVu Mobile Software to convert the A/D value of the
    Potentiometer into an equivalent angle. The PL Pot Factor should
    vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see appendix 3).
    PL Pot Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer that physically
    determines where the iNetVu Mobile Software places Polarization
    Angle 0. The PL Pot Zero may vary approximately +15% from the
    Default values (see appendix 3). The PL Pot Factor and PL Pot Zero
    are calculated during the Polarization Calibration process.

    P0.0 S I/S:0.0-7 L R O0 ZF: 346.1-0.6604

    1 2

    3 4

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 33 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.5. GPS Displays GPS Status and current GPS Heading.

    Fig. 18: GPS (GPS) Display

    1 GPS Status

    V GPS Status is Valid F GPS Status has Failed O GPS Coordinates
    have been overridden

    2 GPS Velocity 3 GPS Heading 4 GPS Coordinates

    LA Current Latitude Coordinate rounded to one decimal place in
    degree format. LG Current Longitude Coordinate rounded to one
    decimal place in degree format.

    GPS: V V0 H338 LA: 45.4N LG: 75.6W

    1

    4

    2

    3

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 34 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.6. CP Displays Compass Status, Compass Heading and the
    Elevation at which the Compass is read.

    Fig. 19: CP Compass Display

    (See Compass Configuration section for more detail (G&C)) 1
    CP (Compass) Status

    V Valid The compass reading is functioning properly O Override
    the compass has been overridden, and direction entered manually
    considered FS Full Search searches a full 360 search window.

    2 Compass Heading

    Compass Heading after Compass has been read. Approximate
    Headings: North 354

    East 87 South 176 West 265

    3 Compass Elevation Reading

    Elevation at which the iNetVu 7000 Controller will read the
    compass. At this Elevation, the Compass must be level in reference
    to the ground.

    4-Compass Headings

    Antenna will rotate 90 to each of the following positions and
    read the compass at each: 0, 90, 180, -90, 0 and display the
    compass headings.

    CP: O H :159 CP_EL : 35 V : 0-90-180-270

    1 2

    4

    3

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 35 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.7. DVB Displays the Target Satellite Transponder
    Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate in order to give the DVB
    Tuner a lock status once pointed towards satellite.

    Fig. 20: SAT (Satellite) Display

    1 Transponder Number

    (There are usually six (6) transponders stored into the
    controller memory) T0 T2 are horizontal Receive, and T3-T5 are
    vertical receive) The user may overwrite the transponder data with
    his/her own.

    2 — Target Satellite Transponder L-Band Frequency of the receive
    signal (MHz) 3 Target Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate (ksps) 4
    Target Satellite Transponder Code Rate. 5 Reference Satellite
    Transponder Number

    (There are usually six (6) transponders stored into the
    controller memory) T0 T2 are horizontal Receive, and T3-T5 are
    vertical receive) The user may overwrite the transponder data with
    his/her own.

    6 Reference Satellite Transponder L-Band Frequency of the
    receive signal (MHz) This transponder is only used if the Reference
    Satellite Option is selected in the SAT menu. 7 Reference Satellite
    Transponder Symbol Rate (ksps) 8 Reference Satellite Transponder
    Code Rate. 9 Power Supplied to LNB from the 7000 Controller for the
    Target Satellite 10 Power Supplied to the LNB from the 7000
    Controller for the Reference Satellite.

    T0 1310 30000 DVB-7/8 DD T0 0990 30000 DVB-7/8 DD

    1

    4

    6 8

    3

    7

    2

    5 9 10

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 36 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.8. SAT Displays the Target Satellite and its calculated
    coordinates based on the GPS Heading, Compass Reading, and orbital
    slot of the desired Satellite.

    Fig. 21: SAT (Satellite) Display

    1 Target Satellite (i.e. 93.0W represents satellite at 93
    longitude west) 2 Target Reference Satellite D — Reference
    Satellite Search Mode Disabled. E Reference Satellite Search Mode
    Enabled. 3 Target Elevation 4 Target Azimuth (in reference to True
    North) 5 Target Polarization

    6.6.1.9. MOD 1 Modem Signal Quality Factor (SNR) 2 Transmitter
    Status D Transmitter Disabled E- Transmitter Enabled

    93.0W R:8WD E64.5 A145.2 P40

    1

    3

    4

    5

    2

    SQ :0 TX :D

    1

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 37 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.1.10. IP Displays the IP Address of the iNetVu 7000
    Controller (C_IP) and the IP Address of the VSAT Modem (M_IP).

    Fig. 22: IP (IP) Display

    1 iNetVu 7000 Controllers IP Address (Default: 192.168.0.2) 2
    VSAT Modems IP Address (User Defined)

    6.6.1.11. GW Displays the Gateway Parameters of the iNetVu 7000
    Controller

    Fig. 23: GW (Gateway) Display

    1 S_IP (iNetVuTM 7000 Controllers Subnet Mask IP Address Default
    255.255.0.0) 2 Gateway IP Address (Default: 192.168.0.1)

    S_IP : 255.255.0.0 G_IP: 192.168.0.1

    C_IP : 192.168.0.2 M_IP: 192.168.0.1

    1

    2

    1

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 38 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.2. OPERATION

    Fig. 24: Operation Menu

    FIND (Find Satellite) Performs automatic satellite
    acquisition.

    STOW Stows the antenna

    Tx_E (Transmitter Enable) Enables the transmitter after locking
    onto the

    designated satellite.

    Tx_D (Transmitter Disable) Disables the transmitter after
    locking onto the designated satellite.

    AZ_C

    (Azimuth Calibration) Performs a complete Azimuth
    Calibration.

    PL_C

    (Polarization Calibration) Performs a complete Polarization
    Calibration.

    CP_C

    (Compass Check) Tests the Compass accuracy and Calibrates the
    Compass, should the compass be found to be inaccurate

    1 Find Satellite

    Automatically finds and locks onto the satellite signal by
    communicating with the Satellite Modem and using the GPS
    coordinates, the compass heading, and internal parameters of the
    Satellite Modem. Typically, it takes approximately 3-5 minutes to
    find satellite. If the Antenna is already pointed on the satellite,
    clicking Find Satellite will re-peak the Antenna onto the
    signal.

    2 Stow

    Re-centers the antenna and lowers it into the stowed position. 3
    Transmitter Enable Enables the Transmitter once locked onto
    satellite.

    FIND STOW Tx_E Tx_D AZ_C PL_C CP_C

    1 2 3

    4

    5 76

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 39 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4 Transmitter Disable Disables the Transmitter once locked onto
    satellite. 5 Azimuth Calibration

    Performs a complete Azimuth Calibration.

    Antenna will completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical
    limit and temporarily record the A/D value from the
    Potentiometer.

    Antenna will completely rotate clockwise to the physical limit
    and temporarily record the A/D

    value from the Potentiometer.

    Based on the A/D values of the two (2) physical limits, and the
    range of motion for the Mobile Platform, the AZ Pot Factor is
    calculated.

    Antenna will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off
    edges of the Azimuth Stow Switch.

    After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the
    Azimuth zero position is

    calculated and the AZ Pot Zero is set at the zeroed A/D value. 6
    Polarization Calibration

    Performs a complete polarization calibration. Antenna will
    completely rotate counter-clockwise to the physical limit and
    temporarily record

    the A/D value from the Potentiometer. Antenna will completely
    rotate clockwise to the physical limit and temporarily record the
    A/D

    value from the Potentiometer. Based on the A/D values of the two
    (2) physical limits, and the maximum range of motion for

    the Mobile Platform, the PL Pot Factor is calculated. Antenna
    will center itself and attempt to locate the cut-off edges of the
    Polarization Stow

    Switch.

    After detecting at which angles the ST Switch turns OFF, the
    Polarization zero position is calculated and the PL Pot Zero is set
    at the zeroed A/D value.

    7 Compass Calibration

    Ensure that there are no metallic objects that could interfere
    with the Compass, and that the Mobile Platform is on level
    surroundings.

    Orient the Mobile Platform as depicted in the following figure.
    It is recommended that you use an external compass to be as
    accurate with the orientation as possible.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 40 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    Fig. 25: Compass Orientation and Approximate Values

    The Antenna will now rotate in 90 intervals and attempt to
    calibrate the compass.

    A message prompt will appear to notify you that the Compass
    Calibration has been completed successfully or not.

    This end faces South

    This end faces North

    North — 354 West — 265 South — 176 East — 87

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 41 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3. CONFIG This Menu will allow the user to configure all
    components of the iNetVuTM System. A description of each menu and
    their purpose is outlined below. This section explains the
    different components of the configuration menu, and what each
    component means. A step-by-step procedure of how to configure the
    system is explained in the appendices. Please refer to the section
    in the appendices corresponding to the service you may be
    using.

    Fig. 26: CONFIG (Configuration) Menu

    SAT Allows the user to configure the Orbital slot / Longitude of
    the desired Satellite. The Find Satellite command will use this
    value when attempting to find and lock onto a satellite signal.

    MOD

    Allows the user to configure the modem settings within regards
    to frequency, symbol rate, transmit and receive polarization,
    hemisphere, and LNB Power.

    DVB

    Allows the user to set the DVB Receiver parameters. The user can
    enter the desired satellite transponder frequency, symbol rate, and
    code rate.

    EL (Elevation) Allows configuration of the elevation current,
    limits, slow speed, window size, and adjustment gap.

    AZ (Azimuth) Allows configuration of the azimuth pot and zero
    factor, stow limit, speed, search window size, and current
    limits.

    PL (Polarization) Allows configuration of the polarization pot
    and zero factor, skew adjustment, stow limit, polarization offset,
    speed, and current limits.

    G&C (GPS and Compass) Configuration of GPS coordinates and
    Compass parameters.

    C&P (Controller and Platform) Configurations of controller
    signal receive option and Platform information.

    RT (Router and DNS) Allows for the configuration of the router
    IP address, and the DNS IP address.

    G&S (Gateway and Subnet) Allows for the configuration of the
    controller

    SAT MOD DVB EL AZ PL G&C C&P RT G&S IP SR

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 42 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    subnet IP address, as well as the controller gateway IP
    address.

    IP Configuration screen of the controller IP address, and the
    VSAT modems IP address.

    SR Service Configuration screen, allows for the type of service
    selection and means of communication.

    6.6.3.1. SAT Allows for the Configuration of the target
    satellite and the satellite polarization offset. This menu also
    allows the enabling of the reference satellite search option as
    explained in the Monitor section of this manual.

    Fig. 27: SAT (Satellite) Configuration Display

    1 Target Satellite

    Orbital slot / Longitude of the desired Satellite. The Find
    Satellite command will use this value when attempting to find and
    lock onto a satellite signal.

    2 Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -90 to +90) In
    North America and not limited to the rest of the world

    1200/1800 Vertical Transmit (Offset = 0), Horizontal Transmit
    (Offset = 90) 980/740 Offset = 0 (considering OMT is adjusted
    manually) 3 Reference Satellite Longitude and hemisphere. D Disable
    Reference Satellite Option E Enable Reference Satellite Option 4
    Reference Satellite Transmit Polarization Offset (range: -90 to
    +90)

    093.0W O: +90 008.7W :E O :+90

    1

    3 4

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 43 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.2. MOD 1 Configured Satellite Modem Receive Frequency in
    MHz with no decimals. 2 Configured Satellite Modem Symbol Rate in
    Ksps. 3 Transmit and Receive Polarization. HH Horizontal Transmit,
    Horizontal Receive HV Horizontal Transmit, Vertical Receive VH
    Vertical Transmit, Horizontal Receive VV Vertical Transmit,
    Vertical Receive

    Transmit polarity is represented by the first character, while
    Receive polarity is represented by the second character, hence
    TR

    4 Hemisphere of location of modem.

    This is typically used for the HNS modem; other service
    providers may not need this requirement.

    E East W West Modems operating in the eastern hemisphere require
    E to be selected, while modems operating in the western hemisphere
    require W to be selected.

    0990 30000 TR :HV H :W

    1 4

    2 3

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 44 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.3. DVB Allows the configuration of the Target Satellite
    Transponder Frequency, Symbol Rate, and Code Rate in order to give
    the DVB Tuner a lock status once pointed towards satellite.

    Fig. 28: SAT (Satellite) Display

    1 Target Satellite Transponder Number T0 T2: Transponder
    Frequencies for Horizontal Receive T3 T5: Transponder Frequencies
    for Vertical Receive

    The User may enter his/her own transponder parameters. 2 —
    Configurable Target Satellite Transponder L-Band Frequency of the
    receive signal

    (MHz) 3 Configurable Target Satellite Transponder Symbol Rate
    (ksps) 4 Configurable Target Satellite Transponder Code Rate. 5
    Reference Satellite Transponder Number T0 T2: Transponder
    Frequencies for Horizontal Receive T3 T5: Transponder Frequencies
    for Vertical Receive

    The User may enter his/her own transponder parameters. 6
    Configurable Reference Satellite Transponder L-Band Frequency of
    the receive

    signal (MHz) 7 Configurable Reference Satellite Transponder
    Symbol Rate (ksps) 8 Configurable Reference Satellite Transponder
    Code Rate.

    T0 1310 30000 DB-7/8 DD T0 0990 30000 DB-7/8 DD

    1 4

    5

    6

    8

    3

    7

    2

    9

    10

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 45 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    9 — LNB Power (Target Satellite)

    In cases where the LNB requires more power then the modem can
    provide, or if the user would like to power LNB from the
    controller, or if the user would like to find satellite without the
    use of a modem, this option allows for power from the controller to
    be supplied to the LNB through the RX IN cable from the controller
    to the platform itself.

    DD will disable this option, and provide power to the LNB
    straight from the modem. In this case, a splitter must be used for
    the RF connection as depicted in the figure below.

    Fig. 29: RF Cable Setup for DIS selection

    7000 Controller Power Output Range Option Capabilities: 13, 14,
    18, 19, 20, 21 V @ 500mA (max) If the user chooses to power the LNB
    from the controller, he/she should verify the power/voltage range
    requirements of the LNB in use, and configure the iNetVuTM 7000
    Controller according to those power/voltage requirements.

    10 — LNB Power (Reference Satellite) Power Supplied to the LNB
    during search for the reference satellite (if this option is
    selected)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 46 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.4. EL The EL menu allows for the Configuration of the
    elevation axis. Options include configuring the elevation offset,
    the satellite search window, the elevation adjustment gap, the
    mechanical elevation limits, the slow speed, and the current
    limits.

    Fig. 30: EL (Elevation Configuration) Display

    1 Elevation Offset

    The Elevation Offset is specific to each type of platform. See
    Appendix 3 for a list of all the elevation offset default values.
    It is the number of degrees at which the iNetVu Mobile Software
    will offset the reading from the Inclinometer in order to produce
    an accurate (+/- 2) Elevation Angle. The user may set the offset
    with the range of 15-55, although altering this number from its
    default value may give an inaccurate offset reading. This should
    not be tampered without first consulting a C-COM Technical Support
    Representative.

    2 Elevation Search Window

    The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu Mobile
    System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular
    window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric
    windows until the desired Satellite is found. The Search Window
    range is preset by default for optimum performance, however this
    offset may be manually changed in the range of 2-20.

    Fig. 31: Elevation Coverage of search window

    The default Elevation (Vertical) range is 5 on each side of the
    Target Point. Increasing the size of the Search Window will
    increase the ability to find the desired Satellite, although
    increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

    O: 31 W:05 A:03 L:EEE S: 6 I:12-05

    2

    1

    5 6

    3

    4

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 47 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    3 — Advanced Search Elevation Gap

    With a configurable range of (2-20) this parameter is used to
    determine the small incremental adjustments required for a more
    accurate satellite search. Decreasing this value will add accuracy
    to the Search Window, but will increase the search time. This value
    is used while searching on an inclined surface. For instance A: 03
    means the elevation angle will adjust if 3 gap from the calculated
    angle. This value is set by default for optimum performance.

    4 Limit Switches (L: EEE) Allows the enabling and disabling of
    the UP, DOWN, and STOW limits respectively.

    The first character (EEE) represents the UP limit. The second
    character (EEE) represents the

    DOWN limit and the third character (EEE) represents the STOW
    limit. The user my change the limit configuration between:

    E Enable Limit D Disable Limit

    D — Disable Limit This option disables UP, DN, and ST limits for
    testing and troubleshooting (i.e. DEE represents disabled Up limit,
    and enabled down and stow limit). E Enable Limit

    Once enabled, the up, down and stow limits will be activated
    whenever the up, down, and stow sensors have been triggered on the
    iNetVuTM Mobile platform.

    5 Speed Setting

    S The user may configure the slow speed of the elevation
    movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching
    procedure.

    6 Current Settings

    A software controlled current protection for the Mobile
    Platforms elevation motors. When any of the Mobile Platforms motors
    are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the
    motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error
    message will appear. For Motor Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1,
    2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated
    using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See appendix 3
    for the default current limits for all iNetVuTM Mobile
    Platforms.

    Current Limit 8 90% of Current Limit 9 Current Limit 7 80% of
    Current Limit 9 Current Limit 5 90% of Current Limit 6 Current
    Limit 4 80% of Current Limit 6 Current Limit 2 90% of Current Limit
    3 Current Limit 1 80% of Current Limit 3

    I Configurable Current Limit For High Speed (9) movement is to
    the left of the dash, and

    Configurable Current Limit For Slow Speed (6) movement is to the
    right of the dash.

    (i.e. I: 12-05 Represents Current Limit of 12 A @ speed 9, and
    Current Limit of 5 A @ speed 6)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 48 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.5. AZ The AZ menu allows configuration of the Azimuth
    axis, including pot zero, pot factor, stow limit, azimuth search
    window size, slow speed movements, and current limits at high and
    slow speeds.

    Fig. 32: EL (Elevation) Display

    1 Configurable AZ Pot Zero

    AZ Pot Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer calculated
    upon azimuth calibration which physically determines where the
    iNetVu Mobile Software places Azimuth Angle 0. The AZ Pot Zero may
    vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see appendix 3).
    The user may edit these values through this window, however any
    changes may result in failure to recognize the correct 0 angle.
    This parameter has a configurable rang of (150-700).

    2 Configurable AZ Pot Factor

    AZ Pot Factor is an A/D value from the potentiometer calculated
    upon azimuth calibration which allows the iNetVu Mobile Software to
    convert the A/D value of the Potentiometer into an equivalent
    angle. The AZ Pot Factor should vary approximately +15% from the
    Default values (see appendix 3). The user may edit these values
    through this window, however any changes may result in failure to
    recognize the correct azimuth angles. This value has a configurable
    range of (0.4115-1.3030)

    3 — Stow Limit Enabling this function allows for the iNetVuTM
    system to trigger the stow limit when the mechanical

    stow range of the azimuth is reached. Disabling this limit, may
    result in failure to initiate the automatic stow command.

    E Enable Stow Limit D Disable Stow Limit 4 Configurable Azimuth
    Search Window Size

    The Search Window is the area of the sky which the iNetVu Mobile
    System will search for the desired Satellite. It uses a rectangular
    window and searches for the Satellite using smaller concentric
    windows until the desired Satellite is found. The Search Window
    range may be manually changed from the default settings which
    iNetVu uses to find the satellite should the desired Satellite
    cannot be found. The configurable range is 2-99 on both sides of
    the target azimuth angle.

    Z: 346.9 F:0.6604 E W: 60 S: 6 I:08-05

    1

    2

    4 6

    3

    5

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 49 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    Fig. 33: Azimuth Coverage of search window

    The default Azimuth (Horizontal) range is 60 on each side of the
    Target Point. Increasing the size of the Search Window will
    increase the ability to find the desired Satellite, although
    increasing the Search Window will lengthen the search time.

    5 Speed Setting

    S The user may configure the slow speed of the azimuth movement.
    The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching
    procedure.

    6 Current Settings

    A software controlled current protection for the Mobile
    Platforms azimuth motors. When any of the Mobile Platforms motors
    are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to move the
    motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit, an error
    message will appear. For Motor Speeds that are not listed (Speed 1,
    2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is calculated
    using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See appendix 3
    for the default current limits for all iNetVuTM Mobile
    Platforms.

    Current Limit 8 90% of Current Limit 9 Current Limit 7 80% of
    Current Limit 9 Current Limit 5 90% of Current Limit 6 Current
    Limit 4 80% of Current Limit 6 Current Limit 2 90% of Current Limit
    3 Current Limit 1 80% of Current Limit 3

    I Configurable Current Limit For High Speed (9) movement is to
    the left of the dash, and

    Configurable Current Limit For Slow Speed (6) movement is to the
    right of the dash.

    (i.e. I: 08-05 Represents Current Limit of 8 A @ speed 9, and
    Current Limit of 5 A @ speed 6)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 50 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.6. PL The PL menu allows for the configuration of the
    polarization axis. Options include the setting of the pot zero, and
    the pot factor, as well as the skew adjustment and stow limit
    functionality, the polarization offset, slow speed, and current
    limits for fast and slow speeds. 1 PL Pot Zero

    PL Pot Zero is an A/D value from the potentiometer that
    physically determines where the iNetVu Mobile Software places
    Polarization Angle 0. The PL Pot Zero may vary approximately +15%
    from the Default values (see appendix 3). The PL Pot Zero is
    calculated during the Polarization Calibration process. The user
    may edit these values through this window, however any changes may
    result in failure to recognize the correct 0 angle. This parameter
    has a configurable range of (50-400)

    2 PL Pot Factor

    PL Pot Factor is an A/D value from the potentiometer which
    allows the iNetVu Mobile Software to convert the A/D value of the
    Potentiometer into an equivalent angle. The PL Pot Factor should
    vary approximately +15% from the Default values (see appendix 3).
    The PL Pot Factor is calculated during the Polarization Calibration
    process. The user may edit these values through this window,
    however any changes may result in failure to recognize the angle
    value. This parameter has a configurable range of
    (0.1437-0.5863)

    3 Skew Adjustment and Stow Limit Function Allows the enabling
    and disabling of the skew adjustment and polarization stow limit
    respectively..

    The first character (EE) represents the skew adjustment. The
    second character (EE) represents

    the Polarization ST limit. The user my change the limit
    configuration between:

    EE Enable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit DE
    Disable Skew Adjustment, Enable Polarization Stow limit

    ED Enable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit DD
    Disable Skew Adjustment, Disable Polarization Stow limit

    For an iNetVuTM 1200/1800 Mobile Platforms, the Polarization
    Stow Limit is constantly ON. The Skew Adjustment will rotate the
    antenna on the polarization axis in both directions to locate the
    3dB drop in Signal Strength, and then re-center itself using the
    best possible Polarization Angle.

    Z: 346.9 F: 0.6604 DE O: +0 S: 7 I: 1.5-1.2

    1

    4 6

    3

    5

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 51 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4 — Polarization Offset By default this polarization-offset
    value is set to +0. If there happens to be a requirement for a

    polarization offset, the user may manually enter this value in
    this area. 5 Speed Setting

    S The user may configure the slow speed of the polarization
    movement. The slow speed is a basis for the satellite searching
    procedure. See appendix 3 for details.

    6 Current Settings

    A software controlled current protection for the Mobile
    Platforms polarization motors. When any of the Mobile Platforms
    motors are moving at the associated speed, the current drawn to
    move the motor is monitored and should it exceed the Current Limit,
    an error message will appear. For Motor Speeds that are not listed
    (Speed 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8), the Current Limit for those speeds is
    calculated using a percentage of the Current Limit above it. See
    appendix 3 for the default current limits for all iNetVuTM Mobile
    Platforms.

    Current Limit 8 90% of Current Limit 9 Current Limit 7 80% of
    Current Limit 9 Current Limit 5 90% of Current Limit 6 Current
    Limit 4 80% of Current Limit 6 Current Limit 2 90% of Current Limit
    3 Current Limit 1 80% of Current Limit 3

    I Configurable Current Limit For High Speed (9) movement is to
    the left of the dash, and Configurable Current Limit For Slow Speed
    (6) movement is to the right of the dash.

    (i.e. I: 1.5-1.2 Represents Current Limit of 1.5 A @ speed 9,
    and Current Limit of 1.2 A @ speed 7)

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 52 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.7. G&C Allows for the Configuration of the GPS
    parameters and settings, as well as the Compass parameters and
    settings.

    Fig. 34: G&C (GPS and Compass) Configuration

    1 GPS Status Configuration

    N Use Coordinates from GPS Antenna O Override GPS and use the
    coordinates entered (2) and (3). Enables the GPS coordinates

    to be manually overridden. This should only be enabled in the
    event that the GPS Antenna is malfunctioning and the user has a
    reliable, alternate source for coordinates.

    Note: If you have overridden the GPS coordinates, they will have
    to be updated if the Mobile Platform has moved to a new location
    since the overridden values will no longer be accurate.

    2 GPS Latitude Coordinate 3 GPS Longitude Coordinate 4 Compass
    Status Configuration

    N Use Coordinates attained from the Compass to determine heading
    for acquisition O Override Compass — Enables the Compass to be
    manually overridden. Ensure that you

    are using a reliable alternate source. After enabling Override,
    you may enter the vehicles direction as indicated on your alternate
    compass. Keep in mind that the base of the iNetVu Mobile Platform
    is oriented to the rear of your vehicle. When taking the direction
    on the alternate compass, take the direction of your reading while
    facing the front of the vehicle, and use this orientation with
    reference to true north when entering the heading.

    F Performs a full 360 Azimuth search for the desired Satellite.
    This process may take

    longer to find satellite considering the search method is not
    limited to the calculated search window.

    5 Compass Heading

    The number of degrees the front of the Mobile Platform is
    rotated in reference to True North.

    G :O 45.41N 75.62W C :O H :159 E : 62 O:+44

    1 2

    3

    4 5

    6

    7

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 53 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6 Elevation of Compass Reading

    Number of degrees that the Antenna requires to be elevated to
    ensure that the compass is level and is able to acquire an accurate
    compass reading (see appendix 3 for default values).

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 54 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.8. C&P This menu allows for the configuration of the
    controller input settings as well as the platform type and serial
    number.

    Fig. 35: CP Compass Display

    1 RF Signal Status and Threshold (Threshold should be set only
    if RF is overridden)

    N Normal Receive, the Rx Signal is taken from the Rx IN input of
    the DVB tuner. O RF Override, used by the iNetVu Mobile Software to
    begin a signal optimization process

    for peaking on a Satellite signal after initially locating it.
    Enabling this option and setting the RF value too low (i.e. where
    the 00 is located in N-00) will result in an inability to acquire a
    reliable signal and IMS will be unable to distinguish between the
    desired signal and noise.

    2 Search and Peaking (S&P)

    This configuration option allows for setting the method of
    searching and peaking for the controller. The different options
    include:

    SS Search for satellite based on the DVB Tuner Transponder
    parameters, and Peak on

    satellite based on the DVB Tuner parameters (i.e. frequency,
    symbol rate, code rate) RM — Search for satellite based on the RF
    signal parameters, and Peak on satellite based on

    the Modem SNR. RR — Search for satellite based on the RF signal
    parameters, and Peak on the satellite based

    on RF signal and threshold.

    3 DHCP Status The 7000 Controller can be programmed to obtain an
    IP address from a DHCP Server (i.e. modem,

    router, etc.) D DHCP Disabled (IP must be entered statically) E
    DHCP Enabled (Controller will dynamically obtain an IP address from
    the DHCP Server)

    RF : N- 00 S&P :SS DH :D MP :D BP : E A74-2000

    1 2

    4

    3

    5 6

    7

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 55 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    4- Beep

    This option allows for enabling and disabling the Beeping sound
    when navigating the LCD screen through the front panel keypad. E
    Beep Enabled, a beeping sound will occur upon navigation the LCD
    Interface. D Beep Disabled, the sound will be completely
    removed.

    5- Platform Type The user is capable of configuring the platform
    in use, as well as entering the four-digit serial

    number of the platform located next to the connector plate on
    the platform itself.

    A66A iNetVuTM Ka66 Mobile Platform (Ka Band) A74B — iNetVuTM
    A740/A750 Mobile Platform (Ku Band) A98A — iNetVuTM A980 Mobile
    Platform (Ku Band) A12B — iNetVuTM A1200 Mobile Platform (Ku Band)
    A18A — iNetVuTM A1800 Mobile Platform (Ku Band)

    A18B — iNetVuTM A1800 Mobile Platform (C Band) A12P — iNetVuTM
    1.2m Flyaway Platform (Ku Band)

    6- Platform Serial Number

    The user may enter the last four-digits of the platform serial
    number located next to the connector plate on the iNetVuTM Mobile
    Platform.

    Fig. 36: iNetVuTM Platform Identification Tag

    7 Motion Protection iNetVuTM Platform will automatically stow if
    the antenna is moving at a speed faster then 5 km/h.

    Also, the iNetVu Mobile Platform will automatically stow the
    antenna should it experience extreme motion, such as severe shaking
    caused by poor weather conditions.

    E- Enabled D-Disabled

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 56 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.9. RT This menu will allow the user to configure a router
    (if necessary) IP address and the Domain Name Server (DNS) IP
    address. Note: This menu is still under development, and is
    currently not functional)

    Fig. 37: RT (Router and DNS) Configuration

    1 Router IP address 2 DNS IP address

    6.6.3.10. G&S This menu will allow the user to configure the
    subnet mask IP address and the Gateway IP address of the iNetVuTM
    7000 Controller.

    Fig. 38: GW (Gateway) Configuration

    1 S_IP (iNetVuTM 7000 Controllers Subnet Mask IP Address Default
    255.255.0.0) 2 Gateway IP Address (Default: 192.168.0.1)

    S_IP : 255.255.0.0 G_IP: 192.168.0.1

    R_IP : 192.168.0.2 D_IP: 192.168.0.1

    1

    2

    1

    2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 57 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.3.11. IP This menu will allow the user to configure the
    controller IP address, as well as the Modem IP address.

    Fig. 39: IP Configuration

    1 iNetVuTM 7000 Controllers IP Address 2 Modem IP Address
    (Default: 192.168.0.1)

    6.6.3.12. SR This menu will allow the user to configure the
    controller to the service used for 2-way satellite
    communication.

    Fig. 40: SR (Service) Configuration

    1 Two-Way Mobile Service Selection

    Before communication is established with the modem, the user
    must define the service in use. The iNetVuTM 7000 Controller
    supports several services, including:

    ID — iDirect Service VA — ViaSat Service SF — Surfbeam Service
    HN — Hughes Service NA — Stand Alone service — Used to locate and
    lock onto a manually configured satellite using the

    DVB receiver unit inside of the controller independent of the
    modem. The manual configuration requires:

    Orbital Slot of Satellite Receive Polarization L-Band Rx
    Frequency (kHz) Symbol Rate (kSps) FEC Code Rate

    C_IP : 192.168.0.3 M_IP: 192.168.0.1

    1

    2

    ID_TELT C :dBUG-19200 PWD :P@55w0rd!

    1

    4

    3 2

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 58 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    2 Modem Communication Interface TELT — Telnet Interface COM —
    Console Port Interface HTTP — HTTP Interface NA — No modem
    interface applicable, this option is generally selected with the
    stand-alone service.

    Locking and peaking onto satellite is based on the DVB Signal
    and not on the modem SNR value. 3 Debugging Interface Used by C-COM
    Satellite Systems Inc. for internal testing. DBUG-19200 GPS9600 4
    Modem Password If necessary, the user must enter the modem password
    into this area for communication to be

    properly established. The default password is P@55w0rd! which is
    based on most iDirect modem requirements. If no password is
    required, this area should be left blank.

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 59 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.4. TEST

    Fig. 41: Test Menu

    E&A&P Will allow for Demo Testing on all axes
    (elevation, azimuth, and polarization) for a user specified angle
    range.

    CP Tests the compass heading and accuracy by rotating the
    antenna at 90 intervals and comparing the compass readings with the
    actual antennas movement.

    DPLY Deploys the antenna to a user specified azimuth, elevation,
    and polarization position.

    DPLY_C Will read the compass heading at a user specified
    elevation, azimuth, and polarization target point.

    A_ACP

    Performs an automatic ACP test for Hughes service.

    M_ACP

    Performs a manual ACP test for Hughes service.

    S_ACP

    This operation will stop the ACP test from continuing.

    E&A&P CP DPLY DPLY_C A_ACP M_ACP S_ACP

  • C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 60 of 128

    iNetVu 7000 Controller User Manual Revision 1.19

    6.6.4.1. E&A&P 1 Elevation Movement

    Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the elevation
    axis, as well as set the specific speed for elevation movement. (E
    +20:70:7 implies from angle 20 to 70 at speed 7)

    2 Polarization Movement

    Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the
    polarization axis, as well as set the specific speed for
    polarization movement. (P -60:60:7 implies from angle -60 to 60 at
    speed 7)

    3 Azimuth Movement

    Allows the user to set the start and stop angle of the azimuth
    axis, as well as set the specific speed for azimuth movement. (A
    -180:180:7 implies from angle -180 to 180 at speed 7)

    4 Axis Selection and looping option

    The first two characters refer to the axis selection (i.e. DD:
    D). DD Disable Test for all axes EL Perform test on the Elevation
    axis only

    AZ Perform test on the Azimuth axis only PL Perform test on the
    Polarization axis only AA Perform tests on all the axes. The third
    character refers to the looping intervals between tests (i.e. DD:
    D).

    D Disables looping, test will only be performed once. 1
    Infinitely loops with 30-seconds interval between tests.

    2 Infinitely loops with 60-seconds interval between tests. 3
    Infinitely loops with 90-seconds interval between tests. 4
    Infinitely loops with 120-seconds interval between tests. 5
    Infinitely loops with 150-seconds interval between tests.

C-COM Satellite Systems Inc. Page 19 of 128

iNetVu™ 7000 Controller User Manual

Revision 1.19

5.3. Existing iNetVu™ Mobile Platform Installation

If you are replacing an existing iNetVu™ Series Controller with an iNetVu™ 7000

Controller, you will need to perform an Azimuth and Polarization Calibration and set the

iNetVu™ Mobile Platform ID prior to searching for satellite.

Once you have completed the initial setup and configuration procedure stated above,

access the iNetVu™ 7000 Controllers Software (This can also be completed through the

LCD keypad – note: only one method is required)

Software Method

1. Navigate to the Maintenance Screen by right clicking on the iNetVu

TM

icon at the

bottom-right of the Windows screen and selecting “Maintenance”.

2. Click “Calibrate AZ”, and IMS will begin the Azimuth Calibration Function. Verify

that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Azimuth sweep.

3. After this is complete, navigate back to the Maintenance Screen.

4. Click “Calibrate PL”, and IMS will begin the Polarization Calibration Function.

Verify that there are no obstructions that would impede a full Polarization sweep.

5. After this is complete, navigate back to the Maintenance Screen.

6. Enter your iNetVu™ Mobile Platform Serial Number into the “Platform SN” field

and click “Save”. The iNetVu™ Mobile Platform Serial Number will be found on

your iNetVu™ Mobile Platform and ONLY THE LAST 4 DIGITS should be

entered.

7. Re-open the IMS software.

8. Verify that your iNetVu™ Mobile Platform Serial Number has been saved by

navigating to the About Screen.

LCD Method

1. Advance to the Operations menu using the ‘’ and ‘’ arrows on the keypad.

2. Advance to “AZ_C” using the ‘’ and ‘’ arrows and press the “Enter” key on

the keypad. IMS will begin the Azimuth Calibration Function. Verify that there are

no obstructions that would impede a full Azimuth sweep. Confirm the pot and

zero factors when prompted and save.

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Ineo crystal estel ламинирование набор инструкция по применению
  • Indole 3 carbinol инструкция по применению
  • Indole 3 carbinol капсулы инструкция
  • Indole 3 carbinol инструкция на русском
  • Indulekha масло для волос инструкция